IF YOU ARE GOING TO Moosehead Lake, Rangeley Lakes, Richardson Lakes, Bar Harbor, South West Harbor, Passamaquoddy Bay, Boothbay, Castine, Poland Springs, Bethel, Lake Umbagog, Andover, or to any other place in the State of Maine or the Maritime Provinces, you -will find it advantageous to take tickets and travel from Boston via Portland by the EASTERN RAILUOAD, the Sea-Shore Line. THE EASTERN RAILROAD Also forms the direct short route to All Points in the White Mountains, its trains running to FABYAN'S, without change, through Crawford Notch, saving FORTY MILES over any other line. Among its many points of interest not already named are Svrampscott, Marblehead, Beverly Farms, Magnolia, Man- cliester-by-tlie-Sea, Gloucester, Rockport, Pigeon Cove, Salisbury, Boar's Head, Rye and Hampton Beaches, IVewburyport, Portsmouth, fork, Newcastle, The Isles of Shoals, Wolfboro', L.ake Win- nipiseogee, and the Islands in Casco Bay, at Portland. Its equipment is unexcelled. PULLMAN PALACE CARS and OBSER- VATION CARS are used. Fast and frequent trains are supplied, and every endeavor is made to maintain this as the Tourist's Line. Through and Excursion tickets procurable at principal ticket offices. Depot in Boston, on Causeway St., opposite Friend St. City Ticket Office, 306 Washington St., next door to Old South Church. D. W. SANBORN, Mast. Trans., BOSTON. LUCIUS TUTTLE, G.P. and T.A. F O O O CELEBRATED mmm SPLIT mm SUPERIOR TO ALL OTHERS. Awarded Three Medals at the International Fisheries Exhibition, London, 1883. Prompt attention given to orders by mail. My personal knowledge of the Rangeley and Moosehead regions enables me to select intelligently the tackle best adapted for those waters. APPLETON & LITCHFIELD, IMPORTERS AND RETAILERS OP Fishing Tackle, HAND-MADE FLY AND BASS RODS OF BETHABARA AND LANCEWOOD. These are made especially for our retail trade, and each one guaranteed. Reels of every description, Water-proof Fly and Trolling Lines, Silk, Linen, and Cotton Lines, for all kinds of fishing. Our SNELLED HOOKS are tied especially for us. Leather and Tin Tackle-Cases. ROD CASES made of EXTRA HEAVY Leather. Complete sets of GERMAN SILVER, NICKEL-PLATED, and BRASS ROD-MOUNTINGS, for amateur makers. FLIES for all waters. Special patterns tied to order. ARTIFICIAL BAITS of all kinds. Orders by mail receive prompt attention. APPLETON & LITCHFIELD, 304 Washington Street, 2d door North of the ( Ttnutnn Mnstt Old South Church. tSOSTOn, MttSS. FOR RICHARDSON AND RANGELEY LAKES, Dttily Line nf jirttt-clas* Steamers between BOSTON and PORTLAND ONE OF THE STEAMERS "Tremont," "John Brooks," " Forest City" WILL LEAVE INDIA WHARF, BOSTON. FOR PORTLAND I:'i-fi-y Evening (Sunday excepted) nt 7 o'clock, Connecting, on arrival, with Maine Central, Knox & Lincoln, Portland & Ofdensburf, Grand Trunk, and Portland & Rochester Railroads, and with Uangor & Machias Steamers for points on Coast of Maine. THIS LINE AFFORDS A MOST DESIRABLE ROUTE TO Lewistoii, Oil Orchard Bead, Poland Sprii, Ranpley Lakes, Mt. Desert, Bethel, Gorham, N. H., North Conway, Crawford's, Fabyans, &c. Finest Ocean Trip on Eastern Coast, and best route to White Mountains, and Inland and Seaside Resorts of Maine. THROUGH TICKETS AT LOW KATES. Leave Portlnnl for Boston every evening (Sundays exceptetl) at 7 o'clock, connecting, on arrival, with the earliest trains on all diverging lines. J. B. COYLE, J. B. COTLE, JR., J. F. LISCOMB, Treat, it Manager. Gen. Agent. Gen. Tkt. Agt. WILLIAM WEEKS, Agent, Boston. SPECIAL NOTICES. ANDOVER HOUSE, ANDOVER, MAINE. ALBERT W. THOMAS & Co., Pro- prietors. Only 12 miles from the Richardson Lakes, and the most direct route to the Middle and Upper Dams, the two best places for trout-fishing in the entire Lake Region. This popular hotel is now open for the summer travel, and is capable of giving good accommodations to fifty guests. It is most desirably situated in the charming village of Andover, 21 miles from Biyant's Pond, a sta- tion on the Grand Trunk road, with which it is con- nected by a first-class line of stages. Only 12 hours from Boston. The house commands a very fine view of the moun- tains, by which it is entirely surrounded. There are many beautiful walks and drives in the vicinity, and very pleasant excursions may be made, by means of private teams, to various places within a radius of five to twenty miles. The hotel is located in the centre of the village, and near post-office and telegraph-office, churches, stores, etc. The trout brooks about Andover are all within easy walking or riding distance of the hotel, and furnish excellent sport. Terms, $2.00 per day. $7 to 10 by the week. Parties going to the Richardson or Rangeley Lakes will be furnished with teams, guides, and boats, by Mr. Thomas, at reasonable prices. Any further information in regard to Andover or the Lakes will be chcerfulty furnished by Mr. Thomas. FARRAR'S THE ANDROSCOGGIN LARES, AND THE HEAD-WATERS OF THE DIXVILLE NOTCH, GRAFTON NOTCH, AND ANDOVER, MAINE, AND VICINITY. A New and Correct Map of the Lake Region, Drawn and Printed Expressly for this Book. ALSO, CONTAINS A VALUABLE TREATISE ON "CAMPING OUT." AND THE GAME AND FISH LAWS OP MAINE AND .NEW HAMPSHIRE (As Revised by the last Legislatures), RAILROAD, STEAMBOAT, AND STAGE ROUTES, Time-Tables, Table of Fares, Ust of Hotels, Prices of Board, and other valuable Information for the Sports- man, Tourist, or Pleasure-Seeker. BY CAPT.i^CHARLES A, J, FAEKAK, Author of "Moosehead Lake and the North Maine Wilderness," Illustrated; "Eantwnrd Ho! or Adventures at Rangelcy Lakes," "Camp Life in the Wilderness," etc. BOSTON : .AJSTTJ NEW YORK: CHARLES T. DILL INCH AM. 1884. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1884, BY CHARLES A. J. FABRAR, In the office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington. The Illustrations in this book were drawn expressly for it, by NAT. BROWN, C. W. REED, M. M. Tim>, F. MYRICK, E. H. GARRETT, F. C. HASSAM, and others, from Photographs and Sketches made at the places represented, under the super- vision of Mr. FARRAR, and wore engraved by NAT. BROWN, GEO. E. JOHNSON, W. II. BRICMER, and other first-class artists. PREFACE TO THE NINTH EDITION. ,O many changes are constantly occurring in the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES REGION, that, in spite of the heavy expense entailed, the author is compelled to get out a new edition of this work every year. Special attention lias been paid 1 1 making the Guide complete and correct, the Jatest news from the lake region having been procured up to the time of going to press; and it is the author's opinion that those wishing to visit this region will find, from a careful reading of its pages, all the information that is necessary to make their journey a pleasant one. During the nineteenth century book-making has become an art ; and in typography, paper, and illustrations, this volume will com- pare favorably with those of more pretensions ; while, as a Guide- Book, for the last three years, it has been called the finest in the country. Anew cover, of characteristic and original design, takes the place of the old one. Several new engravings have been added ; also, thirty-two pages of reading-matter; while the paper on which the book is printed has been manufactured expressly for it. Several additions have been made to the map, and a few trifling errors corrected ; while the price of the book remains the same. It is the only standard work on the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES REGION, and is recognized as an authority on all matters apper- taining to that locality, by Forest and Stream, the American Angler, and other first-class sporting publications. The author would call careful attention to the changes in the DIXVII.LE NOTCH RorxK ; arrangements having been perfected for a regular daily line through this wonderful region of picturesque beauty, introducing the tourist to the finest mountain scenerv in (9) 10 PREFACE TO NINTH EDITION. New England. A daily stage-line will also run from Bethel direct to the new LAKESIDE HOTEL, in CAMBRIDGE, N.H., at the foot of Lake Umbagog. The travel to Maine still rapidly increases, and her numerous summer resorts will accommodate ten times the people that have yet appeared at them. Among them all the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES REGION stands preeminent for health and attractiveness, and the facilities for reaching this charming location are yearly increased, while the cost of tickets is reduced with eacli season. The placing of a daily line of steamers on Lake Umbagog and the Magalloway River is a long-needed improvement, and will be sure to be ap- preciated by the travelling public, who are indebted for this ser- vice to the author of this book, and also for the large reductions in fares that have taken place the last three years. The different railroads will offer a larger variety of round-trip tickets to this region this summer than ever before, and they will be on sale at all general ticket-offices throughout the country. Our readers should be careful and not overlook the advertise- ments, as they each contain something of interest that will not be found elsewhere in the book. UOCKVTEW, JAMAICA PLAIN, May 1, 1884. CONTENTS. I. The Androscoggin Lakes 15 II. Hints on Camping Out 22 III. Routes from Boston to the Lake Reg-ion. The Bethel and Lake Umbagog Route 41 IV. From Lake Umbagog to the Middle Dam . . . 53 V. The Bryant's Pond and Andover Route. From Boston to Andover, Me .63 VI. From Andover to the Arm of the Lake . ... 75 VII. From the South Arm to the Upper Dam ... 87 VI U. The Upper Dam and the Richardson Ponds . . . 101 IX. From the Upper Dam to Bemis' Stream, Haines' Land- ing, and Indian Rock . 129 X. From Indian Rock to Oquossoc Outlet, Rangeley Vil- lage, Greenvale, and the head of Oquossoc Lake . 141 XI. Rangcley Village, Kennebago Lake, and the Seven Ponds . 151 XII. The Phillips and Farmington Route. From Boston to Greenvale, Oquossoc Lake, and Rangeley Village . 159 XIII. The Gorham, Berlin Falls, and Errol Dam Route to the Androscoggin Lakes ........ 173 XIV. The Great Northern Route. From New York and Bos- ton to the Androscoggin Lakes, Dixville Notch, and Connecticut Lake, via Boston, Concord, and Mon- treal Railroad 175 XV. From the Glen House, and Fahyau's, White Mountain-;, to the Androscoggin Lakes Region, via Dixville Notch and Errol Dam 193 XVI. From Boston to the Androscoggiu Lakes, via North Stratford, Colebrook, Dixville Notch, and Errol Dam, 199 XVII. Parmachenee Lake, and the Magalloway River. Routes from Boston, Expense, Scenery, Fishing, Hunting, etc .217 XVIII. Andover, Maine, as a Summer Resort .... 237 (11) 12 CONTENTS. OIIAITE* PAGE XIX. Drives around Andover. To Roxbury Pond, Black Brook Notch, White Cap Mountain, anland 169 Rangeley Lake House, Rangeley, Malm- 172 Willard House, North Stratford, N.I1 183 Mount Monaduock, and Colebrook, N.H. 185 Beaver Falls, Colebrook, N.H 187 Dix House, Dixville Notch, N.H 192 General View of Dixville Notch, N.H 195 Wild River Bridge, Grand Trunk Railway ..... 205 Alpine House, Gorharn, N.H 209 Berlin Falls, Androscoggiu River, N.H 212 Old man of the Mountain, Dixville Notch, N.H 216 Steamer Diamond on Androscoggiu River 220 The Flume, Dixville Notch, N.H 227 Parinacheuec Lake, looking North 233 The Amlover House, Audover, Maine 238 Mt. Sawyer and Sluice Dam, Black Brook Notch, Andover, Maine. 242 Upper Fall Cataract Brook, Andover. Maine 245 Sylvan Cascade, Cataract Brook, AndoviT, Maine .... 248 The flume, Cataract Brook, Andover, Maine 252 Silver Ripple Cascade, Black Brook, Andover, Maine . .255 An Obstacle . . . - . * ^ " ' --v v i . . .258 Foot of Kenucbago Lake 262 lxg Hut inhabited by Bubier Family, Raugeley, Maine . . . 267 On a Backboard 270 Androscoggin Lakes' Spotted Brook Trout 273 Camp Henri', Raugeley Outlet .... . . . .276 Lead Mine Bridge, Shelbnrnc, N.H. ....... 284 Mounts Washington and Madison from Lead Mine Bridge . . 293 CHAPTER I. 2ltt5r0scoggin Cakes, | HE chain of lakes known as the ANDUOS- COGGIN LAKES lie near the western boundary of Maine, in Franklin and Oxford counties. The lower lake of the chain. UMBAGOG, is more than half in Coos County, New Hampshire. The lakes are known severally as OQUOSSOC, CUPSUPTIC, MOOSELUCMAGUNTIC, MOLECHUNKA- MUNK, WELOKENNEBACOOK, and UMBAGOG. These six lakes are all connected by narrows or streams, forming one continuous water communication for about fifty miles. The country about the northern, southern, and eastern shores of OQUOSSOC, and the southern shore of UMBAGOG, is partially cleared up, and some very good farms have been started ; all the rest of the country in the lake region is an unbroken wilderness, known only by the hunter or lumberman. Game and fish in abundance are found through all the district, and the number of adventurers who penetrate these rugged wilds in summer is every year on the increase. The mountains are well-covered with a (15) 16 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO growth of trees, birch, beech, maple, ash, hemlock, spruce, fir, cedar, and pine, in the higher lands ; and along the courses of the streams, almost impenetrable thickets of spruce, hemlock, and cedar. The spruce affords the most valuable timber, which is run down the various streams in the time of the spring fresh- ets, and thence across the lakes. Two other lakes mentioned in this book, while lying at a dis- tance from the chain, are still connected with them by the rivers that form their outlets. KENNEBAGO LAKE lies about eleven miles north of OQUOSSOC, as the road runs, and is connected with the latter by the KKNXKHAGU RIVER, which serves as an outlet for its waters. KENNEBAGO is one of the prettiest lakes in the State of Maine, and it has an advantage over some of the others in the chain, from the fact that there is no dam at the foot of it ; consequently its shores are not overflowed, or covered with dead trees. It runs east and west, and is almost completely surrounded with high mountains. Its shores are thickly wooded, and there are several nice sand beaches about it. Standing on the point at the head of the lake, the site of Snowman's old camp, you obtain a fine view, embracing nearly the entire sheet of water. On your left is SPOTTED MOUNTAIN, which descends to the water, and extends along the lake for several miles. On the right, a little ridge, known as WILD CAT HILL, seems to confine the water on that side. Beyond this is EAST KENNEBAGO MOUNTAIN. WEST KEN- NEBAGO and SNOW MOUNTAINS are also plainly to be seen from this point. Some of the most beautiful sunsets we have ever wit- nessed we saw at KENNEBAOO LAKE, and the view of lake and mountain from SNOWMAN'S POINT during the sun's decline is superb. We do not try to describe it, for it would be simply an impossibility. KENNEBAGO is five or six miles long, and from a quarter of a mile to a mile and a half wide. Three miles above the lake is a pond, known as LITTLE KENNEBAGO, where there is good fishing. A light-draught boat can be run up the stream be- tween the lake and the pond without much difficulty. The SEVEN PONDS, a great place for trout-fishing, arc twelve miles north of KENNEBAGO LAKE, and may be reached easily by following up the stream from LITTLE KENNEBAGO. Most people who go to KENNEBAGO LAKE do not leave until they have visited the falls on THE ANDKOSCOGGIN LAKES. 17 the KENNEBAGO RIVER. These are situated a mile and a half from the outlet. The mile can be done in a boat; then you land at the head of the rapids, and after walking half a mile through the woods you will reach the falls, which are more a series of heavy rapids than a regular fall, but they are well worth a visit. PARMACHENEE LAKE lies about fifty miles north of UMBAGOG, in a vast wilderness, that extends for miles beyond the boundary between New England and Canada. It is connected with the latter lake by the MAGALLOWAY EIVER, which serves as its out- let. It is not so large as the most of the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES, but, like KENNEBAGO, it has a peculiar beauty of its own. It is fast coming into notice with sportsmen and fishermen, and for that reason, farther on, we have devoted several pages to it. Its waters are filled with trout, and the forest about it abounds with every variety of game, from the lively little squirrel to the lordly moose. The scenery in the locality is enchanting, and, being so far beyond the bound of civilization, there is a charm and romance in visiting this lake that you will not meet with about the others. As part of UMBAGOG LAKE, and some of the trout streams in the vicinity of Errol Dam, lie in New Hampshire, we give in the back part of the GUIDE the Game and Fish Laws of both Maine and New Hampshire, knowing they will be of interest to persons visiting these waters. As a great many people seem to have an idea that it requires no effort to catch ten-pound trout, or to shoot deer or moose, we as- sure them that patience and experience are both necessary requi- sites to success in hunting and fishing. Theodore Winthrop, in some of his writings, has most happily taken off the green sportsman in the Adirondack Eegion, and as what he has so truthfully portrayed is equally applicable to the Lake Region of Maine, we give it here. He says : " There, in the forest you see the stag of ten trots coquetting with greenhorns. He likes the excitement of being shot at and missed. He enjoys the smell of powder in a battle where he is always safe. He hears greenhorn blundering through the woods, stopping to growl at briars, stopping to revive his courage with the Dutch supplement. The stag of ten trots awaits his foe in a glade. The foe arrives, sees the antlered monarch, and is panic-struck. 18 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO He watches him prance and strike the ground with his hoofs. He slowly recovers heart, takes a pull at his flask, rests his gun upon a log, and begins to study his mark. The stag will not stand still. Greenhorn is baffled. At last his target turns and carefully exposes that region of his body where greenhorn has read lies the heart. Just about to fire, he catches the eye of the stag winking futility into his elaborate aim. His blunderbuss jerks upward. A shower of cut leaves floats through the smoke, from a tree thirty feet overhead. Then, with a mild-eyed, melancholy look of re- proachful contempt, the stag turns away, and wanders off to sleep in quiet coverts far within the wood. He has fled, while for greenhorn no trophy remains. Antlers have nodded to the sports- man ; a short tail has disappeared before his eyes ; he has seen something, but has nothing to show. Whereupon he buys a couple of pairs of ancient weather-bleached horns from some colonist, and, nailing them up at impossible angles on the wall of his city den, humbugs brother-cockneys with tales of hunting, and has for life his special legend, ' How I shot my first deer in the Adiron- dacks,"' or at the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES, as the case may be. Nowhere in this country will the people afflicted with the " camping out " fever find a more convenient or more pleasant place to gratify it than the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKE REGION. Here four of the indispensable requisites of tent life, viz., good, clear water, plenty of firewood, game, and fish, are always to be found, and the cosey little nooks and charming spots on the shores of the lakes, or the banks of the streams, each and all commanding some picturesque view, where one can pitch a tent, are simply innu- merable. If one could be always sure of pleasant weather tent life would be relieved of its greatest drawback. But we cannot control the elements, whatever else we may bring under subjection, and "camping out " in a two or three days' storm takes the good-na- ture out of the most pleasant and philosophic individual. It is far worse where there are ladies in the party than if it is composed entirely of gentlemen; for, although the sterner sex can push about in the wet underbrush, and go fishing in the rain, the ladies are compelled to sit moping in a damp tent, and wishing for noth- ing so much in the world as to see the sun shine once more. The writer has tried " camping out " for several seasons ; and THE ANDKOSCOGGIN LAKES. 19 while he does not deny that there is a great deal of fun and enjoy- ment in it, still he holds to the opinion that it is better and cheaper to stop at the camps about the lakes, and pay $2.00 to $2.50 per day for board, and be sure of a comfortable bed at night, and a roof over your head in a storm. The accommodations at one of these camps in the wilderness are so different from what you meet with at home, that it has a novelty almost equal to tent life, with none of its disagreeable features. However inspired people may be with life in the woods, they soon get tired of washing dishes, cooking meals, cutting wood, lugging water, and the various rou- tine of duty that is inseparable from life in a tent. But if you must " camp out," take along one or two guides to do the work and the cooking, and then you are free from care, and may hope for an enjoyable time if you have pleasant weather. On the fol- lowing page we present an illustration of a party camping out on the shore of MOLECHCNKAMUNK LAKE, at the mouth of the river. Our artist has been successful in making a spirited sketch of the scene. As the business of " camping out " is new to many who visit the Lake Region, we give in the following chapter some practical hints that are sure to be of service to the green woods- man. Black flies, midges, and mosquitoes, are to be met with in the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKE REGION the latter part of June and the first part of July. By taking with you a preparation of sweet-oil and tar, and anointing your face and hands, you will generally escape their importunities. The only time that they are really trouble- some is on a very still day or night. Where there is any wind at all they will not trouble you. Persons camping out generally build up a " smudge " at night, which frees them from the attacks of these insects. Ladies visiting the lakes in " fly-time " will do well to wear a thick veil and long kid gauntlets, in addition to their other clothing. There is only about a month, from the mid- dle of June to the middle of July, that flies and midges are troublesome, and any person who has visited the lakes once can very easily keep clear of them, and they have this to console them, that these insects in Maine are not near as plenty, nor half so vora- cious, as they are in the Adirondack Region, neither are they any more troublesome than at the White Mountains. As ladies may not think that tar and oil would improve their complexion (although THE ANDEOSCOGGIN LAKES. 21 it is a fact that it makes the skin soft and white after its use) we would inform them that oil of pennyroyal and sweet-oil, properly mixed, is fully as good as the other preparation. We speak from practical experience, having frequently used it. Any druggist can prepare it for you, and the cost is a mere trifle. Close observation dviring a ten summers' sojourn in the Lake Region warrants us in asserting that the black fly and midge are not near so thick now as they were in former years, and many of the regular habitu6s of the lakes declare that they are grad- ually becoming extinct. House flies have increased largely about the lakes in the past five years, and the thicker these become the faster the black flies diminish. Those who pretend to know, say that the two species of flies will not live together. But, in our opinion, the small clearings made around the lake shore have had their effect in diminishing the number of flies. As the lakes are fifteen hundred feet above the level of the sea and entirely surrounded by mountains, the air is sharp and bracing, especially in June and September, and visitors should always take an extra supply of clothing. Warm flannels and extra wraps are a real necessity, and will save one a great deal of discomfort. CHAPTER II. i^tnts on AVING made up your mind to camp out during your vacation, decide next where you will go ; and then, if possible, see and talk with some one familiar with the place, and note down all you learn that is important. If you can procure a Guide Book and Maps that cover the locality selected, do so by all means, as you will find that they will be worth many times their cost to you. August, September, and October are the months for camping out; and, if you wish to kill large game, such as deer, caribou, or moose, during the open season, which in Maine and New Hamp- shire is from Oct. 1st to Dec. 31st, you must extend your trip into October. Begin to make up and collect your outfit as long before you intend to start as possible. Don't leave everything until within the last few days, and then go with about half the articles you ought to have with you. If you intend to spend the most of your time in the wilderness, away from hotels and villages, you will find an excellent chance to utilize all your old clothing, only have the garments carefully mended and patched. One good suit to wear between your home and the woods will be suf- ficient. You should go well provided with under-clothing in the shape of heavy woollen shirts, drawers, and stockings. If your flesh is tender, and flannels are apt to irritate you, buy very thin cotton underclothing to wear next your skin. Carry a wide-rim woollen (22) THE ANDEOSCOGGIN LAKES. 23 and straw hat. You will find both convenient. A stout woollen jacket or coat will be all you need for an outside garment, ex- cepting a rubber coat. Be sure and get your rubber coat large enough to slip on over your other garments easily. Don't try to wear hip pants. Such action will generally necessitate the wearing of a belt also. Use suspenders ; they are every way preferable. Shoes are good to wear around camp, but for tramping I pre- fer stout, long-legged, leather boots. Two or three times, a boot has saved me from a sprained ankle when falling in the woods. You should purchase heavy, serviceable shoes and boots, and oil them well. You don't want drawing-room trash. A pair of long- leg, hip rubber boots are very serviceable when fishing and wad- ing streams. Take two rubber and two woollen blankets to each person if your party does not number over four. Above that number, you can discount some on the blankets without discomfiture. Re- member that toward the fall the nights out-doors are chilly, and you had better have a few more blankets than you actually need, than not enough. Buy your provisions (all but coffee and tea, which you can procure of better quality at home) at the last town through which you pass. The charges will undoubtedly be a little higher than at home ; but you will make it up by the saving in freight and express, and the loss of care in looking after so many things. What you do carry from home pack in bags or boxes, with straps or handles fastened securely on the ends, as the railroads will generally check such packages. If the baggage-master raises any objections, a tip of a quarter, or a few cigars (five-centers will do, as he won't know their quality until he tries them) will go a long way towards making him see the matter in the same light that you do. Mark your baggage if possible. If not, tie or nail a tag on each piece with your name and place of destination plainly written upon it. Take care of your checks after you get them. Buy round-trip tickets to the place where you are going, if you can; if not, to the nearest point. You may get " broke" while away, and you will feel more comfortable to know that you have a return ticket home. Carefully figure up your expenses from 24 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO the best sources of information at your command, and then take at least fifty per cent, more money than you think you will need. Among your cash have plenty of small change. Attempting to pay for small articles in bills, in a sparsely settled country, will often seriously inconvenience you. Don't carry " trade dollars" or " mutilated coin." Most country people have learned by this time that such stuff is not current. If you are going to camp anywhere in the vicinity of a farm, an empty bed-tick, that you can easily carry with you, and get filled with straw or hay on your arrival, is an excellent substitute for a better bed. Never make your bed on the bare ground. Procure a few boards to lay down first if possible ; failing in this, cedar, fir, or spruce poles, with the upper side flattened with an axe, and laid close together will answer admirably. Don't be too anxious to pay country people more than they ask for milk, butter, eggs, etc. ; it is establishing a bad precedent, and you will generally find that their charge is all the things are worth in that locality, and sometimes more, and after you leave they will set you down as a fool with more money than brains. If you intend to make any excursions from camp that will necessitate your being away over night, a fair-sized leather knapsack, with broad straps to go over the shoulders, will be a very convenient article to have with you. If you make any such excursions, don't load yourself down too heavily. Twenty pounds at the start will seem to be fifty, after you have carried it three hours. You go into the woods for rest and recreation, not to make a pack-horse of yourself. If there are several in your party, don't have any senseless rivalry as to who can carry the heaviest pack. You will find that any load you start with will be heavy enough after tramping all day. Stick to the lakes, ponds, and rivers as much as possible, for it is a great deal easier to get around in a boat than to tramp through the woods. When in a boat use the utmost precaution, especially if you can't swim. If you can, the upsetting of your boat, and the consequent loss or spoiling of the greater part of your things, Is a serious misfortune. Dan't try to see how far you can tip the boat down on one side without capsizing it. If you are a good swimmer, and other members of your party are not, don't do anything when you are out boating with them, THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 25 to cause them alarm. It spoils their pleasure, and is foolish and cowardly on your part. When you leave your boat be careful to fasten it securely, or take it so far out of water, as will remove all liability of its getting loose. There are times when you may be put to great inconvenience, or placed in positive danger by your boat going adrift. Don't try to run dangerous rapids without havjng had previous experience in such navigation. It is more than probable that you will meet with an accident if you make the attempt. In ascending rapids, it is generally easier to pole up, than to paddle, or row. If you don't carry a regular "setting pole," a light spruce pole, peel- ed, eight or ten feet long, with one end sharpened to a point, to stick into the bottom of the river, is a very good substitute. B D A ; < *^*?,. .. . Fig. 1. FRAME OF CAMP. Your greatest difficulty will Poling is quite a knack ; but you can soon acquire it from practice. be in keeping the bow of your boat straight up stream. In the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES REGION it is not absolutely necessary for you to take a guide. If you do, however, one to a party of four is sufficient ; and hire the best you can get, with- out regard to price. Don't carry a tent. It is a useless incumbrance. All through the wilderness region of Maine and New Hampshire, hotel camps, logging, or hunters' camps may be found, furnishing you shelter and lodging. At the hotels, of course, you will have to pay, but the hunter's and logging camps are mostly empty until the last of October, and are open to any one who chooses to use them. 20 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Failing to utilize these, build a bough camp in the following manner : Select a dry piece of ground on some little hillock or knoll, and plan the size of your camp to suit your party, not forgetting to have room to place your provisions under cover. Have an eye to water and wood, and don't locate farther from them than you can help. Now cut two crotched maples, A (see Fig. 1), about eight feet long, sharpen an end of each, and drive the picked ends a foot or more into the ground, ten feet apart, if for a party of four. Then cut an- other maple, B, about three inches in diameter, and lay it on the top of your crotched posts. Now procure eight more maple poles, C (any other kind of wood will answer if there is no maple in the vicinity, only your poles must be straight), about ten feet long, and sharp- Fig. 2. ROOF AKD END. e n an end of each. Place the blunt ends on the horizontal pole, extending over about six inches, and bring the picked ends down to the ground, and imbed them firmly. There should be a little slaught or hole cut in the horizontal pole for these rafters to lay in, and they should be placed about a foot apart. Marline, small roots, or twigs, should be used to fasten the blunt ends of the rafters to the horizontal pole. Now cut some maple or other limbs, D, that are straight and a little flexible, and place them across your rafters, beginning at the top, about a foot from the horizontal pole, and continuing at regular distances until you reach the ground. Weave them over and under the rafters, and this will be sufficient to keep them in place. If there is plenty of cedar in the vicinity of your camp, cut THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 27 down a tree or two, trim the trunks, and cut them into lengths of about eight feet ; split these into pieces about half an inch thick, and lay them lengthwise, flat on your roof. Put the first course as near together as you can, and cover that by a second, over- lapping all cracks ; then spread a couple of your rubber blankets over your cedar-splits, and tie them down, to prevent their blowing away, and you will have a tight roof. If you can't get the cedar-splits, cover with birch-bark or spruce-boughs first (see Fig. 2), and then the blankets. If you use spruce-boughs, lay them carefully, with the small ends downwards. When your roof is covered in, . , roll a log, six or , > | If 1 1 eight inches thick, to the back of your camp, and let it bear on the foot of the rafters. It will help keep them in place, .and stiffen the whole structure. To close up the two ends, cut poles or " cedar -splits," and stand them up close together (see Fig. 2), beginning Fi *' 3 " CAMP COMPLETE. at the back side of the camp, and continuing to the front. The lower end of these should be sharpened and set into the ground a little. When each end is closed in, run another rafter outside of them, from the front pole to the ground, to keep them in place. A pile of brush at each end will also help keep out the rain. The front can be left entirely open to the weather (see Fig. 3), and this is more desirable when 3 r ou have rubber blankets to hang up in case of a storm, or two or three feet of each end of the front may be closed up, as the ends were, leaving a space of three or four feet wide in the middle for an entrance, which can be covered during rain by a rubber blanket. Make the floor of boards if possible, and have it slant a little 28 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO towards the front. If you can't procure boards, cut cedar, or some other trees into proper lengths, about three or four inches in diameter. Hew one side of them flat, and lay them close together on the ground, the round side down. For bedding, use small cedar limbs, if you can get them ; if not hemlock, or spruce. Don't throw in limbs the size of cord wood ; such sticks will not improve your rest any at night. Over the boughs spread first rubber blankets, then woollen ones. Have one woollen blanket beneath you, and the rest over you. In damp or rainy weather, spread a rubber blanket outside of your woollen ones. When you retire at night, leave a good, large fire burning in front of your camp (see Fig. 3) , and always sleep feet to the fire. A hammock is a nice thing to sleep in dur- ing pleasant weath- er. Include one in your equipment, by all means. Camp building calls for more ex- Fig. 4. CAMP FURNITURE. ercise of ingenuity than any other part of camping out. But you will be surprised to see how much can be done with nothing but an axe and a willing pair of hands. A table and benches for camp use may be made as follows (see Fig. 4) : Cut four short, crotched sticks, about the right height for your table ; sharpen one end of each and drive them into the ground, about six feet apart one way, and two the other. Put a short stick across the ends from crotch to crotch, and then lay poles lengthwise from one bearing to the other. Secure the ends of each with withes or marline. A bench can be constructed the same way, only make it lower, and have three supports for the horizontal poles instead of two. The cuts shown in the book THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 29 give our ideas on camps, tables, and benches, and can be built by any one possessed of an ordinary amount of common-sense. Never camp out alone. There is no fun in it; and, if taken suddenly sick, real danger. Two, three, or four, with guides ad libitum, make the most successful parties. Each person for a larger party needs to be very carefully selected, with an idea to the " fitness of tilings," for nowhere will all that is disagree- able in a man. so soon be developed as in the woods during stormy weather. Don't try to shirk your share of the work, never forget it, and will twit you of it as long as you live. For gunning, car- ry a double-barrel breech-loading shot- gun or rifle. Have revolvers conspicu- Your friends will Fig. 5. CAMP COOKERY. ous by their ab- sence ; for they are a dangerous nui- sance. If you take one you will proba- bly shoot yourself or somebody else with it before your trip is over. Let some of your party carry rifles, others double- barrel shot-guns. If there is to be only one fire-arm in the party give a gun the preference, and take plenty of buck-shot. If you don't intend to hire a guide, and understand nothing of cookery, take a few lessons at home from your wife, mother, or sister, in simple cooking, and learn what you do learn, thoroughly. Then buy a common, cheap cook-book, and take it along with you. It will be handy to have in the camp. In cooking, a slack fire with plenty of live coals is better than a roaring fire with a great deal of wood (see Fig. 5). If you set your frying-pan or coffee-pot on the fire, watch them that they don't tip over. Wash your dishes at the close of every meal in hot water, and don't forget to put a little soap in the water ; it 30 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO is a slovenly trick to let them lay over dirty. Two forked sticks drove into the ground at each side of your fire, with a green limb across, is a good thing to hang your pots and kettles on when stewing or boiling anything. To prepare trout for cooking, split them along the belly and remove their entrails ; then cut off their fins, tails, and heads and wash thoroughly. Chub are to be treated in the same man- ner, only they must first be well scraped to remove their scales. Pickerel are prepared in the same manner as trout. Below we give a list of articles, any of which will be useful to a party camping out. Read it over carefully, and take as few things as possible. Guide-book, Hammers, Hard-tack, Hatchet, Hammock, Axe, Bacon or ham, Bread-pan, Bean-kettle, iron, Beans, in bag, Butter, in bread-box, Iron pot, for stews, Blankets, woollen, Jamaica Ginger, Blankets, rubber, Buttons, pant and shirt, Bait-box, with strap. Crackers, Canned goods, Condensed milk, Coffee, Coffee-pot, Comb, Compass, Court-plaster, Cook-book, Candles, Candlestick, Dish-towels, Dish-cloth, Diary, Envelopes, Fishing-tackle, Flour, Field-glass, Knives, pocket and sheath, Knives, table and butcher, Knapsack, Lard, Lemons, Lead-pencil, Maps, Matches, Potatoes, in bag, Postal-cards, Pocket drinking-cup, Royal baking-powder, Rope, Rubber coat, Rubber boots, Reading matter, Rice, Raisins, Salt, Salt fish, Salt pork, Saw, Slippers, Soap, Sugar, Match-safe, air-tight, Sticking-plaster, Frying pan, Forks, Figs, Fly preparation, Marline, Meal, in bag, Molasses, Monkey-wrench, Mosquito-netting, Nails, Needles, Pails, Paper collars, Pepper, Powdered mustard, Pickles, Pins, Portfolio, Postage-stamps, Thread, Twine, Tooth-brush, Towels, Tea, Tin baker, Teaspoons, Tablespoons, Tin dippers, Tin plates, Tin pails, Vinegar, Wash-basin, Writing paper. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 31 Throw all your swill and refuse into the water ; or, if you are encamped for any length of time away from rivers, ponds, or lakes, carry it to some distance before you throw it away; or, what is better still, bury it, if the ground will permit. Swill around a camp will attract flies and other insects. If troubled by black flies, mosquitoes, minges, or other insects, build a smudge in this way : Start a good fire, and when well agoing cover with green grass, moss, leaves, or dirt, thereby making a dense smoke. If you have an old iron kettle to build it in it is much better, as you can move it about then if the wind changes. A piece of clothes-line twenty or thirty feet long, stretched between two trees, is handy to hang wet things on when you wish to dry them. Have it far enough from your fire to keep the articles out of the smoke. Keep your provisions, anything that mice or ants would hurt, \n tight boxes, bags, or firkins. The woods are full of field- mice and ants, and they will find your camp as soon as you do. Rainy days cover your stores with rubber blankets. If you have ham, or fresh meat, or venison, among your stores, keep them tightly wrapped up in cloths, and hang up in a cool place, or they will soon become fly-blown, and spoil. You will find plenty of suitable spots for camping all through the lake region; and, whenever you " break camp, "that is to say, move from one spot to another, don't fail to extinguish your fire, no matter how much trouble it puts you to. A fire left by a careless camper before now has been the means of destroying thousands of dollars worth of timber. A conflagration in the woods is no laughing matter; and, by the present laws, people of means can be held liable for damages in such cases, or, failing to have property, they may be imprisoned. In moving about from one place to another, don't travel too late. Select your camping site, at least, two hours before dark, and be sure and cut plenty of firewood. Hygienic Notes. We quote the following from a valuable work entitled "Field Ornithology," by Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S.A., and it is well worth 32 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. the perusal of the person intending to camp out as well as the " stay-at-homes " : " Always carry a loaded gun at half-cock unless you are about to shoot. Unless the lock fail, accidental discharge is impossible, except under these circumstances : a, a direct blow on the nipple or pin ; b, catching of both hammer and trigger simultaneously, drawing back of the former and its release whilst the trigger is still held, the chances against which are simply incalculable. Full-cock, ticklish as it seems, is safer than no-cock, when a tap on the hammer or even the heel-plate, or a slight catch and re- lease of the hammer, may cause discharge. Never let the muzzle of a loaded gun point toward your own person for a single instant. Get your gun over fences or into boats or carriages before you get over or in yourself, or at any rate no later. Remove caps or cartridges on entering a house. Never aim a gun, loaded or not, at any object unless you mean to press the trigger. Never put a loaded gun away long enough to forget whether it is loaded or not. Never leave a loaded gun to be found by others under cir- cumstances reasonably presupposing it to be unloaded. Never put a gun where it can be knocked down by a dog or a child. Never forget that, though a gunning accident may be sometimes interpretable (from a certain stand-point) as a " dispensation of Providence," such are dispensed oftenest to the careless. " The secret of safe climbing is never to relax one hold until another is secured ; it is in spirit equally applicable to scrambling over rocks, a particularly difficult thing to do safely with a loaded gun. Test rotten, slippery, or otherwise suspicious holds before trusting them. In lifting the body up anywhere keep the mouth shut, breathe through the nostrils, and go slowly. ' ' In swimming waste no strength unnecessarily in trying to stem a current ; yield partly, and land obliquely lower down ; if exhausted, float, the slightest motion of the hands will ordinarily keep the face above water ; and in any event keep your wits col- lected. In fording deeply a heavy stone in the hands [above water] will strengthen your position. Never sail a boat experi- mentally ; if you are no sailor, take one with you or stay on land. "In crossing a high, narrow foot-path, never look lower than your feet ; the muscles will work true, if not confused with falter- ing instructions from a giddy brain. On soft ground see what, if 34 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO anything, has preceded you; large hoof-marks generally mean that the way is safe ; if none are found, inquire for yourself be- fore going on. Quicksand is the most treacherous, because far more dangerous than it looks ; but I have s<*en a mule's ears finally disappear in genuine mud. " Cattle-paths, however erratic, commonly prove the surest way out of a difficult place, whether of uncertain footing or dense undergrowth. " Unguarded exposure in malarious regions usually entails sickness, often preventable, however, by due precautions. It is worth knowing, in the first place, that miasmatic poison is most powerful between sunset and sunrise, more exactly from the damp of the evening until night vapors are dissipated ; we may be out in the daytime with comparative impunity, where to pass a night would be almost certain disease. If forced to camp out, seek the highest and driest spot; put a good fire on the swamp side, and also, if possible, let trees intervene. Never go out on an empty stomach ; just a cup of coffee and a crust may make a decided difference. Meet the earliest unfavorable symptoms with quinine, I should rather say, if unacclimated, anticipate them with this invaluable agent. Endeavor to maintain high health of all functions by the natural means of regularity and temperance in diet, exercise, and repose. TAKING COLD. ' ' This vague ' household word ' indicates one or more of a long varied train of unpleasant affections, nearly always traceable to one or the other of only two causes : sudden change of tempera- ture, and unequal distribution of temperature. No extremes of heat or cold can alone effect this result ; persons frozen to death do not ' take cold ' during the process. But if a part of the body be rapidly cooled, as by evaporation from a wet article of clothing, or by sitting in a draught of air, the rest of the body remaining at an ordinary temperature ; or if the temperature of the whole be suddenly changed by going, out into the cold, or, especially, by coming into a warm room, there is much liability of trouble. There is an old saying, " ' When the air comes through a hole, Bay your prayers to save your soul ; ' THE ANDBOSCOGGIN LAKES. 35 and I should think almost any one could get a ' cold ' with a spoonful of water on the wrist held to a key-hole. Singular as it may seem, sudden warming when cold is more dangerous than the reverse ; every one has noticed how soon the handkerchief is required on entering a heated room on a cold day. Frost-bite is an extreme illustration of this. As the Irishman said on picking himself up, it was not the fall, but stopping so quickly, that hurt him ; it is not the lowering of the temperature to the freezing- point, but its subsequent elevation, that devitalizes the tissue. This is why rubbing with snow, or bathing in cold water, is re- quired to restore safely a frozen part; the arrested circulation must be very gradually reestablished, or inflammation, perhaps mortification, ensues. " General precautions against taking cold are almost self- evident, in this light. There is ordinarily little if any danger to be apprehended from wet clothes so long as exercise is kept up ; for the ' glow ' about compensates for the extra cooling by evaporation. Nor is a complete drenching more likely to be injurious than wetting of one part. But never sit still wet; and in changing, rub the body dry. There is a general tendency, springing from fatigue, indolence, or indifference, to neglect damp feet, that is to say, to dry them by the fire ; but this process is tedious and uncertain. I would say especially, ' Off with muddy boots and sodden socks at once ; ' dry stockings and slippers, after a hunt, may make just the difference of your being able to go out again or never. " Take care never to check perspiration. During this process the body is in a somewhat critical condition, and sudden arrest of the function may result disastrously, even fatally. One part of the business of perspiration is to equalize bodily temperature, and it must not be interfered with. The secret of much that is to be said about bathing when heated lies here. A person overheated, panting it may be, with throbbing temples and a dry skin, is in danger partly because the natural cooling by evaporation from the skin is denied, and this condition is some- times not far from a ' sunstroke.' Under these circumstances a person of fairly good constitution may plunge into the water with impunity, even with benefit. But, if the body be al- ready cooling by sweating, rapid abstraction of heat from the THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAIvES. 37 surface may cause internal congestion, never unattended with danger. " Drinking ice-water offers a somewhat parallel case; even on stooping to drink at the brook, when flushed with heat, it is well to bathe the face and hands first, and to taste the water before a full draught. It is a well-known excellent rule, not to bathe immediately after a full meal ; because during digestion the organs concerned are comparatively engorged, and any sudden disturbance of the circulation may be disastrous. "The imperative necessity of resisting drowsiness under extreme cold requires no comment. ' ' In walking under a hot sun the head may be sensibly pro- tected by green leaves or grass in the hat ; they may be advan- tageously moistened, but not enough to drip about the ears. Under such circumstances the slightest giddiness, dimness of sight, or confusion of ideas, should be taken as a warning of possible sun- stroke, instantly demanding rest, and shelter if practicable. " Hunger and fatigue are more closely related than they might seem to be ; one is a sign that the fuel is out, and the other asks for it. Extreme fatigue, indeed, destroys appetite ; this simply means, temporary incapacity for digestion. But even far short of this, food is more easily digested and better relished after a little preparation of the furnace. On coming home tired it is much better to make a leisurely and reasonably nice toilet than to eat at once, or to lie still thinking how tired you are. After a change and a wash you will feel like a ' n'ew man,' and go to table in capital state. Whatever dietetic irregularities a high state of civilization may demand or render practicable, a normally healthy person is inconvenienced almost as soon as his regular meal-time passes without food; and few can work comfortably or profitably fasting over six or eight hours. Eat before starting ; if for a day's tramp, take a lunch ; the most frugal meal will appease if it do not satisfy hunger, and so postpone its urgency. As a small scrap of practical wisdom, I would add, keep the remnants of the lunch, if there are any ; for you cannot always be sure of getting in to supper. "When cold, fatigued, depressed in mind, and on other occa- sions, you may feel inclined to resort to artificial stimulus. Re- specting this many-sided theme I have a few words to offer of 38 FARRAH'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO direct bearing. It should be clearly understood, in the first place, that a stimulant confers no strength whatever; it simply calls the powers that be into increased action at their own expense. Seeking real strength in stimulus is as wise as an attempt to lift yourself up by the boot-straps. You may gather yourself to leap the ditch and you clear it ; but no such muscular energy can be sustained; exhaustion speedily renders further expenditure im- possible. But now, suppose a very powerful mental impression be made, say the circumstance of a succession of ditches in front, and a mad dog behind, if the stimulus of terror be sufficiently strong you may leap on till you drop senseless. Alcoholic stimu- lus is a parallel case, and is not seldom pushed to the same ex- treme. Under its influence you never can tell when you are tired ; the expenditure goes on, indeed, with unnatural rapidity, only it is not felt at the time ; but the upshot is, you have all the original fatigue to endure and to recover from, plus the fatigue resulting from over-excitation of the system. Taken as a fortification against cold, alcohol is as unsatisfactory as a remedy for fatigue. Insensibility to cold does not imply protection. The fact is, the exposure is greater than before ; the circulation and respiration being hurried, the waste is greater, and as sound fuel cannot be immediately supplied, the temperature of the body is soon lowered. The transient warmth and glow over, the system has both cold and depression to endure; there is no use in borrowing from yourself and fancying you are richer. "Secondly, the value of any stimulus (except in a few exi- gencies of disease or injury) is in proportion, not to the intensity, but to the equableness and durability of its effect. This is one reason why tea, coffee, and articles of corresponding qualities, are preferable to alcoholic drinks. They work so smoothly that their effect is often unnoticed, and they ' stay by ' well. The friction of alcohol is tremendous in comparison. A glass of grog may help a veteran over the fence ; but no one, young or old, can shoot all day on whiskey. " Thirdly, undue excitation of any physical function is followed by corresponding depression, on the simple principle that action and reaction are equal ; and the balance of health turns too easily to be wilfully disturbed. Stimulation is a draft upon vital capital, when interest alone should suffice. It may be needed at times to THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 39 bridge a chasm ; but habitual living beyond vital income infallibly entails bankruptcy in health. The use of alcohol in health seems practically restricted to purposes of sensuous gratification on the part of those prepared to pay a round price for this luxury. The three golden rules here are, Never drink before breakfast; never drink alone ; and never drink bad liquor. Their observance may make even the abuse of alcohol tolerable. Serious objec- tions for a naturalist, at least, are that science, viewed through a glass, seems distant and uncertain, while the joys of rum are im- mediate and unquestionable ; and that intemperance, being an attempt to defy certain physical laws, is therefore eminently un- scientific." In this connection we take the following from a very interest- ing little work, by John M. Gould, entitled " How to Camp Out." "If troubled by costiveness, eat laxative foods on those days, figs are especially good, and try not to work too hard. Do not dose with medicines, nor take alcoholic stimulants. Physic and alcohol may give a temporary relief, but they will leave you in bad condition. " Diarrhoea may result from over-work and gluttony combined, and from eating indigestible or uncooked food, and from imper- fect protection of the stomach. ' Remove the cause, and the effect will cease.' A flannel bandage six to twelve inches wide, worn around the stomach, is good as a preventive and cure. "The same causes may produce cholera-morbus ; symptoms, violent vomiting and purging, faintness, and spasms in the arms and limbs. Unless accompanied with cramp (which is not usual), nature will work its own cure. Give warm drinks, if you have them. Do not get frightened ; but keep the patient warm, and well protected from a draught of air. ' ' In all cases of internal poisoning the first step is to evacuate the stomach. This should be effected by an emetic which is quickly obtained, and most powerful and speedy in its operation. Such is powdered mustard (a large tablespoonful in a tumblerful of warm water). When vomiting has already taken place copious draughts of warm water should be given, to keep up the effect till the poisoning substance has been thoroughly removed." Marshall flail's ready method in suffocation, drowning, etc. : 1st. Treat the patient instantly on the spot, in th* fpen air, 40 FARBAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. freely exposing the face, neck, and chest to the breeze, except in severe weather. 2d. In order to clear the throat, place the patient gently on the face, with one wrist under the forehead, that all fluid, and the tongue itself, may fall forward, and leave the entrance into the windpipe free. 3d. To excite respiration, turn the patient slightly on his side, and apply some irritating or stimulating agent to the nostrils, as veratrine, dilute ammonia, etc. 4th. Make the face warm by brisk friction; then dash cold water upon it. 5th. If not successful, lose no time ; but, to imitate respira- tion, place the patient on his face, and turn the body gently but completely on the side and a little beyond, then turn again on the face, and so on alternately. Repeat these movements delib- erately and persever'mgly, fifteen times only in a minute. (When the patient lies on the thorax, this cavity is compressed by the weight of the body, and expiration takes place. When he is turned on the side, this pressure is removed, and inspiration occurs.) 6th. When the prone position is resumed, make a uniform and efficient pressure along the spine, removing the pressure imme- diately, before rotation on the side. (The pressure augments the expiration, the rotation commences inspiration.) Continue these measures. 7th. Rub the limbs upward, with firm pressure and with energy. (The object being to aid the return of venous blood to the heart.) 8th. Substitute for the patient's wet clothing, if possible, such other covering as can be instantly procured, each bystander sup- plying a coat or cloak, etc. Meantime, and from time to time, to excite inspiration, let the surface of the body be slapped briskly with the hand. 9th. Rub the body briskly till it is dry and warm, then dash cold water upon it, and repeat the rubbing. Avoid the immediate removal of the patient, as it involves a dangerous loss of time ; also the use of bellows or any forcing, instrument; also the warm bath and all rough treatment. CHAPTER III. from loston io the fal^ ERSONS visiting the Lakes from Canada, or the West, will find it most convenient to take the Grand Trunk Railroad to Gorham, Bethel, or Bryant's Pond, and then continue their journey according to the routes hereinafter described. Parties from Philadelphia and New York, of whom there are many visiting the lakes each season, have a choice of several routes to Boston and Portland, all of which can be easily ascertained. Arriving in Boston, the traveler has choice of six distinct routes by which the lake country can be reached. The first we will designate as The Bethel and Lake Umbagog Route. Take the cars at the Eastern Railroad Depot on Causeway street, opposite Friend street. The train starts at 9.00 A.M., and if you wish to travel at luxurious ease, provide yourself with a seat in one of the Pullman Palace Cars, which will cost you sixty cents in addition to the price of the regular ticket, and the extra expense of which you will be more than compensated for, by the in- creased comfort, freedom from dust and heat, and lack of care of any little bundles or packages you may have with you, all such (41) THE ANDKOSCOGGIN LAKES. 43 being turned over to the care of the conductor. Leaving the de- pot, you pass rapidly through Charlestown, Somerville, Everett, Chelsea, Lynn, Swampscott, Newburyport, Hampton, Portsmouth, Kittery, Wells, Kennebunk, Biddeford, Saco, and Scarboro', reaching Portland at 12.30 P.M., a distance of 108 miles. Or you may take the cars from the Boston and Main Rail- road Depot, in Haymarket Square, at the head of Washington street, at 9.00 A.M., and passing through Charlestown, Somer- ville, Maiden, Melrose, Lawrence, Haverhill, Exeter, So. New- market, Dover, Salmon Falls, No. Berwick, Kennebunk, Bidde- ford, Saco, and Old Orchard Beach, arriving in Portland at the same hour as by the Eastern road, and occupying the same length of time for the first stage of the journey. A magnificent Parlor Car accompanies this train, and passengers may take advantage of all its conveniences for an additional charge of sixty cents. On reaching Portland by either route, you are carried across the city to the Grand Trunk Railroad Depot, where you change cars. Or you may leave Boston by one of the Portland Line of Steam- ers from the south side of India Wharf, at 7.00 o'clock P.M., arriving in Portland early the next morning, in time to connect with either the 9.00 A.M., or 1.30 P.M. trains on the Grand Trunk Railroad. Fifty cents is saved on a ticket each way between Portland and Boston by boat. You arrive in Portland about 5.00 o'clock in the morning, giving ample time to get breakfast, and see all of interest in the city. Or after breakfast, you may take the morning train, and go up to BRYANT'S POND or BETHEL, and take the morning stage for ANDOVER, or CAMBRIDGE, LAKE UMBAGOG. This will be found one of the most pleasant as well as the cheap- est ways of making that part of the trip to the lakes that lies between Boston and Portland. The steamers of this line, the Tremont, John Brooks, and Forest City, are fine boats, safe and commodious, and run daily excepting Sunday. They are always on time, and never miss their train connections. They are officered by courteous and competent gentlemen, and passengers and bag- gage are treated in the most considerate manner. Supper is served on the boat each way, for the moderate sum of fifty cents. The n?\r steamer Tremont is 265 feet long, and is the largest boat plying east of the Sound. She is elegantly fitted and furnished 44 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO with all the modern improvements. She has one hundred state- rooms of comfortable size. The cabins and saloons are finished in cherry and mahogany. In furnishing this boat nothing has been spared that will add to the comfort, convenience, and safety of her patrons. Boats land in Portland at Franklin Wharf, scarcely a stone's- throw from the Grand Trunk Railroad Depot. Hacks, express and baggage wagons are always at the wharf on arrival of the steamers to convey passengers or baggage to any point desired. Passengers availing themselves of the boats between Boston and Portland have a comfortable night's rest, and have half a day to spend in Port- land, thereby giving them ample time to make a tour of the city. State-rooms are sold on the boat for $1.00 each, containing two berths. There is such a demand for these during the traveling season, from June to October, that those who wish to procure one will consult their interest by engaging it two or three days in advance. Baggage is transferred to and from the Grand Trunk Depot in Portland free of charge. Tickets to Andover, Middle Dam, Upper Dam, Indian Rock or Lake Umbagog, via Portland by boat, may be purchased at the Grand Truuk Railroad Office, 280 Washington Street, Boston, or on the steamers. The Boston office of the steamers is at India Wharf. In this connection we would say that parties who go from Boston to Portland by boat can find no better way of spending their spare time in the latter city than by making an excursion to Greenwood Garden, Peaks' Island, in Portland Harbor, one of the finest summer gardens in New England, under the manage- ment of Captain C. H. Knowlton. The fine steamer " Emita," makes a dozen trips, daily, each way between Portland and the Garden, and starts from Franklin Wharf, where the Boston boats lay. The expense of a ticket to the island, including ad- mission to the Garden, is but 25 cents, and enables one to make a charming morning trip, returning in time for dinner and the train. Parties going to Portland by boat, by taking the morning train can reach Andover at 2.00 P.M., Arm of the Lake at 5.30 P.M., Middle Dam at 6.00 P.M., and Upper Dam at 6.30 in the evening of the same day they leave Portland. Or if they go to Bethel, they can reach Cambridge (Lake Umbagog) at 5.00 P.M. the same day. Passengers leaving Augusta, Bath, Brunswick, and THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 45 Lewiston, in the morning can reach all lake points the same evening, via Maine Central and Grand Trunk Railroads. Parties can leave Boston by either the Boston & Maine or Eastern Railroads at 12.30 P.M., arrive in Portland at 5.00 P.M. the trains running across to the Grand Trunk Depot. Leave Portland at 5.15 P.M. by the Lewiston train, and, changing cars at Danville Junction, arrive at Bethel about 9.00 P.M., where you stop over night. Leave Bethel at 8 o'clock next morning, by team or stage, arriving at Cambridge, LAKE UMBAGOG, at 1.00 P.M., stopping at the New Lakeside Hotel until the next morn- ing, when you can take the steamer for points up the Lake. Parties making the trip this way go through Grafton Notch by daylight, and have a delightful ride, besides the advantage of leaving Boston several hours later. There are dining-saloons in the Boston & Maine Transfer Station, and the Eastern and Grand Trunk Depots, where you can procure dinner. Again ; tourists may avail themselves of the modern comforts of the Pullman Palace Car, as one will be found attached to the train. The price of seats between Portland and Bryant's Pond is 30 cents ; Bethel, 35 cents ; Gorham, 45 cents ; Berlin Falls, 50 cents ; and North Stratford, 75 cents. The ride from Portland is very pleasant, the train passing through the towns of Falmouth, Cumberland, Yarmouth, Pownal, New Gloucester, Danville Junction, Mechanic Falls, Oxford, South Paris, Bryant's Pond, Locke's Mills, reaching Bethel, 70 miles from Portland, and 178 from Boston, at 4.15 o'clock. At the depot you are met by a team from the ELMS HOUSE. This hotel is kept by C. W. Wormell, formerly of the Falmouth Hotel, Portland, and the Alpine House, Gorham, and is as good a hotel as you will find throughout the mountain region. Situated on the summit of Bethel Hill, and most pleasantly located on the main street of the village, it commands one of the finest mountain views to be obtained in that section. The proprietor, ever courteous and attentive to the wants of his guests, is a favorite with the travelling public; the cuisine of the ELMS is excellent and worthy of all praise, and the terms of the house are moderate. Persons en route to the lake region, by way of Lake Umbagog, stop at Bethel for supper; but those SCREW-AUGER FALLS, BEAR RIVER. THE ANDEOSCOGGIN LAKES. 47 who are not pressed for time will find it to their advantage to spend the night at one of the hotels, and proceed the next morn- ing, enabling them to pass through the celebrated GRAFTON NOTCH by daylight. The mail-stage leaves BETHEL each morn- ing at 8.00 o'clock for CAMBRIDGE, LAKE UMBAGOG, 26 miles distant. Fare, $3.00. Parties visiting the Lakes by this route, who travel by stage, will make a considerable saving by purchas- ing round-trip excursion tickets. Private teams can also be p'ro- cured at the ELMS at a reasonable price, for that part of the trip between BETHEL and CAMBRIDGE, LAKE UMBAGOG. Parties arriving at BETHEL on the morning train from Port- land can go directly on to CAMBRIDGE if they wish, and thus have the entire ride by daylight, or they can wait over in Bethel until the afternoon train .arrives, and then go to the lake by the evening stage, which makes the distance in about five hours. The ride from BETHEL to CAMBRIDGE, at the foot of LAKE UM- BAGOG, is one of the finest in New England, and every tourist who makes the trip is delighted with it. Leaving the main street of the village, you cross the railroad bridge, obtaining a splendid view of the meadows and intervales that lie along the Andros- coggin River, the whole hemmed in by hundreds of mountains towering loftily in every direction. The meadows of BETHEL are simply incomparable ; and toward the close of a clear, sum- mer's day, when the mellow sunlight falls slanting upon the waving grass, casting long shadows from the graceful elms, with which the intervales are dotted, and the eye traces northward the narrowing line of hills following the course of the silvery Andros- coggin. and catches the clear-cut and well-defined edges of the monarchal White Mountain range, sweeping across and closing up the vista, it is impossible to conceive anywhere in New Eng- land a picture that will more strongly appeal to an artist's love of the beautiful. A short distance beyond the railroad bridge the best view from the road of Mount Washington is to be obtained, and a half mile beyond the railroad you cross the Androscoggin Eiver, which fol- lows you on the right, remaining in sight until you pass Newry Corner. After leaving the river bridge you pass through Mays- ville and Swan's Corner, and two miles beyond, reach North Bethel. Continuing on through the village, you cross Sunday 48 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO River by a covered wooden bridge. This stream sweeps down from the mountains lying northward, and empties into the An- droscoggin a few rods from the road. Trout-fishing is very fair on the upper end of this stream in the spring and early summer, and the drive up the Sunday River valley for about six miles is charming. Three miles from here you cross Bear River by another cov- ered bridge, and enter the town of Newry, a small place of a few hundred inhabitants, containing a post-office, store, church, and a few other public buildings. Bear River is another tributary of the Androscoggin, and empties into the main stream at Newry Corner. At this point you take your last look at the "big river," as the lumbermen term it ; and the horses turn sharply northward, trotting through the village, and follow up Bear River, a wild and noisy stream, that comes tearing down through a narrow and picturesque valley. To the west Sunday River White Cap towers boldly skyward, a bare-topped peak of com- manding presence. There are some of the finest landscape views between Bethel and Newry Corner that you will find in many a long day's travel, and our illustration of one of these on page 42, while doing credit to our artist and engraver, is far inferior to the reality. The grade to Newry Corner has been mostly down hill, but as you follow up the narrow, mountain-walled valley of Bear River you commence the long, but gradual ascent to overcome the height of land between the ANDROSCOGGIN and UMBAGOG LAKE. For the next five miles you catch frequent glimpses of the river on the left, and gaze with veneration on the mountains that cluster about the Notch, and wonder how you are to get through them ; for the pass is so narrow it is impossible to discern its ex- istence. An hour's ride from Newry Corner brings you to the Poplar Tavern, a small hotel, standing on the right-hand side of the road, eleven miles from Bethel Hill. The old " Popple Tavern," as it used to be called, is kept by Mr. Charles Bartlett, who has been the proprietor for the last twelve years. He has recently added a new story to the house, and enlarged and improved it in other respects, so that it now presents good inducements to tourists. It is very pleasantly THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 49 located, and is in the vicinity of several streams that, like Bear River, are noted for the quantity and quality of their trout. The scenery at this place begins to grow wilder. The moun- tains appear nearer and more rugged. The road still forces its way through the narrow valley, and it is a constant struggle be- tween the road and the river on one side, and the mountains on the other, as to which shall obtain the mastery. The stream here presents a picturesque appearance, it being a rapid torrent, broken by numerous falls, and rushes along its rocky bed as if impatient of restraint. In the fall, after heavy rains, dangerous freshets sometimes occur. To the right of the Poplar Tavern is a pretty, round-topped peak, known as Puzzle Mountain, of considerable height. It is easily ascended from the hotel, and commands an extensive view of the surrounding country. A short distance beyond the hotel, on the left-hand side of the road, on the bank of Bear River, is some- thing of a curiosity, known as the DEVIL'S HORSESHOE. It is an impression of a horseshoe, perfect in form, worn deep into the solid ledge. It is immense in size, and would cover the head of a flour-barrel. If the devil ever rode a horse with a foot suffi- ciently large to carry a shoe the size of the impression in the ledge, the beast must have been as large as a mastodon. Near it is a heavy rapid, known as Horseshoe Falls. Proceeding onward, the dark-green peaks of Mount Saddle- back, directly ahead, look down upon you in majestic grandeur, and the loftier summit of Speckled Mountain towers far above you to the west, while to the left the Bear River White Cap rears its hoary head. Directly opposite, and north-west of Saddleback Mountain, is a high, irregular, queer-shaped mountain, known as Old Goose-Eye. Three miles from Poplar Tavern a veritable curiosity awaits you, known as " SCREW-AUGER FALLS," our illustration on page 46 giving but a faint idea of this wonderful locality. It is but a short distance from the road, on the left-hand side, and well worth a visit, and all who go to the lakes by this route should not fail to inspect it. If this charming and romantic spot was near any one of the large hotels in the White Mountain region it would be a fortune to them. An enormous granite ledge fills the whole bottom of the gorge ; through this the stream has worn a large spiral channel, in shape not unlike a large THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 51 auger, and hence its name. This canon, as one may appropriately term it, is about one hundred feet in length, and so narrow at some points that one can leap across it. Its greatest depth cannot be far from seventy feet, and the sides are as smooth as polished marble. Through the rock run veins of white quartz, mingled with other minerals. It is in such places as this that one gets some idea of the vast power of water; and it must have taken years, if not centuries, to do the work that is still going on here. A short distance beyond the falls there is another curiosity, close beside the road, on the left hand, but half hidden by the shrubbery, known locally as the " JAIL." It is an abyss, semi- circular in shape, the sides being smooth and of great height ; a place into which one can fall easily, but from which they would find considerable difficulty to get out. Formerly the river ran through it, wearing this great cavity, but it has now made for it- self a new channel some rods to the westward. About a mile be- yond, you reach GRAFTON NOTCH, which is destined to become famous in the eye of the tourist. A short distance from the "JAIL" you cross Bear River, the stream sweeping to the right. In this vicinity, by careful in- spection, you may perceive two figures on the precipitous side of Speckled Mountain, one being the profile of a man's face turned toward the sky, as it would appear if he were lying flat on his back ; the other is that of an old woman sitting in a chair facing you. While it may require a slight stretch of the imagi- nation to see these figures clearly, they are a great deal plainer than many similar sights that I have had pointed out to me at other summer resorts. As you enter the Notch the forest sweeps down on both sides, inclosing you in its leafy bosom, while the stream murmurs faintly far below you on the right. You are completely sur- rounded by the grand old woods, and your view for several miles is limited to a few rods of the gravelly road, except occa- sionally, as you make a sharp turn, a bit of the mountain high above your head is discovered -for a moment, and is then ob- scured by its mantle of green. In the narrowest part of the Notch you find Bear River dwin- dled to a noisy brook, that rushes and roars hoarsely along the 52 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. ravine. The road crosses the stream, that through the Notch turns to every point of the compass some half-dozen times, the bridges being mostly built of logs, with a protecting rail along the sides. At one point the road passes between two immense boulders called the "Twin Rocks," there being just room enough for one team to drive through. A little farther on, a short distance from the road to the right, is another wonderful exhibition of the wear of water through solid rock. It is known as MOOSE CAVE, and derives its name from the fact that a wounded moose once took refuge in the cav- ern worn by the struggling waters. As a curiosity, it is a worthy companion to SCREW-AUGER FALLS. A mile beyond the cave the road leaves the Notch, disclosing a heavily-wooded country, with mountains in all directions. A glance backward from time to time gives you fine views of the mountains you have just left. The Bear and Cambridge Rivers rise in the Notch within a short distance of each other, the road separating them ; the for- mer flowing south to the Androscoggin ; and the latter north, emptying into Lake Umbagog. It has two branches, one called the " Swift," and the other the " Dead" Cambridge. A few miles from the Notch you pass the Grafton Hotel and post-office, the road in this locality for a mile or two being as level as a floor. Leaving this plain you ascend a hill, passing on the right an old-fashioned house, once the Union Hotel and now the home of a thriving and energetic lumberman by the name of Brown. Looking back, after passing this house, you obtain by far the most lovely and complete view of Saddleback and Speckled Mountains to be had from any point in your ride. Con- tinuing on your climb a long hill, bringing you to the top of a high plateau, from which you catch the first glimpse of the narrow and tortuous lake. As you turn to the west, toward the lake, you pass on the right a road that crosses the mountains to Andover, a distance of fifteen miles. A short distance from the junction of the roads you pass the Upton post-office, and continuing straight on, a drive of a trifle over a mile brings you to the LAKESIDE, a new hotel charmingly located in CAMBRIDGE, N.H., at the foot of UMBAGOG LAKE. This house sets on a terrace on the left side of the road, directly 54 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO in front of the lake, and but a short distance from it. Back of the house the land rises gradually, until at the distance of a mile the hill has become a mountain. A large part of the lake is seen sweeping away to the northward, entirely surrounded with high mountains covered with a thick growth of forest. In all direc- tions the view is fine ; and, setting on high land as the hotel does, it is always exposed to what breeze there is, and is cool the hottest days in summer, while flies and mosquitoes for the same reason are seldom troublesome even in their season. THE LAKESIDE was built new during the Spring of 1883, and has a nice office, cosy parlor, pleasant dining-room, and sleep- ing-rooms, some containing open fire-places, and nearly all overlooking the lake. Roomy piazzas extend around the house, and in the immediate vicinity is plenty of level ground for croquet, or lawn-tennis, sets for both games being kept at the hotel for the use of guests. The house is well-furnished throughout, and the parlor contains a very fine piano, with full key-board. Especial care has been given to the sleeping-rooms, each one containing the best spring-beds and hair mattresses to be bought. An excellent table is also set at this house, and is one of its leading features. Row-boats may be hired from the manager of the hotel, and the lake, but a few rods away, offers splendid chances for boating. Beside the pickerel and trout fishing in the lake, there are some of the finest trout streams in New Hampshire or Maine near the hotel, the Molnichowoc, one of the best, being within easy walking distance. The roads in the vicinity are excellent, and offer beautiful drives. The steamer PARMACHENEE lands but a few rods from the hotel, and makes daily trips (excepting Sunday) on the lake during the entire season of navigation. A post-office has been estab- lished in the house, and there is a daily mail from and to Boston. The Bethel stage stops at the house over night, and leaves for Bethel each morning. The steamer PARMACHENEE leaves her wharf each morning for WENTWORTH'S LOCATION, on the MAGALLOWAT RIVER, stopping on her way at SUNDAY COVE, from whence teams run to the MIDDLE DAM, on LAKE WELOKEN- NEBACOOK, where connection is made with steamers for UPPEB DAM, BEMIS STREAM, HAINES' LANDING, INDIAN ROCK, RANGELET CITT, and KENNEBAGO LAKE, and at EBBOL DAU, where teams THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 55 are in waiting to convey those who wish to go to DIXVILLE NOTCH. Also with stages for COLEBROOK, MILAN CORNER, BERLIN FALLS, and GORHAM. The steamer leaves the LAKESIDE, CAMBRIDGE, at 7.30 A.M.; returning, reaches the hotel at 6.00 P.M., fur- nishing to guests of the house one of the most delightful sails in the world. Guides for camping-out, or fishing trips, will be engaged for parties by the manager of the hotel. Their terms are $2.50 per day, and board. Parties wishing to engage them in advance should address; "Manager LAKESIDE HOTEL," LAKESIDE P.O., CAMBKIDGE, N.H. Duck-shooting in the fall, at the lower end of UMBAGOG LAKE, is very fine, and the LAKESIDE offers convenient and commodious quarters for sportsmen visiting the lake in October for that purpose. Lake Umbagog is the lower of the chain of ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES, and is 1,256 feet above the sea level. The Androscoggin River serves as an outlet to this, as well as all otf the other lakes. CHAPTER IV. riF t(f from | altc 4jj i ^ tddt^ fjam, GOOD night's rest at the LAKESIDE, and you will be ready in the morning, after partaking of a hearty break- fast (for one is always hungry in this country), to proceed. You will also find it to your advantage to procure a guide here before starting, for whose services you pay $2.50 per day, and board. The little steamer " Parmachenee " is at your service, and nothing can be more delightful on a pleasant morning than a sail across the lake. You embark, the whistle is sounded to hurry up the laggards, the fasts are cast off, and with the pleasant captain at the wheel, the boat, with its jolly company of sportsmen and tourists, leaves the wharf in CAMBRIDGE. Heading north-west at first, the steamer passes B POINT on the right, and soon afterwards the BIG ISLAND on the left. Should she continue her present course, she would bring up in Heywood's cornfield ; but after passing BEAR ISLAND, on the right, the boat makes a sharp turn toward the east, heading for TYLER COVE. A short run, however, and her course is again changed, her bow pointing north now, and running between the NARROWS on the left, and METALLUC ISLAND on the right, she sweeps by the mouth of the beautiful expanse of water known as TYLEK COVE. At the head of this cove is a fine sand-beach and a small clearing, the remains of a farm; there is a good (57) 58 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO spring of water here, and plenty of berries in their season ; it is also one of the best places in the lake for trout, and camping parties often pitch their tents here for a few days. Beyond TYLER COVE, the steamer passes B BROOK POINT on the right, and a short distance farther, on the same side, B BROOK COVE. late the head of this cove, empties B BROOK, the outlet of B POND, and around the inlet some trout are taken. Continuing on a northerly course, MOLL'S ROCK, a large, shelving ledge, sweeping into the water, is the next object of interest passed. This is on the left-hand or western side of the lake- Of all the camping-grounds around the lake this is the greatest favorite, and it is no uncommon sight to see three or f .ur tents pitched here at the same time. There is a good spring of water near, and plenty of firewood, and the place is in close proximity to the fishing in summer, and the shooting in the fall, and is also but an eighth of a mile from MOLL'S CARRY, a short cut from the lake to theMAGALLOWAY RIVER. Steaming onward, perhaps for a mile farther, and the outlet of the lake is passed on the left side. If the water in the lake is low you can, perhaps, by the aid of the captain, make out where the river leaves ; but if the lake is high you can discern nothing, as then the river banks are six feet under water, and it would puzzle a Philadelphia lawyer, unless he knew the exact location, to be able to find in the submerged forest the particular point where the entrance to the river is effected. During the high water the steamer on her trips between the lake and the Magallo- way takes a short cut by crossing over a piece of submerged meadow-land, known when out of water as the RICHARDSON CARRY. Beyond the outlet you pass PINE POINT, a rocky headland on the right, where is another good camping-ground, and where berries are thick in season ; and then on the left, a low, grassy point, known as MOOSE POINT, but which is only visible at a medium, or low stage of the lake. Above PINE POINT you reach the widest part of the lake, and off to the eastward, on the right-hand side, is the Inlet, where the RAPID RIVER ends its wild career. Crossing this broad bay, the steamer heading about north-east, you pass, at some distance away, SiuBDivAJnr COVE, with its lovely beach of sand ; then a THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 59 rocky headland, sweeping up almost perpendicularly from the shore to a height of thirty feet. In front of this, and near it, is the deep fishing-ground, where specimens of the Salmo Fontinalis, weighing from three to eight pounds, are taken from their natural element, to find themselves eventually in the frying-pan, or the baking-oven. At the entrance of SUNDAY COVE you pass EAGLE POINT on the right, with its attractive-looking rocky shore, and, following along the right-hand side for a mile, the steamer reaches the SUNDAY COVE landing, where connection is made with a two- horse buckboard, for the MIDDLE DAM CAMP, five miles distant. This style of vehicle is admirably adapted to the forest road between the lakes, and will carry five passengers, beside the driver, and a large amount of baggage. The RICHARDSON- RANGELEY LAKES TRANSPORTATION COMPANY contemplate build- ing a light narrow-gauge steam railroad across this carry, and we hope before another year it may be done. LAKE UMBAGOG is a long, narrow, crooked lake, surrounded for the most part by dense forests, and walled in by mountain peaks from one to five thousand feet in height. The distance from CAMBRIDGE to SUNDAY COVE is twelve miles, fare $1.00; and during the trip, if the weather is clear, a very fine view of the mountains in the vicinity may be had. The view of the WHITE MOUNTAINS from UMBAGOG far excels that from any other point in the lake region, and the three highest peaks, Washington, Jefferson, and Adams, are visible more than half-way to their base. Other prominent peaks seen between CAMBRIDGE and SUNDAY COVE from the steamer are SADDLB- BACK and SPECKLED MOUNTAINS, between which you have passed on your ride from BETHEL, the HAMPSHIRE HILLS, MOUNT SAW~ YER, MOUNT BLUE, ERROL HILL, MOOSE MOUNTAIN, MOUNT DUSTAN, and A/ISCOHOS, the last the highest mountain iu the lake region. During the latter part of August, and during the months of September and October, the hunting is excellent about the shores of LAKE UMBAGOG. Ducks of several varieties, " yellow-legs," partridges, quail, woodcock, rabbits, deer, bears, foxes otters, musk-rats, and other animals, are plenty, and are shot in large numbers. Moose also are occasionally seen. Middle Dam and Rapid River. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 61 Leaving the steamer, you take a seat on the buckboard, which runs daily, excepting Sunday, between LAKE UMBAGOG and the MIDDLE DAM. The fare is .$1.00, or you can walk, and pay for having your baggage hauled at the rate of 75 cents per 100 Ibs. Most people, however, prefer to ride. The road from lake to lake runs through the woods the entire distance, and is very pleasant. In some places it lies near the river, giving beautiful views of rapids and falls. About three miles from SUNDAY COVE you pass on the left a two-story-and-a- half building, the camp of the OXFORD CLUB. It is prettily situated on the bank of the river. The stream furnishes good fishing, as does also B POND, a mile and a half distant, from the opposite bank of the river. The club numbers twenty gentlemen, most of whom are Boston men. Opposite the club-house is a peculiar bridge, if we may so call it. A wire rope is stretched across the river, which at this point is very rapid, from a high tree on either bank. Attached to the cable is a loose pulley, and from this hangs a swinging seat, which is worked back and forth by the person who wishes to cross. A person at all inclined to dizziness finds his first trip across the river by means of this cable anything but pleasant. But one soon gets accustomed to the novelty of this means of transportation. A short distance beyond the club camp, on the same side of the road, is a smaller camp, known as FOREST LODGE, which is also the property of the OXFORD CLUB. A few minutes' ride from this point, and you catch a glimpse on your right of a large pond, an expansion of the river. In this vicinity the lum- bermen, when driving logs, set up their " wangun," and the spot has been known for years as a "driver's" camping-ground. A mile and a half from here, the first glimpse of the lake is caught through the trees on your right, and a moment later, the team reaches the clearing, and draws up at the New Middle Dam Camp; the word "New" being used to distinguish it from the old camp, standing in a somewhat dilapidated condition nearer the dam. The new camp is a great improvement over the old one in all respects, and its accommodations are more than doubled. It is situated a short distance north of the old camp, and stands fronting the lake, which is but a few rods from the house. The building is two and a half stories high, with pitch roof, and has 62 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO a piazza in front and on each end. The view from the front piazza is very fine, nearly the whole of the lower lake being in sight, beside quite a number of mountains. The house contains a large and spacious office, a commodious dining-room, kitchen, pantry, wash-room, twenty sleeping-rooms, and a ladies' sitting-room, besides several other rooms for various purposes. All the sleeping-rooms, and the hall in the second story, are lathed and plastered. The New Middle Dam Camp has already become a favorite stopping-place with the ladies, not only on account of its superior accommodations and beautiful location, but also for its nearness to the fishing-ground, and the facilities offered for walking, boat- ing, and bathing. The steamers WELOKENNEBACOOK or MOLECIIUNKAMUNK make two trips daily between the SOOTH ARM and the UPPER DAM, stopping each day at the MIDDLE DAM when there are pas- sengers, thus giving those who stop at the new hotel a chance to visit the UPPER DAM in the morning, have a day's fishing, take dinner, and return to the MIDDLE DAM late in the afternoon. The proprietor of the Middle Dam Camp will furnish boats and guides at regular prices to all who need them, and will also supply camping parties with provisions and other outfits if desired. An excellent table has always been set here, and the cuisine will compare favorably with more pretentious hotels. A post-office is established in the house during the season, and parties wishing to engage rooms in advance should address "Proprietor Middle Dam Camp," Middle Dam, Oxford Co., Maine, via Bethel. Arrived at the camp, you will find a number of fishermen and tourists from all parts of the country, who are generally first-rate fellows, and with whom you will soon find yourself on terms of friendly intimacy. No man is better than his neighbor here, and it is " hail fellow, well met," with everybody. There is nothing like life in the woods to take the foolish airs out of a man. If you are an enthusiastic fisherman, you will be anxious to have a try at the trout before dinner, and, accompanied by your guide, with rod and landing-net, flies, and worms, now don't turn up your nose at the word " worms," my scientific fly-caster, for a trout will often bite at a worm, when he will wink all day THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 63 at a fly and never rise to it (trout hare their fancies, you know), you walk out to the dam, and secure an eligible place for fishing. The MIDDLE DAM, entirely rebuilt, and raised eight feet during the fall and winter of 1880, holds back the waters of MOLECHUNKAMUNK and WELOKENNEBACOOK LAKES. WELOKEN- NEBACOOK is second in the chain, starting from CAMBRIDGE. It is 1,456 feet above the sea level. Among the good places for fishing to which parties resort when making their head-quarters at the ANGLER'S RETREAT, as the camp is called, are the DAM, situated a few rods south of the house ; the POND IN THE RIVER, half a mile from the house ; SMOOTH LEDGE, three miles distant, where you can obtain one of the finest views to be seen on the river; the HOP YARD, three and a half miles from the house ; and the COLD SPRING, four and a half miles from the camp, on the north side of the river. With all these, and other places, your guide will be familiar, and will tell you the best time of day to visit each place. Between LAKE WELOKENNEBACOOK and LAKE UMBAGOG flows the RAPID RIVER, or FIVE-MILE FALLS, as the loggers term it, one of the most picturesque streams in Maine, and from the bank of the river, near FOREST LODGE, it appears to its best advan- tage. Here you may stand and drink in the wild beauty of the scene, while " Far down, through the mist of the falling river, Which rises up like an incense ever, The splintered points of the crags are seen, , With water howling and vexed between, While the scooping whirl of the pool beneath Seems an open throat, with its granite teeth ! " The great Northern Diver, or Loon, as the bird is commonly called, is a yearly habitue of this and the other lakes. Speaking of loons, Theodore Winthrop says, " No being has ever shot a loon, though several have legends of some one who has. Sound has no power to express a profounder emotion of utter loneliness than the loon's cry. Standing in piny darkness on the lake's bank, or floating in dimness of mist or glimmer of twilight on its surface, you hear this wailing note, and all possibility of human 64 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. tenancy by the shore or human voyaging is annihilated. You can fancy no response to this signal of solitude disturbed, and again it comes sadly over the water, the despairing plaint of some companionless and incomplete existence, exiled from happiness it has never known, and conscious only of blank and utter want. Loon-skins have a commercial value ; so it is reported. The Ba- rabinzians of Siberia, a nation ' up beyond the River Ob,' tan them into water-proof paletots or aquascutums. How they catch their loon, before they skin their loon, is one of the things yet to be revealed about that unknown and incomprehensible realm." In spite of Winthrop's statement, however, I have known of a number of loons being shot in the lake region. I once saw one shot on LAKE UMBAGOG, from the steamer Diamond, by Luman Sargeant, one of the lake guides. It was killed instantly at the fourth fire by a rifle-ball. The steamer was stopped, Mr. Sar- geant rowed off and picked up the bird, and brought it back to the boat. On examination it was found that the ball went directly through its head. A large fish-hook was found in its mouth, just back of its bill, showing that some time or other the loon had been fishing. The hook was rusty, and had the appearance of having been in the bird's mouth a long time. The loon was given to a Boston gentleman, who forwarded it to the city to have it prop- erly preserved. The plumage of these birds is very handsome, the feathers being thick and close. Their color is pure white on the breast, and mottled green and black on the neck. Their wings are speckled black and white. A person must be careful in capturing one when it is only wounded ; for a loon is a very powerful bird, and will fight as long as it can breathe. They will give a tremendous bite with their bill, and the safest way to handle one is to get a firm hold of his neck, near his head. This is like putting salt on a pigeon's tail; but then, if you don't succeed in doing it, you need not tell anybody of it. Samuel Betton, J. F. Merrill, J. H. Rhodes, and several others that I might mention, have also shot loons on the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES within the past few years. Thomas Stearns, a young gentleman from Brooklyn, N.Y., caught a young loon alive, on the large Richardson Pond, one night in August, 1878. But the queerest loon incident I ever heard or knew of happened at LAKE MOLECHUNKAMUNK during the summer of 1877. At the time FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. there was a camping-out party tenting near the mouth of tke river. One morning, one of the numhcr, who couldn't hit a barn- door five rods distant, was amusing himself on the lake shore at the mouth of the river, with a rifle, by skipping bullets across the water. A loon was swimming about the lake, five or six hundred yards from the shore. Suddenly the loon dived, and while he was under water, the marksman sent another bullet skipping across the lake, which was as smooth as a mirror. The bullet struck the water a hundred yards from shore, ricochetting two or three times, and at a distance of about five hundred yards went directly through the neck of the loon, who popped up his head just in time to meet his fate, killing him instantly. I consider this about the luckiest chance shot on record, and the story is well authenticated by several eye-witnesses, who saw him shot and examined the loon after he was brought on shore. The BETHEL AXD LAKE UMBAGOG Rome properly ends at the MIDDLE DAM, as from there one can take the steamers, which call twice a day, and go on up or down the lake as they see fit. The lakes and country above will be described in their proper place. CHAPTER V. f*ii) ill ^i ify \\$ firpnt's floml and flndowr jjoate. 'P " IT 4 T FROM BOSTON TO ANDOVER, MAINE. ITIS route is one of the shortest and most di- rect approaches to the lakes. You may go from Boston to Portland by either way, as described in Chapter III., then take the Grand Trunk Railroad for BRYANT'S POND, which place you reach at 3.30 P.M. Alighting from the cars, you find awaiting you at the depot one of Tuttle's four-horse first-class Concord coaches, by which you takfe passage for ANDOVER. 21 miles distant. Those wishing to stop in Bryant's Pond for a few days, and try the black bass fishing in the pond near the railroad station, will find excellent accommodation at the GLKN MOUNTAIN HOUSE, directly opposite the depot. John Bicknell is the present pro- prietor, and under his management the house is kept belter than it has been for years before. The rooms are neat and clean, pro- vided with good mattresses and spring-beds, and the table is well furnished. The terms are .$2.00 per day, with reduction by the week. The Andover Stage Line has been very much improved for the present season. A fine new Concord coach, and several private carriages, and six heavy horses, have been added to the property. making this one of the best-equipped stage lines in the State. With two Concord coaches, a number of smaller vehicles, and plenty of good horses, the company are prepared to transport a large number of passengers this summer, with safety and despatch. If the day is pleasant don't fail to procure an outside seat, if (67) THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 69 you can get one, for the ride is lovely, and during the months of June, July, and August you will reach ANDOVER before "Darkness casts her sable mantle down." What is more exhilarating than a ride on top of an old-fashioned stage-coach, drawn by four spirited horses, and managed by a good-natured driver, surrounded as you are by an agreeable co- terie of companions? The sweet-scented aromas of field and forest wafted in your face ; the dust rolling in clouds behind you, like the smoke of a locomotive ; the rattle of the wheels ; the bounce over some inequality in the road; the dash on a down grade, and the wild gallop up the next hill; the excitement of passing some old farm wagon in the narrowest part of the road ; the shouting, laughing, and joking of those around you; the " Ahs ! " and the " Ohs ! " that are safety-valves to your wrought- up feelings, all combined make the trip an oasis in the desert of life, an ever-welcome, and never-forgotten memory of that sum- mer's vacation in Maine. You will find " Deacon" Tuttle, or his son George, good whips and pleasant companions, as they keep in stock a vast number of entertaining stories, which they are not at all backward in relating. For a first-class story-teller commend me to a New England stage- driver. The road turns to the north-west, and we drive through the neat little village of Bryant's Pond, apart of the town of Woodstock; a beautiful landscape unrolls before us, and just at the right time of day to appreciate all of its wonderful beauties. The road is hard and level ; but few tiresome hills for the horses to climb, it following the valleys of the ANDROSCOGGIN and ELLIS RIVERS nearly the entire distance, and you are consequently at ease to enjoy the scenery. Close to the road are the fertile meadows of the intervale, while in the distance mountain after mountain appears, some bold and striking, and others soft and gentle, in their outline. You will be pleased with the neat appearance and thrifty aspect of the farms along the road, and many of the houses are superior to those usually found in a farming country. Two miles distant from Bryant's Pond is the village of "Pin Hook, "and we stop at the local post-oifice a moment for the deliv- 70 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO ery of the mail. Continuing on, the stage crosses a mill-stream, spanned by a little wooden bridge, the road now bearing slightly to the left. One of the legends of this locality is, that the village derived its name from the fact that an old chap, when the place was first settled, used to fish from this bridge, and catch trout from the stream with a pin-hook, before fancy flies and six-ounce rods were thought of. If the afternoon is pleasant you will get a beautiful sunset dur- ing this ride, the road commanding a grand and picturesque view of mountain ranges nearly the entire distance, and when the God of Day slowly vanishes behind some lofty peak, tinging the light clouds which float lazily in the sky with a golden, dreamy light, and throwing shadows from base to summit of the noble old hills by which you are surrounded, you may perhaps wonder that peo- ple should visit the Old World to view scenery, when that in the New is unsurpassed. Occasionally you pass over some rustic bridge, spanning a small stream that crosses the road, its sparkling waters and bright sands suggestive of trout, and the murmur of whose gentle ripple, borne to your ear in the quiet air of evening, sounds like the soft strains of JEolian music. Before reaching Rumford the road runs for several rods along a high ridge, which is known by the local sobriquet of the WHALE'S BACK. It is formed of sand, and is just wide enough on top for a road ; it sets in a level plain, some eighty feet above the other land, its sides being steep and precipitous, and is a queer freak of nature. Just before reaching the village of Rumford you pass a road on your right that leads to Mexico and Dixfield, and passengers for points "down the river" change stages at this corner. About half-past five you reach the Rumford Hotel, where horses and drivers are changed, and where you procure supper. The charge is fifty cents each, and they give you a very good meal for your money, and, after your ride, you have the appetite to appreciate it. About three-quarters of an hour is spent for supper and change of team, and then you climb aboard the stage, the driver snaps THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 71 his whip, and away you rattle down the slight declivity that leads to the ferry over the Androscoggin River. Here you will probably meet with a new experience, as the river is crossed by means of a rope ferry, very few of which are to be seen in the North. Our artist has given us a good illustra- tion of this peculiar kind of navigation. On each side of the river are a high post and ladder, something like those on a pile-driver. A heavy hemp cable is stretched across the river from the top of these two posts. The ferry-boat, which is simply a common flat-boat decked over, is fastened to the cable by two smaller ropes, one at each end of the boat. At the end of the smaller cables are grooved blocks, containing a wheel, so that they will travel back and forth along the large cable. The boat is on the lower side of the cable, and is propelled entirely by the current. The boats are so shallow at each end that they are run up on the banks of the river, and teams drive off without any difficulty. Crossing the river, the stage is driven up a little ascent to the post-office, where the mail is changed and express matter left, and then away you go again. You are now at quite a height above the river, and have a pretty view of the stream, where the Ellis empties into it. A few rods beyond, the road divides, one branch running to Andover on the east side of the river. The stage follows the left-hand, or western side, which is the best road, and you cross the Ellis River over a covered bridge, obtaining a view, almost a mile away, of a picturesque-looking cliff, on the left side of the road, in which a horse's head is formed by a vein of., white rock. It reminds one of the " White Horse " in North Conway. For the rest of the distance you follow the Ellis River, which is scarcely ever out of sight, as it twists and turns among the beau- tiful meadows, which are a charming feature of the landscape in this part of the country. On the left may be seen the LEAD MOUNTAIN, with its buildings on top, and many other peaks in that vicinity ; the mines here were worked for several years, but were finally given up, from the difficulty in getting the ore down the mountain and to market. Far away to the right WHITE CAP rears its huge summit to the sky, and from its top on a clear day Portland ia plainly to be seen. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 73 Farther south MOUNT ZIRCON rears its lofty head, the highest mountain in that locality. At its base is a celebrated mineral spring, and on its summit once stood a large hotel, a fashionable resort in summer for wealthy people. A number of years ago the house burned down, and the property changing hands, it has never been rebuilt. Continuing on, the stage soon reaches the store in which the South Andover post-office is located, two miles from ANDOVER CORNER. The mail is left here, and with but a moment's stop the horses are again put on a trot for the last two miles, or the "home stretch," as the drivers sometimes say. Off to the right before us we obtain a view of FARMER'S HILL, a noted lo- cality, and numerous other mountains whose names have not been handed down to posterity. A half mile from the hotels you pass the charming residence of Sylvanus Poor, Esq., on the left-hand side of the road; it is one of the most popular of the summer boarding-houses. A few rods beyond you will notice the ANDOVER TROTTING PARK. The houses now increase in number, the stage rolls along a wide, level street, and in a few moments more reaches the centre of the vil- lage, and leaves passengers at FRENCH'S HOTEL, the ANDOVER HOUSE, or at either of the boarding-houses kept by Cushman and Clark. The houses are all good, and need no especial recom- mendation. At ANDOVER you stop over night, securing a good night's rest, after your three hours' stage-ride. In the morning you partake of a hearty breakfast, then get your traps together, and take a seat on the spring-board, or "buck-board, " as the natives have it, by which you are to continue your journey. For mountain-rid- ing these teams cannot be excelled, and are at once a favorite with all classes, ladies taking to them as readily as gentlemen. These vehicles are made of three or four spruce boards, about twelve feet long and four feet wide, fastened to dead axles, all the spring being in the boards. They have two or three seats on each, which are box-shaped, the top of the seat lifting up, and serving as a cover for the box. They have covered tops, and side coverings that roll up in pleasant weather. Two horses are at- tached to them, and they rattle over the ground at a lively pace. A. W. & F. P. THOMAS run a daily team between ANDOVER 74 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. and the SOUTH ARM of LAKE WELOKENNEBACOOK, from the time the ice goes out to the middle of October. It leaves the AN- DOVER HOUSE at half-past eight each morning, arriving at the SOUTH ARM at noon, in time for dinner at the LAKEVIEW COT- TAGE, and connection with steamers MOLECHUNKAMUNK or WELOKENNEBACOOK, for MIDDLE AND UPPER DAMS, BEMIS STREAM, HAINES* LANDING, INDIAN ROCK, AND RANGELEY. The local fare from Bryant's Pond to Andover is $1.50, and from Andover to the South Arm, $1.60. A few days may be advantageously spent in ANDOVER, in brook- fishing, and viewing the splendid scenery in the locality, either in going to or coming from the lakes. The proprietors of the hotels are familiar with the location of all the trout-brooks, and will take you to streams where a good day's sport is the rulo rather than the exception. Parties leaving Boston at night by Portland steamers can take the morning train between Portland and Bryant's Pond (which from June 1 to October 1 is a fast express), and reaching BRY- ANT'S POND at 11 A.M., be carried through to the SOUTH ARM, reaching the lake between five and six o'clock. At the LAKEVIEW COTTAGE they can obtain supper, lodging, and breakfast, and, leaving the Arm at 7.30 the next morning, arrive at the UPPER DAM by nine o'clock, thus making a gain of about six hours over the all-rail routes. By making the trip in this way the journey between Boston and the Androscoggin Lakes is made practically in one day, as the night on the steamer may as well be spent in that way as any other. For the benefit of persons visiting the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES by way of Andover, we publish the names of the following guides, whose post-office address is Andover, Oxford Co., Maine. GEORGE THOMAS, FERDINAND THOMAS, FRANK P. THOMAS, SAMUEL LEONARD, MILTON CUTTING, CHARLES E. MARSTON, CHARLES CUTTING, EZRA MORTON, En CUTTING, JOHN HEWEY, GEORGE NEWTON, JOHN C. MERRILL, HARVEY NEWTON, GREENLEAP AVERILL. JOHN NEWTON, CHAPTER VI. from ^Vnbouer to tt)e 2irmof tfje Cake. HE ride from ANDOVER to the ARM OF THE LAKE is very pleasant. Leaving the hotel the road runs down to the Ellis River, which is crossed over a substantially built covered bridge, then turns sharply to the right, climbing a little hill, and makes another sharp turn, this time to the left ; reaching the top of this hill, you have a mag- nificent view of ANDOVER and the surrounding country. WHITE CAP, LEAD MOUNTAIN, BALD PATE, DUNN'S NOTCH, FARMER'S HILL, SAWYER NOTCH, BLUE and SAWYER MOUNTAINS, a large part of the ELLIS RIVER VALLEY, and various other places of interest, may be seen from this point in the road. The horses trot gayly along ; you soon pass the last house on the road to the Arm, and, descending a hill, you cross BLACK BROOK, over a little wooden bridge, and shortly leave the county road, which continues on to the town of Byron. From the village of ANDOVER to where you leave the Byron road is three miles, and, turning to the left, you enter what is called the Lake road, running for nine miles through an unsettled wilderness. Years ago this road was rough and muddy, but of late years a large sum of money is annually spent on it, and it is now in as good condition as any ordinary road in the country. In the fall of 1878 the County Commissioners laid out the road as a public road, and assessed the land-owners along the route a (75) THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. t < sufficient sum to make the road first-class. In the future the road will not be excelled by any in the county or State. The trees grow close to the road on either side ; there are no clearings, and you can only get a peep at the sky by looking directly overhead ; and at times you cannot even do that, as the branches of some of the venerable monarchs of the forest meet above your head, forming a beautiful and fantastic archway, com- pletely hiding the sky and sun. Arriving at Smith's Mill, you stop some thirty minutes to visit the DEVIL'S DEN, HERMIT FALLS, and SILVEK RIPPLE CASCADE. Crossing the sunny glade where the teams are halted, you walk down the path, passing a spring of excellent water, cross a little rivulet, and ascend a hill, where you reach the first curiosity, the DEVIL'S DEN. It is certainly a wonderful place and a queer freak of nature. The den is a large excavation in the granite rock, and has been formed by the action of the water during the fearful freshets that take place in that region in spring, assisted occasionally perhaps by some of the heavy thunder-storms, whose powerful electricity crumbles the edges and tears off pieces of the rock, which are swept away by the rapid current of the freshet. It is from sixty to eighty feet deep, and about thirty feet across the top. Formerly a mill, owned by a man named Smith, stood over it. At that time the waters of Black Brook emptied into the Den over the wall of solid rock which formed the back, and made their escape through an opening in the rock at the lower end. The shape of the Den inside was like a letter U turned sideways, with the bot- tom of the letter towards the brook. The wheel was hung in the Den under the mill, and so near the precipice over which the water fell as to be driven by the force of its fall. But the mill has long since fallen to decay, and the waters of Black Brook have been turned from the Den, and have worn a new channel through the rocks a few yards beyond. The bottom of the Den is now partially covered with rubbish and broken timbers, that have fallen in as the building has succumbed to the ravages of time and the elements. Across the top of the Den where the mill stood there yet remains one large timber that spans the awful chasm. Upon this one may walk out, and get a better view of the gorge through which the waters escaped. If you are troubled with cliz- 78 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO ziness, however, you had better keep off of it, as a fall would be very likely to spoil your trout-fishing at the lakes. Like all romantic places of the kind, this locality has its legend. It runs thus : " Many years ago, a man by the name of Brown, who was more of a hunter and trapper than anything else, came down to An- dover from Canada. After stopping in the village a few weeks, he came out here in the wilderness, and, with the assistance of some of the village people, built him a log-house. At that time Indians were thick about the lakes, and hunting and trapping was anything but safe business. Here Brown lived, miles from other houses, without any companions but a dog and a horse. Occasionally he would make a visit to the town, trade his furs at the stores for necessaries in the way of groceries and ammunition, and then return to his log-cabin, not to be seen for another long spell. One winter and spring, two years after he had built his cabin, the Indians were particularly troublesome and daring, and Brown had not made his appearance at Andover for a long time. At the principal store, one day, a number of the villagers had ac- cidentally met, and were wondering what had become of the eccen- tric hunter, when Brown's dog walked into the store, so ttmf and lank they scarcely knew him. He was almost famished, and Mudge, the store-keeper, gave him something to eat. After the dog had eaten he acted very strangely, would go to the door and look out, then come back, and, looking the men wistfully in the face, would give utterance to a mournful howl. Those pres- ent thought something had happened to Brown, for the dog was never known to come to the village before alone. After talking the matter over, they raised a company of twenty men, and the next morning, well armed, they started for Brown's cabin, the dog taking the lead, just as if he understood all that was going on. When they arrived here they found the cabin burned to the ground, and the bones of Brown, which had been picked clean by the wolves, were all there was left of the unfortunate hunter. Near by, beneath a rudely constructed grave, they found the remains of four Indians, showing that Brown must have sold his life dearly. They dug a grave and buried the bones, and then returned home, Mudge keeping the dog, who lived for some THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 79 years after his master's death. The horse, and everything else of any value, the redskins had taken away with them." A few yards beyond the Den, and you reach Black Brook, an excellent trout stream, and here are HERMIT FALLS and SILVER RIPPLE CASCADE. On each side of the brook are heavy masses of rock, and be- tween these the water comes foaming and swirling down, tumbling over two or three huge rocks, forming the falls, and then plunges into a black-looking pool of unfathomable depth. From this it pours down over a solid bed of granite, forming a lovely cascade, and empties into a basin, nearly circular in shape, and some thirty feet wide. It is not unlike Garnet Pool, near the Glen House, but is larger, and more beautiful in its surroundings. An hour may be profitably spent in this charming placo, and one unconsciously lingers, as if loath to tear himself away from its attracting features. After leaving this lovely spot the road rises' fast, the elevation between ANDOVER and LAKEVIEW COTTAGE at the SOUTH ARM being 950 feet. As you ride along through the leafy solitudes your ears are soothed with harmonious sounds arising from BLACK BROOK, as its waters leap with a merry ripple from rock to rock, to continue their flight until swallowed up by the ELLIS, into which stream they empty. Soon after leaving Smith's Mill occasional glimpses are ob- tained, through the tops of the trees, of OLD BLUE, whose ragged sides form one of the walls of the Notch. Three miles from the DEVIL'S DEN the road winds over CEDAR HILL, from whose sum- mit you look down into BLACK BROOK NOTCH ; at this point you have a splendid view of SAWYER and BLUE MOUNTAINS, which come together below you, leaving just room to allow a team to pass between them, but not without the hubs of the wheels scrap- ing on the rough sides of the rocks. On your right a frightful precipice looms eight hundred feet above you, its sides seamed and scarred by the war of the ele- ments, and in many places it looks as if the rocks would fall into the road at any moment. Slides often occur here, the last one being in the spring of 1880. On the left SAWYER MOUNTAIN towers into the air, an occasional huge cliff peeping out from the dense mass of woods with which it is covered. This is a great FAKKAirs [LLU8TRATED (in UK TO .'; place for thunder-showers, and when you arc caught in one yon do not forget it in a hurry. The sun disappears, and the sky is covered with dull leaden clouds, the rain pours in torrent.*, the thunder rolls heavily from mountain to mountain, and * the fearful flashes of lightning that illu- minate the inky clouds are all a fitting addition to the grandeur of the scene. At the foot of CEDAR HILL a sluice dam is thrown across the brook, and this raises the water sufficiently in the spring to float down the logs, when lumbering operations are carried on here. We present our readers with an engraving of MOUNT SAW- YER and the SLUICE DAM. After leaving the Notch the road winds along the valley of BLACK BROOK, the landscape presenting many interesting features. A short distance frjxn the dam you reach a beautiful crystal spring, which bubbles up from a bed of sparkling sand, from under an immense boulder on the right-hand side of the road. The warmest day iu summer this water is as cold as ice, and all travelers to the lakes stop a few moments to obtain a draught of this invigorating elixir. This spring has been appropriately" termed the COLD SPRING, by which name it is generally known. A few rods be- THE ANDrxOSCOGGIN LAKES. 81 yoncl the spring you will notice, on the right-hand side of the voad, an immense hole in the side of the mountain, whose base you are skirting. It is near the summit of the peak, at the bot- tom of an overhanging cliff. It has been christened by some one the DEVIL'S OVEN. And eertainly it seems that if his Satanic Majesty ever has occasion to do any baking he could not have chosen a more fitting place. About two miles beyond here you cross a small brook, that is a very good trout stream ; and a short distance beyond the first brook you cross another, whose waters are also fished for trout with good success. Between these two brooks, on the right-hand side of the road, stood, some years ago, a birch guide-board, that marked a road leading to the old Richardson Farm. This old road is now overgrown, and it is not safe for a stranger to at- tempt to follow it. Passing the second brook, a short ride brings you to a foot-path that leaves the main road on the left-hand side, crossing the mountains to ANDOVEH, and by which the distance between the Hotels and the ARM OF THE LAKE is shortened some three miles. The writer, in company with several other gentlemen and their guides, walked from the ARM or THE LAKE to the village, by the mountain path, some three years ago, and found it a very pleasant jaunt. The party numbered fourteen men and two dogs, the largest party that had ever walked out over the mountains. On our way one of the guides called my attention to a huge white birch-tree near the path, with which was connected a story. He said, " One winter a man from the village had attempted to walk out to the lake to join a party who were fishing for trout, and he lost his way. The snow was deep, and for two days and nights he hunted for the path in vain, and, finally, believing he could not survive much longer, he tore out a leaf from a pocket-diary, and wrote a few farewell lines to his wife and family, which he fast- ened to that birch-tree. After that he wandered aimlessly about, and accidentally chanced upon the path. He arrived home in the middle of the night, half-starved and nearly frozen, but soon re- covered from the ill effects of his adventure. The next spring I found the paper pinned to the tree." In walking in or out across the mountains, one has a fine view of SAWYEU NOTCH, and the MOODY LEDGE, so called from an 82 FARRAR'S ILLrSTISATED (iUII)K TO accident which once befell a man of that name while after wolves on the mountain. One evening Moody, and .several others who were in the vicin- ity, heard the howling of wolves on the mountain above the ledge. They started up the mountain, intending to make it hot for the wolves. Moody led the way, and, vhen ju>t above the ledge, a Natural Arch, Lake Road, C Township, Me. small tree that he had hold of gavi- way. and before he could catch at anything else down he went. He struck first on a little shelf of the ledge about a third of the way down, which broke his fall and some of his bones at the same time. He-fore he could secure himself, over he went again, and landed about a third further down, on a little spur projecting from the main precipice, upon THE ANDUOSCOGGIN LAKES. 83 which grew a few small bushes. Before he could get hold of these, he again fell, striking heavily at the bottom of the rock. His companions made a stretcher and took him out to the village. A doctor was called, and it was found that the unfortunate "man had broken both his arms and legs, and his collar-bone, and from a fearful cut on his head some of his brains were oozing. Yet, in spite of this, he managed to get well, went to sea, and was drowned. This is no mere fancy sketch, but the facts are sub- stantially as we have written them, and there are men still living in Andover who helped bring Moody out of the woods. But the wonderful circumstances of the case bring to mind the old adage. " A man who is born to be drowned will not be hanged." Between the mountain path and the Arm nothing occurs worthy of special mention ; a few minutes' ride brings you in sight of the lake ; the team is driven to the steamboat wharf a few rods from LAKEVIEW COTTAGE, and you bid farewell to the buckboard. The HICHARDSON (RANGELEY) LAKES TRANSPORTATION Co., to provide for their fast-increasing travel at the lakes, have built an elegant new steam yacht, the MOLECHUNKAMUNK, and placed it on the ANDKOSCOGGIN LAKES. It will run in connection with the WELOKENNEBACOOK, between the SOUTH ARM and UPPER DAM, touching at the usual landings. When not otherwise en- gaged it can be hired by private parties. The boat is built in a superior manner, and furnished with a steel boiler, and other fittings of equal excellence. The company also, during the spring and summer of 1882, erected a neat little hotel, three stories and a half high, at the SOUTH ARM. The house is called LAKEVIEW COTTAGE, and is pleasantly located on the lake shore, near the steamboat landing, and commands a very fine and extensire view up the lake. Jt has wide piazzas on all sides ; that fronting the lake being on the second story of the house, and for rest and promenade they can- not but be appreciated by the guests of the hotel. The upper story is finished in wood, sheathed and oiled; the lower stories are plastered. All the floors are of hard wood finished in oil. The hotel is well furnished, the sleeping-rooms being provided with the best spring-beds and hair mattresses that money could buy, and in this respect the house is not equalled by any in the lake region, excepting the LAKESIDE, at the foot of UMBAGOG 84 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. LAKE, in CAMBRIDGE, which hotel also belongs to the com- pany. A telegraph line runs from SOUTH ARM to BOSTON trtaAndover, Byrant's Pond, and Portland, the Lake office being in the hotel. The BRYANT'S POND AND ANDOVER ROUTE is the only approach to the lake region having telegraph communication its entire length. a fact that business men must appreciate. Messages can be sent from Indian Rock, Richardson's Hotel, Upper Dam or Middle Dam, by the morning boats, reaching the South Arm at noon, and by evening be received in almost any part of the United States. The rates at LAKEVIKW COTTAGE are $2.00 per day; dinners 60 cents each. All the sleeping-rooms in the house but two are corner rooms, and are unusually pleasant on that account. Al- though the SOUTH ARM is more free from flies and mosquitoes than many points in the lake region, the Company have provided the hotel with the finest wire screens manufactured, for the win- dows and outside doors, and each sleeping-room is furnished with a large mosquito canopy, surrounding the entire bed, for use dur- ing fly-time, so that guests can stop at the housTwith some degree of comfort. The table will be supplied with the best that the local markets afford, and no pains will be spared by the Company to make the stay of guests at the LAKEVIEW pleasant in every respect. Especial attention has been paid to drainage, and in this respect the hotel cannot be surpassed by any in the country. Pure spring water is brought into the house and is used for all purposes. The fishing at the SOUTH ARM from the time the ice goes out, up to about the middle of July, is as good as at any other point in the lake region, and trout weighing from half a pound to five pounds are taken there. The company have bought a number of new row-boats the present season, and these may be hired from the manager of the hotel for fishing and other purposes. Gentlemen visiting the lakes accompanied by their families will find the LAKEVIEW a very desirable house to stop at, on ac- count of its home-like appearance, and the inducements it offers for rest and pleasure. Ladies and young people can here indulge in boating with less danger than at any other point on the lakes, as there are several coves and bays, sheltered by islands and the FAHRAK'S ILLUSTRATED (Jl'IDK. mainland, always free from rough water. Then? arc also fine chances for bathing but a short distance from the house. There are also pleasant walks in the vicinity, offering a chance for'lovers of woodland paths to take any amount of pedestrian exercise; good trout streams, furnishing brook trout in abun- dance, are within two miles of the house. The steamers leave the hotel for points up the lake at 7.00 A.M., and 1.00 P.M., return- ing at noon and 5.00 P.M. In addition to the telegraph there is a daily mail to the house from Andover, and also from points up the lake. Parties wish- ing to order rooms in advance can do so by mail or telegraph, addressing " Manager LAKEVIKW COTTAGE," South Arm, Ando- ver, Oxford Co., Maine. CHAPTER VII. to tjje J9am. NE of the new steamers WELO- KENNAHACOOK Or MOLECHUNKA- MUNK makes two trips daily be- tween the SOUTH ARM and the UPPER DAM LANDING, touching each way at the MIDDLE DAM. The steamer leaves the SOUTH ARM at 7.00 A.M., and 1.00P.M., and the MIDDLE DAM, at 7.30 1 A.M., and 2.00 P.M., arriving at the UPPER DAM LANDING at 8.30 A.M., and 3.00 P.M. Embarking on the steamer you find it an agreeable change after your ride. Leaving the wharf the boat glides up the lake, the whistle severing the last connection between yourself and the outer world. The distance from the SOUTH ARM to the MIDDLE DAM, where the steamer makes her first landing, is four miles. The sail from here to the UPPER DAM LANDING is delightful. A short distance above the wharf, a little way beyond, you pass on the right hand LAKEVIEW COTTAGE, cosily nestled under a mountain but a few steps from the lake ; on the left or western side of the lake you will notice a small opening leading to an in- let behind an island ; this place is known as POKE-LOGAN. On the same side, about a mile from the wharf, you pass another little cove known as SAINT'S REST. Beyond this is LOON BAY. A mile above the wharf, on the right (eastern shore), you pass a sand spit, on which grow a few ragged pines, known as BAILEY'S POINT. LOON ISLAND (a sunken reef, which is not visible at the highest stage of water) is passed just above the point, and a half mile farther the rocky shores of SPIRIT ISLAND are noticed. Two (87) THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 89 weather-beaten pines, long shorn of their foliage, adorn the upper part of the island, which is otherwise covered by a growtli of white birch. A weather-beaten-looking point, known as HARD- SCRABBLE, next attracts attention on the right. This has always been the terror of oarsmen, when pulling up the lake against the heavy north-west winds that prevail a great part of the time dur- ing June and September. Many a ' ' hard-scrabble " has the writer had, years ago, when trying to pass the point in a row-boat. In a north-west gale the sea runs very heavy off this point, making the passage on some days dangerous for small boats. On all sides the mountains, thickly wooded, descend to the water, the shores curv- ing and twisting in irregular lines. As you pass HARD-SCRABBLE the lake opens to its fullest width before you, and far in the north, across the mountains at the head of the lake, is seen the wedge- shaped summit of MOUNT DUSTAN, also the highest peak of old AZISCOHOS, the monarch of the MAGALLOWAY. WELOKENNEBACOOK is one of the prettiest lakes of the Andros- coggin chain. Seen under any aspect, its waters slightly ruffled by a gentle south wind, or stirred into billowy waves, with frothy caps, by a north-wester, or entirely placid when " The solemn pines along its shore, The firs which hang its gray rocks o'er, Arc paintod on its glassy floor," it is beautiful, and will hold a place among your pleasant memo- ries. As you cross from HARD-SCRABBLE to the MIDDLE DAM the view behind you, looking toward the ARM, is very fine. It re- sembles the head of Loch Katrine, in Scotland, only the scene is more beautiful. Nearing the MIDDLE DAM, we obtain a fine view of the NEW MIDDLE DAM CAMP, standing back a few rods from the shore, and fronting the lake. As we run in to the wharf we pass RIFLE POINT, and the "Run," the outlet of the lakes, on the left. The steamer arrives at the MIDDLE DAM at half-past one. A few minutes' stop only is made here, and again the fasts are cast off, the whistle sounds the departure, and we are under way for the UPPER DAM LANDING, eight miles distant. Our course lays diagonally across the lake, and we pass JACK- SON POINT, midway between the wharf and the NARROWS. As we 90 FAKHAK'S ILLI STHATEI) GUIDE TO enter the passage connecting the lakes you pass PORTLAND POINT on the right, and BOSTON POINT on the left. A range of moun- tains, known as the FARM RIDGE, extends along the entire eastern shore of the lower lake and the NARROWS, and finally joins the HEM is MOUNTAIN RANGE at the foot of MoOSBLUdfAGCHTlC LAKE. Wooding up on Lake Welokennebacook, Looking hack from the mouth of the NARROWS you have one of the finest mountain views to he obtained anywhere in the lake region. Tn the south BAM> PATH. a familiar acquaintance to those who have been in ANDOVKR, and SPECKI,EI> MOUNTAIN. may he seen forming the walls of GBAFTON Norm. In the south-west, nearly on a line with the old Middle Dam Camp, ap- pear several of the White Mountain peaks : Washington. Jefferson, THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 91 and Adams being the only ones visible. The view down the lake from the foot of the NARROWS is unsurpassed by any similar landscape in the country. The NARROWS are two miles long, and from a few rods to half a mile wide. In some places the rocks are very thick, but are not troublesome except late in the season, when the water is low. The sail through this narrow strait is quite a change from the lake ; and, although the scene differs from that below, it is still as charming as ever. One of the peculiar features of the NARROWS is the wall of rock running along the northern shore, not visible, however, in extreme high water. It resembles the stone walls on a farm ; and at first sight one would almost imagine that it had been built purposely. A very amus- ing story occurs to me in connection with this rocky wall. Some years ago a party of ladies and gentlemen was going up the lakes, and one of the ladies asked the only gentleman of the party who had visited the lakes before, what that wall was for, she supposing it to have been built. He gravely told her that several years before the Indians had built that wall to prevent the bull-frogs from jumping out on the land and frightening the deer. The lady took his statement for fact, and, a few years afterwards, while at a party in New York city, she was relating to a little knot of interested listeners the story of her trip to the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES ; " and the funniest thing I learned there,'' said she, " was that the Indians had built a wall along the Narrows to prevent the bull-frogs from jumping out on the land and frightening the deer." The gentleman who had given her that wonderful piece of in- formation was also at the party, and happened to overhear her story. He could not help laughing, and attracted the attention of the lady, who saw from the expression in his face that something was wrong. " I am sure you told me so ! " she exclaimed. " I acknowledge that, madam," he replied; " but I did not expect you to accept the statement as a literal fact; " and the little circle of friends joined in a laugh at the expense of the fair story-teller. Deer are sometimes seen on the shores at the lower part of the NARROWS, there being very good feeding-ground for them for half a mile on each side. As you approach LAKE MOLECHUNKAMUNK, you pass METALIC POINT on your right. Here is a splendid sand beach and a fine chance for bathing. The chance for bathing is as good as ever ; THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 93 but since the raising of the Middle Dam the beach is under water most of the time. During the fall fishing fair-sized trout are often found off this point. " Old MetaJuk," an Indian chief, for whom this point was named, lived here with his squaw for many years, and the place has quite a romantic history; the story is too long to tell here, but it may be found in a book entitled " EASTWARD Ho ! " that can be obtained at any bookstore. A path leads up from METALIC POINT to a clearing, where used to stand two old barns, often made use of for shelter by persons who were camping out. The barns were taken down in the winter of 1877, and used in the construction of the new building at the Middle Dam. They have long been a guide to the voyager up and down the lakes, and it will be regretted by many that this ancient landmark has been removed. Several summers ago the writer of this book and a party of friends were encamped at the HICHARDSON FARM, as the place is called, for two weeks, and found it a very pleasant spot. Theodore Winthrop has thus written of this lake : " As evening came, the sun made another effort, with the aid of west winds, at the mist. The sun cleft, the breeze drove. Sud- denly the battle was done, victory easily gained. We were cheered by a gush of level sunlight. Even the dull gray vapor became a transfigured and beautiful essence. Dull and uniform it had hung over the land; now the plastic winds quarried it and shaped the whole mass into individuals, each with its character. To the cloud-forms, modeled out of formlessness, the winds gave life of motion, sunshine gave life of light, and they hastened through the lower atmosphere, or sailed lingering across the blue breadths of mid-heaven, or dwelt peacefully aloft in the region of the cirri ; and whether trailing gauzy robes in flight, or moving stately, or dwelling on high where scope of vision makes travel needless, they were still the brightest, the gracefulest, the purest beings that Earth creates for man's most delicate pleasure. " When it cleared, when it purveyed us a broadening zone of blue sky and a heavenful of brilliant cloud-creatures, we were sailing over Lake Mollychunkamug. Fair Mollychunkamug had not smiled for us until now ; now a sunny grin spread over her smooth cheeks. She was all smiling, and presently, as the breeze dimpled her, all a ' snicker ' up into the roots of her hair, up among her forest-tresses. Mollychunkamug! Who could be !4 FAIiltAICS ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO aught I'm ffay,gaj --V- n to the farcical, when on such a name? Is it Indian? Mewilden-d Indian we deem it. transmogrified some- what from aboriginal sound by the fond imagination of some lum- berman, finding in it a sweet memorial of his Mary far away in the kitchen- of the Kcnncbec. his Mary so rotund of blooming cheek, hi- Mollv of the chunk v mug. To him whotrulv loves, all Lake Molechunkamunk from Metalic Point. Natmv i- filled with Amaryllidian echoes. Every sight and every -omul recall her who need not be recalled, to a heart that has never dislodged her. We lingered over our interview with Mollychunkamug. She may not be numbered among the great beauties of the world : THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. i)5 nevertheless she is an attractive squaw, a very honest bit of flat-faced prettiness in the wilderness." About three miles from the clearing is a sheet of water called METALIC POND, which is a great place for game. Ducks of sev- eral kinds, deer and caribou, and sometimes moose, are quite plenty about the shores of this pond. A trail runs from the clear- ing to this pond. It starts just beyond where the barns stood, and follows up the brook on the right-hand side for some distance. When you reach the place where the brook divides, follow the left-hand branch and you will reach the pond. But the path is overgrown with bushes in many places, and you will find it a hard jaunt. A little above METALIC POINT a stream runs into the lake, known as METALIC BROOK. This is one of the best trout- streams about the lakes, and fish are taken in it weighing from half a pound to two pounds. It furnishes excellent sport in July and August, a time when the fishing is dull on the lakes. The places to secure the larger fish are several pools that are situated quite a distance up the brook, about five miles from its mouth, on the right-hand branch. Gentlemen who have fished this brook have usually been very successful at these deep holes. Passing this stream, you will notice BLACK POINT on the right. This was formerly thickly wooded, but Mr. Whitney had it cleared, in order to obtain a more extended view from his camp. Beyond the point, bur course lies between SHIP ISLAND on the right, and HALF MOON ISLAND on the left, both of which are now mostly submerged a good part of the time. Beyond the Islands, to your right, can be seen CAMP WHITNEY, situated in a charming locality, at the mouth of MOSQUITO BROOK which empties into the lake. In the spring and summer small trout are taken a short distance up this brook. During September the fishing off the mouth of the brook is generally excellent. In the month of December, a year or two ago, Harvey Newton, of Andover, who was then in charge of CAMP WHITNEY, shot a caribou that was swimming across the lake, and still later in the season he saw a herd of nineteen oa the ice near the camp. A few years ago, Captain Cole, the old and valued Superin- tendent of CAMP WHITNEY, stepped out on the piazza one morning, and was surprised to see a magnificent caribou walk out of the woods on the point above the mouth of MOSQUITO BROOK. The THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 97 animal stood upon the shore a moment, looking about cautiously, and then stepped into the water and waded across the mouth of the brook. He followed the sand-bar at the entrance, which was cov- ered with water about two feet deep. Reaching the beach directly in front of the camp, he paced leisurely along, stooping occasion- ally to look around. This was too much for the captain. To be defied in this manner by one of the largest caribou he had ever seen was more than human flesh and blood could endure. The captain hurried into the house, and upstairs, where at that time unfortunately the fire-arms all were, caught up a rifle, hastily loaded it, and rushed down to the piazza. But the game had flown, or, in other words, walked off, and the last the captain saw of the animal was when he turned partly round, just on the edge of the woods south of the clearing, and shook his head, as much as to say, " Good day, sir ! Did you think I was such a fool as to stand on the beach until you were ready to shoot me?" The captain sighed, stepped back into camp, and set the rifle behind the door, where it could be reached a little quicker in future. The next day the captain and myself examined the print of the animal's hoofs on the beach, and found they would measure over a foot from the back part of the dew claw to the front part of the hoof. CAMP WHITNEY fronts the lake and stands about eight rods from shore. From it the eye takes in the whole upper part of the lake, with its winding and irregular shores. The building is thirty by fifty feet on the ground, two stories and a half high, and cov- ered with a sharp pitch roof. An eight-feet wide piazza, with its sloping roof, extends the entire distance in front, and on the south side, furnishing a delightful place for promenading and lounging. In-doors, on the lower floor, in front, is the sitting and dining- room combined, a generous apartment over twenty-eight feet square. A space five feet wide, directly back of the sitting-room, is divided into a closet, a pantry, and stair-way leading to the chambers on the second floor, all of which are accessible from the sitting-room. The kitchen takes up the remainder of the first floor. There is also an excellent cellar. On the north side of the sitting-room is an enormous brick fireplace, that will take in at one mouthful a good half cord of wood. The room is filled with comfortable, and what in some cases might be termed luxu- rious, furniture for a camp in the backwoods. On one side is a 98 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO well-filled library, containing, besides works of fiction, travel, and adventure, all of the best known books on sporting matters. Over the fireplace is a rack made of deer's feet, elegantly mounted, on which, in the fishing-season, the rods are hung when not in use, and the walls are decorated with pictures and sets of mounted deer and caribou horns. The whole camp is plastered, and is painted inside and out. In the fall of 1881 Mr. Whitney erected near the main camp a neat little cottage for his guides and servants, a store-house and woo '-house. The land south of the camp was put in an improved condition by a landscape gar- dener, who made several flower-beds, and set out a number of ornamental trees and shrubs. A well-filled ice-house and a large new boat-house, containing half-a-dozen boats of various de- scriptions, stand near the camp. Mr. Whitney has also a very handsome centre-board cat-rigged sail-boat, that has proven a very fast craft for one of her size. A trail through the woods leads to TROUT COVE on LAKE MOOSELCTCMAGUNTIC, a mile and a third distant from camp. At the cove Mr. Whitney has another boat-house, containing four fishing-boats. A second trail, running through the woods in a different direction, leads to the UPPER DAM, two miles north of the camp. The camp was christened CAMP WHITNEY, in honor of its prin- cipal owner, J. Parker Whitney, Esq., formerly of Boston, but now a resident of San Francisco. Mr. Whitney visits the camp every season, and has only missed one year out of the last twenty- three, being one of the oldest habitues of these lakes. He has fished some forty other lakes in Maine, as well as the waters of Colorado and the Pacific Coast, and has taken many a basket from the streams of England and lochs of Scotland. He has bagged game in all these places, and shot twenty-three deer, as well as other large animals. He has an inexhaustible fund of interesting anecdotes at his tongue's end, and is an entertaining companion. Associated with him in the ownership of the camp are George T. Rice, Esq., of Worcester, Mass., and P. Adams Ames, Esq., of San Francisco, formerly of Boston. Both of these gentleman have visited the lakes for many years. Capt. Benjamin Cole, of Byron, Maine, one of the oldest and best guides in the lake region, was superintendent of the camp for nine years. He re- THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 99 signed his position in the spring of 1878. He was an excellent fisherman, a fine cook, and a capital fellow, and will long be re- membered by the visitors at CAMP WHITNEY. His successor is Rufus B. Porter. During the winter of 1882-3 Mr. Whitney had built, at the large Richardson Pond, a very comfortable log-camp cook-house and boat-house, for the use of himself and friends, when fishing and hunting in that locality. The fishing at the ponds during the summer is unusually good, and one can always be sure of a catch there when the lake fishing is dull. Although not absolutely necessary, a small boat on the pond is desirable, as it assures better fishing, and as the distance from the lake to the pond is only a mile and a half, by a good path, two persons can easily carry a light boat to the pond in about an hour. At Whitney's the lake makes a bend to the north-west ; so we change our course a little to the left, and a mile farther on pass the NEW BOSTON CLUB CAMP. The BOSTON CLUB has been one of the institutions at the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES for many years. During the fall of 1877 the club was reorganized, many of the old members having died, and the vacancies were filled by newly elected members, the club now numbering twenty. In the spring of 1878 a new building was erected, a short distance below Camp Bellevue, more roomy and commodious than their old camp. This is known as CAMP AZISCOHOS. On account of the rise in the water, by the rebuilding of the old Middle Dam, this camp, during the fall of 1880, was moved back some distance farther from the lake, and two new buildings were added. The whole were tastily painted outside, and other improvements planned, tending to make this one of the handsomest and most convenient camps in the region. Hales W. Suter, Esq., a prominent Boston lawyer, who spends a portion of each summer with his family at this camp, is the master-spirit of the Boston Club ; and it is in a great measure due to his untiring exertions that the club are now in possession of their new and comfortable quarters. A few moments' sail from here brings us to the steamboat wharf, which is a few rods to the right of CAMP BELLEVUE, the property of Messrs. Betton, McKean, and Borie, of Philadelphia. The cluster of buildings forming this camp was also moved far- ther back from the water, and very much improved, during the fall 100 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. of 1880. During the summer of 1882 Mr. Boric eregted a new' and attractive camp, that was very nicely furnished. 'It stands fronting the hike, in a line with the other buildings. Leaving the steamer, a short walk brings you to the UPPER DAM, and crossing this, you reach the camp, which sets just be- yond the dam, and faces south. There is a charge on this carry of 81. 00 per load, for all baggage transferred by team between the steamers, as the carting is done by the Union Water Power Co. CHAPTER VIII. SJpprr am antJ fyt i&idjartiison HE old camps at the Upper Dam arc among the things that arc past, having outlived their day of usefulness. The new hotel built during the winter and spring of 1882, by the UNION WATEK POWER COMPANY of Lewiston, Me., and opened in July of that year, stands on the site of the old camps, facing the dam. It is a picturesque two-story structure of modern architecture, and is undoubtedly the finest hotel in the lake region. A broad piazza extends along the entire front of the house, and contains a row of settees. The office is a large, pleasant room, and has a huge fireplace, in which four-foot wood is burned. This fireplace is the largest in any of the houses about the lakes, and is the most ornamental. The hotel has good accommodations for seventy- five guests, and the terms are 2.00 per day to the public and SI. 50 per day for guides. Baggage for the guests of the house is brought from and taken to the steamers free of charge. The interior of the hotel is mostly finished in natural woods, sheathed and oiled, and both the inside and outside of the house are very tastily painted. A post-office is established in the house during the summer season, and daily mails are received. Beside the hotel, the company have erected several other build- ings, including a large barn, a store-house, ice-house, and saw- mill. The old Boston Club Camp, standing on the south side of the dam, is owned by the company, and is let during the summer to camping parties. The company are also provided with a large number 0f row- boats, which are let to tourists or sportsmen at 50 cents per day. (101) RAPIDS BELOW UPPER DAM AND AZISCOHOS MOUNTAIN. THE ANDKOSCOGGIN LAKES. 103 Parties wishing to engage rooms in advance should address John Chadwick, Superintendent, Upper Dam, Oxford Co., Maine, via Andover. The UPPER DAM is one of the largest and most substantially built in the State ; it was commenced in 1845, and took two years to build it. It is built of the heaviest kind of timber, bolted with iron, ballasted with immense rocks, and is fifteen hundred feet long. In the spring, when the water is held back for the purpose of running the logs down the Androscoggin, the pressure against it is immense. It is carefully watched day and night, and there is no possibility of its ever being swept away. It is so con- structed that, should any leak happen underneath, the stones with which the piers are ballasted would drop down into the holes worn by the water and stop the leak. There is no doubt but that the strength of the dam is fully equal to any strain that can be brought to bear on it. The company, in order to get an idea of the consequences of a "break," one spring had all the gates lifted half up, with a full head of water on. The water started from the dam in a volume of about twelve feet deep and a hundred feet wide. The result of the experiment was, that the two lakes below the UPPER DAM were filled, the water flowing back into the woods, at a depth in some places of four feet. The surplus poured over the MIDDLE DAM at the foot of LAKE WELOKENNE- BACOOK without starting a timber, filled the UMBAGOG LAKE, and flowed through the Errol Dam six miles below the outlet of UMBAGOG, causing but little inconvenience, and no dam- age. Allowing that the dam should ever go out, the lakes being so widely separated, there would be so much water lost in flowing back as to materially lessen the force and depth of the body of water in motion, and hence no disastrous result could possibly happen. Some years, logs to the value of $2,000,000 are run through this dam, and down the Androscoggin River, to market. The illustration in our book is taken from below the dam in the month of September, when the water was low. When the water is raised to drive the logs it makes a difference of from ten to fifteen feet in the depth of the lakes. The shores of the lakes are much prettier when the water is low than when it is high ; for during the high water many little points and curves in the shore, and all the beautiful sand beaches, are entirely obliterated. 104 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. The view from the UPPEB DAM, down the river, is very fine. (See illustration on page 105.) If persons visit the lakes, especially for fishing, they should go cither in June or the early part of July, when the water is high ; hut if they wish to become acquainted with the beauties of the place, they should make their trip in August or September. Then the varied outline of the shores, the little nooks and coves, may be seen to their best advantage, and you experience some conso- lation in the fact that if the trout are not so plenty as in June or July, they arc considerably larger. Some of the best fishing-places at the UPPER DAM are on the piers and apron of the dam, at the mouth of the river, a short distance below the dam, and TROGT COVE about half a mile above the dam. It will also pay you to take a row-boat or the steamer, and go up to the head of the lake and throw a fly around the mouth of RICHARDSON BKOOK and BEAVER BROOK, and in the WEST ARM behind the islands. There is also good fishing-ground around a sunken reef at the head of the lake, it being a favorite resort for trout. The reef is located about in the centre of the lake, and nearly opposite of a long point making out from the eastern shore. A tall pine formerly stood on this point, and was an excellent mark for the fishing-ground ; but recently some vandal has cut it down. There is no better spring fishing in the entire lake region than that about the head of LAKE MOLECHUNK- AMUNK, as sportsmen who have tried it know. If you wish to go beyond the UPPER DAM you take passage on the little steam-launch OQUOSSOC, which connects regularly with the steamers WELOKENNEBACOOK or MOLECHUNKAMUXK. A team can be hired at the UPPER DAM CAMP, to haul your baggage across the carry, at a charge of $1.00 per load. For several years the UPPER DAM CAMP has been in charge of Mr. John Chadwick, who has performed his duties, we believe, in a manner satisfactory both to his employers and the public. A number of years ago the lumber company employed a cook here who was a character in his way. He was a French Canadian, Joseph Bourgogne by name, and was a splendid cook. The writer remembers one never-to-be-forgotten Sunday, when, in company with four other gentlemen, we rowed to the UPPER DAM from the RICHARDSON FARM, where we were "camping-out," and ordered 106 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Joe to get us up a dinner. The meal was furnished, Joe intend- ing it also for the men who were working about the dam. Our party sat down to the table, and made such havoc with the eat- ables as to astonish Joe, who soon began to cry out, "Sacrc!" from between his set teeth at each new order. The climax was reached when we went to feed a dog accompanying us. With horror depicted on his countenance, Joe rushed to the table, and exclamed, "3/bn Dieu! Don't feed de dog; my men have no had their dinner yet! " and, laughing, we left the table. In making a trip across the lakes, some years ago, Theodore Winthrop fell in with " Joe," and thus relates his experience : " Our new friends, luxurious fellows, had been favored by Fate with a French-Canadian cook, himself a Three of Freres Provin- ciaux. Such was his reputation. We saw by the eye of him, and by his nose, formed for comprehending fragrances, and by the lines of refined taste converging from his whole face towards his mouth, that he was one to detect and sniff gastronomic possi- bilities in the humblest materials. Joseph Bourgogne looked the cook. His phiz gave us Faith in him : eyes small and discrimi- nating ; nose upturned, nostrils expanded and receptive ; mouth saucy in the literal sense. His voice, moreover, was a cook's, thick in articulation, dulcet in tone. He spoke as if he deemed that a throat was created for better uses than laboriously manu. facturing words, as if the object of the mouth were to receive tribute, not to give commands, as if that pink stalactite, his palate, were more used by delicacies entering than by rough words or sorry sighs going out of the inner caverns. " When we find the right man in the right place our minds are at ease. The future becomes satisfactory as the past. Anticipa- tion is glad certainty, not anxious doubt. Trusting our gastro- nomic welfare fully to this great artist, we tried for fish below the dam. Only petty fishlings, weighing ounces, took the bit between their teeth. We therefore doffed the fisherman and donned the artist and poet, and chased our own fancies down the dark whirl- pooling river, along its dell of evergreen, now lurid with the last glows of twilight. Iglesias and I continued dreamily gazing down the thoroughfare towards Mollychunkamug only a certain length of time. Man keeps up his highest elations hardly longer than a danseuse can poise in a pose. To be conscious of the highest THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 107 beauty demands an involuntary intentness of observation so fanat- ically eager that presently we are prostrated and need stimu- lants. And just as we sensitively felt this exhaustion and this need, we heard a suggestive voice calling us from the front-door of the mansion-house of Damville, and ' Supper' was the cry. " A call to the table may quell and may awaken romance. When, in some abode of poetized luxury, the ' silver knell ' sounds musically six, and a door opens toward the glitter that is not pewter and Wedgewood, and, with a being fair and changeful as a sunset cloud upon my arm, I move under the archway of blue curtains toward the asphodel and a nectar, then, reader ! O friend ! romance crowds into my heart, as color and fragrance crowd into a rose-bud. Joseph Bourgogne, cook of Damville on Moosetocmaguntic, could not offer us such substitute for aesthetic emotions. But his voice of an artist created a winning picture half veiled with mists, evanescent and affectionate, such as linger fondly over Pork-and-Beans. Fancied joy, soon to become fact. We entered the barrack. Beneath its smoky roof-tree was a pervading aroma ; near the cen- tre of that aroma, a table dim with wefts of incense ; at the inner- most centre of that aroma and that incense, and whence those visible and viewless fountains streamed, with their source, a dish of Pork-and-Beans. " Topmostly this. There were lesser viands, buttresses to this towering triumph. Minor smokes from minor censers. A circle of little craterlings about the great crater, of little fiery cones about that great volcanic dome in the midst, unopened, and burst- ing with bounty. We sat down, and one of the red-shirted boldly crushed the smoking dome. The brave fellow plunged in with a spoon and heaped our plates. " A priori we had deduced Joseph Bourgogne's results from in- spection of Joseph. Now we could reason back from one experi- mentum crucis cooked by him. Effect and cause are worthy of each other. 1 ' The average world must be revenged upon Genius. Greatness must be punished by itself or another. Joseph Bourgogne was no exception to the laws of misery of Genius. He had a distressing trait, whose exhibition tickled the dura ilia of the reapers of the forest. Joseph, poet-cook, was sensitive to new ideas. This 108 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. sensitiveness to the peremptory thought made him the slave of the wags of Damville. Whenever he had anything in his hands, at a stern, quick command he would drop it nervously. Did he approach the table with a second dish of pork and beans, a yellow dish of beans, browned delicately as a Sevres vase, then would some full-fed rogue, waiting until Joseph was bending over some devoted head, say sharply, ' Drop that, Joseph !' where- upon down went the dish and contents, emporridging the poll and person of the luckless wight beneath. Always, were his burden pitcher of water, armful of wood, axe dangerous to toes, mirror, or pudding, still followed the same result. And when the poet- cook had done the mischief, he would stand shuddering at his work of ruin, and sigh, and curse his too sensitive nature." CAMP PKOSPECT, the summer retreat of W. J. Reynolds, Esq., of Edgartown, Mass., who has spent many seasons at the ANDKOS- COGGIJC LAKES, is situated on a point running out from the eastern shore of the lake, about half a mile above the mouth of the river. Mr. Reynolds puts in an appearance at camp several times during each season, and has proved himself an expert angler and skilful hunter. BIRCH LODGE is situated at the head of LAKE MOI-ECHUNKAMUNK, and is the property of J. A. L. Whittier, of Boston, who spends much of the fishing-season at the lakes. The main house is a frame cottage, thirty-five feet front, and is connected by a piazza with a frame building, used especially for a dining-room, which is very handsomely finished in natural woods, and a log kitchen, about twenty-four feet square. The piazzas surround the house on three sides, and furnish a promenade of nearly one hundred and fifty feet. The interior is divided into sitting and sleeping rooms, and the buildings were erected by Charles H. Goodwin, from plans drawn by George R. Clarke, a Boston architect. The outbuild- ings are a boat-house, ice-house, and guide-house. The establish- ment is well equipped with boats, and there is a safe landing accessible at all times in the cove on the west side. Boats also land in fair weather in front of the house. The steamer touches here twice daily when Mr. Whittier is in camp. The forest sur- rounds the building on all sides, except in front, where it has been judiciously thinned out, giving from the piazza a superb view of both shores and the entire length of the lake and of the Elephant 110 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Mountain, in the distance. This view has been painted for Mr. Whittier by W. H. Milliard, a well-known artist of Boston, and the painting was much admired when on exhibition in Boston, in the winter of 1878-9. This is probably the most complete camp in arrangement and equipment of any in the lake country, and, dur- ing the fishing-season, is much visited by the friends of the owner, and by other gentlemen who enjoy the fishing. Mr. Whittier is always glad to welcome and be of service to any gentlemen who care to call on him. The spring fishing around Birch Lodge is believed to be the finest on the lower lakes. Some of the largest trout on record have been taken in the waters front of the house, and good sport can always be found in RICHARDSON BROOK, which flows into the lake a few rods from the house. There are some large trout also in the WEST ARM and BEAVER BROOK, both of which places are near by. Mr. Betton, of CAMP BELLEVUE, and Mr. Whittier, have greatly improved the path to the RICHARDSON PONDS, which begins on the shore of the lake at the mouth of the brook, and ladies can now make the trip to the ponds without difficulty. A fine boat-house and camp combined, the joint property of Messrs Borie, Betton, and Whittier, has lately been built at the second pond. The fly- fishing at the ponds has been very good the past year. No tourist who desires to know all the beauties of the lake should fail to see the view from Birch Lodge. Several very fine excursions may be made from the UPPER DAM, which is the grand centre of the entire lake region, and where many of the sportsmen stop. Take a row-boat and pull up to the mouth of the RICHARDSON BROOK, a little trout stream at the head of the lake ; or, what is preferable, take passage by steamer, a distance of three miles, and land just below the old dam, on the right-hand shore, by two large pines. Then a walk through the woods of a mile, over a well-worn trail, brings you to the first and smallest of the West Richardson Ponds. This sheet of water is not more than half a mile long, and is nearly circular in shape. The bottom is muddy in some parts, and pebbly in others, and the shores are lined with grasses and lily-pads, furnishing excellent feeding-ground for deer, which are THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. Ill plenty in the vicinity. This is also an excellent pond for ducks, and many are shot there after the first of September. The trail crosses the stream at the outlet of the small pond, and half a mile beyond you reach the larger pond, a sylvan gem decorating the bosom of the wilderness. Its situation is romantic and picturesque in the extreme, lying as it does at the base of MOUNT OBSERVATORY, whose wooded crest towers for 1,500 feet above it. A little further south, AZISCOHOS MOUNTAIN raises its bare and ragged top still higher, its formation, color, and general appearance strongly resembling Mount Washington. Our engrav- ing, on the following page, shows a part of this pond, with the camp and boat-house of Messrs. Betton, Borie, and Whittier. Several small islands in the pond add materially to its beauty. The shores are heavily wooded, thus forming an excellent cover for game ; deer and caribou may always be" found there by a per- son who is at all familiar with hunting. A large number of deer are shot on the shore of this pond every season. They are hunted at night, with a boat, in which is a jack securely fastened at the bow, which throws a light ahead, attracting the curiosity of the deer, until the hunter has a chance to fire. Samuel Betton, Esq., and W. J. Reynolds, Esq., who have camps on MOLECHUNKAMUNK LAKE, have both shot deer at this place. The RICHARDSON PONDS, while being in favor with those who depend on their rifle for their sport, are also attracting the atten- tion of fishermen. Persons who have visited these ponds in former seasons have had fine luck fishing, and the writer saw one very handsome trout taken there with a fly, by J. H. Smith, Esq., of New York city, that weighed six and a half pounds. Mr. Smith also took several others of from two to four pounds' weight. J. A. L. Whittier, Esq., proprietor of BIRCH LODGE, has also had excellent sport at the larger pond, taking several fine strings of trout, some of the fish weighing four and five pounds each. A small house, situated at the head of the lake, near RICHARDSON or BEAVER BROOKS, is needed for the accommodation of those visit- ing the RICHARDSON POND and PARMACHENEE LAKE, and it is hoped that, before another season opens, one will be erected. From the larger RICHARDSON POND to the top of AZISCOHOS MOUNTAIN is only five miles, and the magnificent view to be ob- tained from its summit well repays any person for the toil and THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 113 time spent in making the ascent. To the north-east the whole lake country is spread before you like a map, and DEER MOUNTAIN, EAST and WEST KENNEBAGO MOUNTAINS, loom up like sentinels on duty. To the west the MAGALLOWAY SETTLEMENT lies almost beneath you, and some twenty miles north-west the ragged walls of DIXVII.LE NOTCH conceal from your sight the village of COLE- BROOK, which lies ten miles beyond. South and south-east you obtain a view of the RICHARDSON LAKES, LAKE UMBAGOG, and the White Mountain Range, while towns and villages dot the land- scape here and there. In fact, you obtain a charming and varied view whichever way you turn. The EAST RICHARDSON PONDS are a cluster of small ponds ly- ing near MOOSELUCSIAGUNTIC LAKE. To reach them you go over the same ground that you do in going to the West Ponds, as far as the dam at the outlet of the small pond ; then turn to the right, and a walk of about a mile will bring you to the first pond. These ponds are well stocked with trout, weighing from about six ounces to a pound and a half each. There are no boats about the ponds, which makes the fishing somewhat difficult. With an axe and auger, however, a raft can easily be constructed. The CRANBERKY BOG, so called, a small, marshypond, noted for being a favorite haunt of the deer, moose, and caribou, is only two miles from the WEST ARM, and is often visited by the Nimrods who come up into this wilderness, and who seldom re- turn from the locality without a supply of venison. BEAVER POND, a small circular pond, is reached from the WEST ARM by following up BEAVER BROOK for a mile. It contains a large number of small brook trout, and furnishes good fishing during the summer months. In connection with the Upper Dam I would state that persons who can visit this well-known resort in June will see one of the most exciting parts of the immense lumbering business that is carried on in these wild regions. The logs that are brought down across the upper lakes reach the Upper Dam generally from the 10th to the 20th of June. At this time the gates are all closed down, and the sluice-way battened up with logs and planks, holding the water above the dam at a height of from ten to fifteen feet. When the logs reach Trout Cove the barricade of the sluice is cut away, and the water, with an immense 114 FARKAlt'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO pressure, leaps through the sluice with a roar like Niagara, piling up at the bottom of the sluice some twenty feet high; then, rolling over, the tumultuous current flows down the rocky bed of the narrow river, boiling and seething, crested with white foam, sweeping everything before it, until it pours into the lake below. After the first onset the water quiets down a little, assuming the form of rapids, that will compare favorably with those of the St. Lawrence River. Then comes the most dangerous act in this sensational drama. The huge bateaux, pulled by ten or a dozen stalwart foresters, and guided by two others, who must be very giants in strength, stationed in the bow and stern, with heavy steering-paddles, cool and collected, not the least trace of fear shad- owing their sunburnt faces, their eyes directed to the narrow open- ing ahead through which they are to pass, come sweeping down. The bateaux usually start a quarter of a mile or more above the dam, the men at the oars pulling a long, powerful stroke, paying no attention to their boat, which is guided by the steersmen in the bow and stern, both of whom face down the river. Aided by a powerful current, the boats have attained an almost frightful speed by the time they reach the upper end of the sluice ; the oars are trailed, and like an arrow from a bow the boats shoot into that narrow passage which perhaps leads straight to death. As it passes through you obtain a glimpse of it like that of some object seen from the car- window of a lightning express-train that is traveling fifty miles an hour. Your eyes follow it as in a second more it makes the fearful plunge at the lower end of the sluice, and you involun- tarily hold your breatli as it darts into the boil, ten feet or more in height. Rising on this, perhaps half filled with water, the boat slides over its crest, and jumps another boil of perhaps half the height of the first ; then the sturdy backwoodsmen bend to their oars and their light crafts shoot down the rapids, dodging .immense boul- ders, jumping miniature falls, amid the din of the vexed waters, and finally emerge on the broad bosom of the lake, safe for the present. Then the strained nerves relax, the tightened muscles become pliant once more, and a deep sigh of thankfulness wells up from the heart of each of the crew, who have once more run the sluice in safety. But accidents often happen, sometimes of a laughable character, and then of a nature to throw a gloom for days over the merry crew who follow this exciting business. Occasionally a boat capsizes in THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 115 the first boil, and several of the crew are drowned; or one strikes a rock in the middle of the rapids, is stove to flinders in an instant, and the crew are left in the turbid waters to shift for themselves, when, with good luck, they will all reach the shore and be subject for days to the good-natured jokes of their companions. After the bateaux are all run through the sluice the logs follow. They pass through the sluice singly, in twos and threes, and sometimes a dozen at a time. Below the sluice they cut all sorts of capers. Some stand on end, some are thrown clear out of the water, others roll over and over; then they get twisted and snarled, and piled upon each other, forming a jam, that is only straightened by the dexterous use of an axe in the hands of some red-shirted hero ; for clearing a jam is one of the most dangerous acts in the business, and is really putting one's head into the lion's mouth. To be at the UPPER DAM in June, and see the scenes I have poorly at- tempted to describe, is worth all the expense incurred for a trip there, and then you have the fishing besides. Catches of Trout and Landlocked Salmon. As there have been some very fine catches of trout made at the MIDDLE and UPPER DAMS, we propose to mention a few of them at this time. In September, 187G, B. Frank Morse, Marlborough, Mass., took a trout from below the UPPER DAM that weighed 9 pounds. This fish was 27^ inches long and 1G inches in circumference. About the same time William J Reynolds. Edgartown, Mass., took home seven trout that weighed 36 pounds. These fish were all taken from the mouth of the river, near the steamboat wharf, and from the lower side of the UPPER DAM. We have also memo- randa of five different trout taken at the UPPER DAM and the mouth of the river, by different gentlemen, that weighed respec- tively 7 pounds, 7 pounds, 8k pounds, 8$ pounds, and 9 pounds, which we call a pretty fair record. Several good-sized trout were also taken during tlie month of September from the head of MOLECHUNKAMONK LAKE. Edward Stearns, Esq., Boston, Mass., took at the UPPER DAM in September, 1876, in a few days' fishing, 88 Ibs. of trout, the smallest of which weighed 3 Ibs. and the largest 9^ Ibs. He also took a large number of trout weighing from 1 to 2| Ibs., in addi- c THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 117 tion to the 88 Ibs., making his entire net catch not far from 130 or 140 pounds. James F. Rogers, Esq., Jamaica Plain, Mass., during the last two seasons, caught on MOLECIIUNKAMUNK LAKE several trout weighing from 14 to 8 Ibs., also many smaller ones. Some of the catches for 1877, at the UPPER DAM, during the month of September, were as follows : W. A. Taylor, Hinsdale, Mass., one trout weighing Gi Ibs. Richard Rowe, Boston, Mass., three trout, weighing 3i Ibs., 5i Ibs., and 6 Ibs. Albert Eames, Bridgeport, Conn., six trout, weighing 3^, 4, 5, 4|, 7| and 5| Ibs., the lot averaging over five pounds each. Frank E. Taylor, Brooklyn, N.Y., and J. H. Rhodes, New York City, took twenty-seven trout, weighing 108 Ibs., an average of four pounds each. This is one of the finest catches of trout ever taken at the UPPER DAM. The separate weights were, Gi, 6i, 4, 2i, 3^ 3, 3, 4, 5|, 4, 4, 3|, 6, 3i, 4, 3, 3, 5$, 3, 2, , 4, 2i, 2, 3|, 2, and 5 Ibs. each. Many of the older visitants to the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES will remember the late John A. Bird, Esq., of Brookline, Mass., who was in the habit of making a yearly trip to the UPPER DAM. On one of his regular annual fishing excursions he was the hero of a trouting adventure that deserves to be perpetuated in print as being one of the most wonderful streaks of piscatory luck on record, for the truth of which we can furnish indisputable proof. One day he went out to Merrill's Rock, a favorite resort of his, to give the trout a trial. He was alone on this occasion. He had indifferent success at first, but finally made a cast and struck two fish at the same time. They were both good ones, and he found that he had his hands full. For an hour he struggled and fought with two of the finest specimens of the Salmo Fontanalis that ever tickled a fisherman's fancy, and at the end of that time suc- ceeded in getting both of the fish, which weighed respectively five and a half and seven and a half pounds, making together thirteen pounds of trout at one catch. Both of them were very handsome trout, and Mr. Bird thought so much of his beautful prize that he had an oil-painting of the fish made by Brackett ; the picture is still in the possession of Mr. Bird's family, and will stand forever a lasting monument of his skill as an angler, and a proof of the 118 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. marvelous size and beauty of the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES spotted brook trout. The following trout were caught at the UPPER DAM during the fall of 1878 : Richard Rowc, Newton, Mass., one trout, weighing 7 Ibs. W. J. Reynolds, Edgartown, two trout, weighing Ci and 7 Ibs. The superiority of the ANDKOSCOGGIN 'LAKES over any other fishing waters, for size and beauty of trout, is well known and admitted by those who are familiar with the different fishing localities in the United States and Cnaadas. The weight of several thousand trout taken from these waters in various seasons of the year, by J. P. Whitney, Esq., who has a fine camp at the mouth of MOSQUITO BROOK, on LAKE MOLECHUNKA- MUXK. who for a number of years kept a careful account of his catches, as well as those of his friends, averaged one and one- tenth pounds each, and from some localities Mr. Whitney found his weights to average one and one-third pounds, the latter from the MAGALLOWAY RIVER. Not far above the Esconos FALLS, on the right-hand side of the river, is BEAVER BROOK, which is a famous fishing-place in the months of August and September. At times hundreds of trout may be seen lying close to the clear sand at the mouth of this brook, all headed toward the cool and life-giving waters of this stream. Mr. Whitney, a year or two ago, in the month of August, took at this place three hundred and twenty-seven trout in one afternoon, and left while the fishing was still good. The same gentleman took, one forenoon, from the BIG POOL, a short distance above the mouth of the LITTLE MAGALLOWAY, on the main stream, sixty-two trout, weighing 78 Ibs., eight of the largest weighing 2i> Ibs. In July, 1875, Mr. William Brooks, Jamaica Plain, Mass., caught at Smooth Ledge, a short distance from the Middle Dam Camp, fifteen trout, weighing 36 Ibs., the two largest weighing 15 Ibs. These were taken with a common fly-rod. One season a gentleman by the name of Gile, from Brooklyn, N.Y., who was over sixty years of age, took a trout from the lake, at the. head of the run, in front of the Middle Dam Camp, that weighed six and a half pounds. Two other trout were also .cap- 120 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATE l> GUIDE TO tured by another gentleman at the same place, the two weighing twenty-three pounds. This was in September, 1876. In September an;l October, 1878, the Fish Commissioners of Maine took the following large strings of trout for hatching pur- poses : At the outlet of OQUOSSOC LAKE, October 2, 11 trout, average 4} pounds. Largest, 10 pounds. 3, 4 " " 5i " 7 4, 12 " " 5 8 5, 17 " " 44 9 7 10 .. 3 7 8, 4 " " 51 " 9 9, 5 " " 5 8 At UPPER DAM, LAKE MOLECHDNKAMDNK, September 22, 11 in car, average 34 pounds. " 23, 5 trout, " 84 " Largest, 7 pounds. 24, 3 " " 4J " " 6 " 25, 5 " " 3i " " 54 " 26, 13 " " 34 " " 44 " 27, 3 " " 54 " " 6 " 28, 7 " ' 4| " " 6 " 30, 9 " "5 " " 7 " October 1, 9 " "3 " " 51 ._' 2, 5 " "3 " " 6 " 3, 7 " " 65-7" " 10 " 5, 7 " " 44 " " 6 " 7, 6 " " 4i " " 94 " 10, 6 '- "6 " " 8 " It will be noticed that the largest average catch was that of Oc- tober 3d, at the UPPER DAM, LAKE MOLECIIUNKAMUN-K. The fishing during the season of 1879, both in the spring and fall, was excellent, and many large trout were taken. Dana J. Flanders, Gen. Ticket Agent, B. & M. R.R., took one trout at the Upper Dam, in September, weighing 6 Ibs. Frank E. Taylor, Brooklyn, N.Y., and J. H. Rhodes, New York City, had their usual good luck, and in two weeks in Scp- THE ANPROSCOGGIN LAKES. 121 tember captured the following string of fish : three trout, weight, 1 Ib. each; one trout, 14 Ibs. ; one trout, 2 Ibs. ; seven trout, 24 Ibs. each ; one trout, 2$ Ibs. ; seven trout, 3 Ibs. each ; four trout, 34 Ibs. each; two trout, 3| Ibs. each; three trout, 4 Ibs. each; one trout, 4 Ibs. ; one trout, 44 Ibs. ; one trout, 4| Ibs. ; three trout, 5 Ibs. each; three trout, 54 Ibs. each; one trout, 5| Ibs.; two trout, 7 Ibs. each. Total, 45 trout, weighing 150^ Ibs. Average weight per fish, 3J Ibs. Fifteen of these trout average 5 Ibs. each. The fishing at the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES during the spring and fall of 1880 was remarkably good, and many large trout were taken at the UPPER DAM. Among them was one captured by Messrs. N. Frank Marble and Frank Fallon, of Boston, who had Steve Morse with them for guide, on the 29th of September, at the UPPER DAM, that weighed eleven pounds. It was caught about eight o'clock in the morning, and killed about noon, 'i he same day it was sent to Bradford & Anthony, of Boston, for exhibition; was afterwards bought by M. A. Dennison, Esq., and presented to Prof. Spencer F. Baird, of the Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D.C., and there cast in plaster. This trout was seen for ten days before he was caught, and his mate, a female, was taken about a week before him, and weighed 83 Ibs. He was almost netted at the time the female was caught, by keep- ing so close to her when she was landed. In June, 1881, E. A. Samuels, Esq., of Boston, took seven trout at the MIDDLE DAM, that weighed 364 Ibs., an average of nearly 5 Ibs. each. In June, 1882, he caught on LAKH WELOKENNEBACOOK sixty trout, weighing 108 Ibs., some of which ran from 3 to 5 pounds. W. A. Chase, Esq., Agent of the Holyoke Water Power Co., who has made several fishing-trips to the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES, was there in June, 1882, with a party of four ladies and seven gentlemen, and had very good luck. He says : "I caught, at the head of the NARROWS, on Saturday, June 3d, between the hours of 4.30 and 6.35 P.M., five trout, all nearly of same size, weighing 23 Ibs. and 11 oz. Also twenty-two trout, nine of which weighed about 21 Ibs., and the remainder ran from 14 to 1| Ibs. each. These were all taken trolling ; part of the time with two rods, until it was so difficult managing them that 122 FARRAK'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO one had to be abandoned and all within a circle of one hun- dred and fifty feet radius. " At the time of my stopping fishing. 6.30 P.M., the trout were biting as rapidly, and of the larger sort, as when I first struck in, and it was only because of exhaustion of myself and guide that I stopped. I cannot explain to you the excitement which I expe- rienced in having, at three different times, five-pounders on both rods, and you can imagine my feelings as the larger ones (of course), three in succession, took French leave, as the landing- net was about to enclose them. It won't do for me to write any more about it, or I shall holler ! The largest fish taken by cither of our party was caught by M. H. Whitcomb and W. S. Loomis, weight 5 Ibs. 4 oz. My wife claims the largest single catch, it being a trout weighing 1| Ibs., with eight minnows in him. " I wish I could give you a detailed account of our day's work. Suffice it to say, however, it was far beyond our expectations, and bids us take an early start next year." There is not the shadow of a doubt but that within a year or two landlocked salmon will be as freely taken at the ANDROSCOG- oiN LAKES as trout now "are. For the past three years a few salm- on have been taken every season, an increasing number each year, the fish running from 2 to G pounds in weight. Most of them have been taken at the UPPER DAM, and on MOOSELCCMA- OCNTIC LAKE ; but in July, 1882, Mr. Kit Clarke, the manager of J. H. Haverly's amusement enterprises, who generally visits the lakes several times each season, caught, at the MIDDLE DAM, a landlocked salmon weighing 3 pounds. This fish was taken with a fly. Smaller ones had been taken at the same place be- fore, also some on the RAPID RIVER, and several have been seen in LAKE UMBAOOO. The stock in the lakes is kept up by artificial hatching, and during the last two years six hundred thousand young trout have been turned into the water, besides some thirty thousand land- locked sal .non. This year there is an addition of one hun- dred thousand landlocked salmon, and five hundred thousand trout. This season a large number of young landlocked salmon were placed in LAKE UMBAGOO, and this is to be continued each year, until the lake is thoroughly stocked with that splendid fish. Several years ago, G. W. Bentley, Esq., Gen. Supt. of the New THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 123 London Northern Railroad, was at the Richardson Lakes on a fishing-trip, and while stopping at the Upper Dam went down to the m( uth of the river one morning to try his luck. Uncle John Merrill was his guide. At the lake they took a boat, and anchored at the foot of the rapids. Not having an idea that trout were very plentj', he put three flies on his leader and commenced whipping away. Soon he had a rise, but did not siicceed in striking his fish. He worked away diligently, however, and soon some more trout broke water near him. He cast over the spot ; another trout rose, and he struck him successfully. He had hardly commenced playing the first trout, when another hungry fellow took the second fly, and shortly after the third fly also had a trout on it. The excitement now was intense. " Jupiter Pluvius ! John ! I have hooked three trout! " said Mr. Bentley. "You don't mean it?" cried John, his eyes as large as saucers. " As sure as you are a live man. And how in the dickens am I going to save them?" I don't know, sir; they will smash your rigging, sure." "Take your net, and stand ready, John, and I'll see what I can do." By careful work Mr. Bentley succeeded in getting the smallest trout that had, fortunately, taken the upper fly, near enough to the boat, so that Uncle John placed his net under it, and with one quick stroke of his knife severed the fly from the leader, thus saving the trout, which weighed two pounds. After playing the other two a while, they were also netted, and found to weigh, sev- erally, five and six pounds. He fished for some time after making this glorious catch, and took, altogether, sixty pounds of trout, about as big a load as Uncle John wanted to back up to camp. This feat was the more wonderful from the fact that this was Mr. Bentlcy's first trip to the lakes, and when he reached Andover on his return, and told some gentlemen of it who were on their way in, they had half a mind to start that night. Mrs. J. P. Whitm-y, of Camp Whitney, is one of the most en- thusiastic and successful anglers who visit the lakes, and can handle a rod, cast a fly, or land a five-pound trout, with as much ease and grace as any of the men. The number of fishenvomen visiting the lakes the past year or two seems to be decidedly on the increase, and some of them have a strong penchant for the gentle sport. The occupants of Birch Lodge, at the head of Lake Molechunk- THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 125 amunk, were startled one morning, during the season of 1879, by discovering a deer swimming across the lake in front of the camp, about a quarter of a mile from shore. Instantly all was excitement. Two of the guides started in one boat, and the cook, and two of the fishermen, Drs. Whittier and Whittemorc, in another, each crew doing their best to reach the animal first. As the first boat neared him the deer turned in the direction of the second boat, and, seeing it, became confused, and began to swim around in a circle. The boats now closed in upon him, and after some difficulty a rope was thrown over his head, and he was towed to the shore. He was taken to the camp alive, and found to be a fine buck a year or more old. The gentlemen had hoped to keep him alive, but he had been injured some way in the struggle on the lake, and it was found necessary to kill him. Had the animal swam straight to shore when he first saw the boats he would have escaped, as none of the party took fire-arms with them. The proprietor of Birch Lodge, J. A. L. Whittier, Esq., had the head preserved and mounted, as a souvenir of the adventure. During the spring of 1882 Mr. Whittier received a supply of wild rice from Canada, and had it planted in the shallow places around the head of the lake, near Birch Lodge, for the purpose of im- proving the duck-shooting in the fall. . All species of ducks are very fond of wild rice, and it is said will resort in large numbers to places where it grows. During the month of October, 1880, as the steamer MOLECHUNKA- MUNK was making her morning trip to Birch Lodge, the captain sighted an animal, which afterward proved to be a two-year-old caribou, feeding on lily-pads at the mouth of Mill Brook. In- stantly all was excitement. A double-barrelled spy-glass, some- thing less than twenty feet long, was levelled at the innocent and hungry caribou, and the person who squinted through it saw the animal raise his head and look warily around. This increased the nervousness, if possible, of all on board, and a sportsman present, who was accompanied by a four-legged dog, offered the captain a five-dollar counterfeit note if he would put the steamer to Whit- tier's Landing in time for him to get a shot. The captain pocketed the note, spit a few mild, briny oaths out of his mouth, that were interfering with his digestion, then, seizing the speaking-trumpet, 126 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO yelled to the engineer to let her go. The engineer declared he was not hindering her. Then three reefs were shook out of the smoke-stack and the anchor hove overboard, which considerably accelerated the boat's speed. Then the captain rubbed salt pork all around the outside of the boat along the water-line, and the way that steamer went through the water was a caution to snakes. The log was hove, and the mate reported the speed at thirty knots. When the captain heard it his hair stood on end so quickly that it shot his hat up through the hurricane deck and it sailed away into infinite space. "Great Caesar's Ghost!" he exclaimed, "I shall lose my money at this rate. Tie ten knots more in that log- line and throw it over again ;" and at a speed of forty knots a minute the steamer tore through the water and landed high and dry on the beach. All hands immediately made tracks for the caribou, the sportsman and his dog taking the lead, covering twenty feet of ground at a stride. The entire crew of the steamer followed, the engineer armed with a double-barrelled gun, one barrel straight and the other crooked, so he could shoot easily around corners, the rest of the crew frantically waving handspikes, belaying-pins, and feather-dusters. They were joined in their flight by several from the camp, and in a few moments reached Mill Brook, and, oh, joy ! there beheld the caribou. The sportsman, with his rifle, and the engineer, with his peculiar gun, both blazed away. The caribou was not hit, although the distance was only twenty-five yards ; but the bullet from the crooked barrel of the engineer's gun did good execution, as it circled around to the west shore of the lake and went through the brain of an elephant that was in the act of climbing a tall maple to gather spruce-gum. Then the party, with a lofty disdain of the danger they incurred, waded Mill Brook, which at this time was a raging torrent two inches deep, and charged on the caribou. This was more than any well- trained animal could stand ; so lie bowed to his would-be captors, and trotted leisurely into the woods. At this the party divided, half following the animal into the woods, the rest remaining on the beach. Soon the caribou appeared again, further along on the beach, and one of the thirsters for blood walked up to within ten feet of the animal. The party in the woods now obtained a squint at him, and, crawling through the underbrush towards the beach, they stopped six feet from the caribou, and, resting their THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 127 rifles carefully over a stump, pulled trigger and missed. The caribou, with a taunting laugh and a parting bow, said "Good day ! " and was off like the wind. The same day he was tracked to the first Richardson pond, and shot. Samuel Betton, Esq., of Philadelphia, spent nearly all of the winter of 1882-83 at his camp Bellevue, on Lake Molechunka- munk, and during the open season for large game shot several deer, beside five caribou, and reports large game of all kinds very plenty. Two at a Time. T. B. Stewart, Esq., of New York City, is one of the most enthusiastic and successful anglers whom we know. He generally finds time from the cares of business to spend a few weeks each summer at the Richardson Lakes. During his fishing trip in September, 1883, he took, in one day, one trout weighing 4 Ibs. ; two weighing 5 Ibs. each ; one of 7 Ibs. ; one of 8 Ibs. On another day he caught three trout, weighing, respectively, 34, 4, and 5i Ibs. On the 29th of the same month he accomplished the greatest piscatorial feat that has ever come under our notice. He was fishing in the rapids below the upper dam, with a six-ounce rod, from the leader of which dangled two flies, known as the " Silver Doctor." Making a cast, he soon had two trout securely hooked, and from the play of his rod he knew they were both large ones. His guide stood near him, on a pile of logs, and with much skill and patience he succeeded in working the trout toward the guide, who, with rare good luck, netted one, and secured him. The other fish, after an hour and a half of hard labor, was also netted, without injuring his rigging a particle. One of these trout weighed eight, and the other eight and a quarter, making sixteen and a quarter pounds of trout caught at one time on a six-ounce rod. When any one can beat that record we should like to be informed of it. CHAPTER IX. jfrom tfje 8Jpper am to i&emte Stream, ' 3LaittJtttg anfo Eocfe. [HE steamer OQCOSSOC leaves the UPPER DAM LANDING twice a day, on arrival of the steamers from the SOUTH ARM, at about ten o'clock in the forenoon, and three o'clock in the afternoon. At high water she sails from the UPPER DAM, quite Hear the hotel ; at low water from Scow Landing, at TROUT COVE, a few minutes' walk from the house. Gliding out of the cove, the steamer skirts the rock- bound, forest-girt shore, passing several eligible places for camping, on the right-hand side of the lake, where wood and water are plenty, and not a great way from good fishing- ground. Before reaching TOOTHAKER'S ISLAND, the view opens on the left, disclosing a fine view of the lake, which sweeps away to the north until it finally unites with CUPSUPTIC. Passing to the right of the island you enter a broad bay, and after a run of seven miles arrive at the landing near the Bema camps. At the foot of the bay the BEMIS STREAM empties into the lake, and here is a splendid sand beach, semicircular in shape, and over a mile in extent. The clearing here was made and the log-cabins built by the Oquossoc Angling Association about ten years ago, and for sev- eral years some of the members visited the place every summer. At one time there was a hatching-house three miles up the stream, (129) _____^__ 130 FARBAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO and a large number of trout were artificially propagated each season. This business, however, is now done at the foot of OQUOSSOC LAKE. The camps and land at BEMIS STREAM are now leased by Capt. Fred C. Barker. The buildings include nine log-cabins, and a new frame house containing six rooms. Each building has an open fireplace, and the rooms are all well and comfortably fur- nished. These camps are now used as a hotel by Capt. Barker, who has good accommodations for thirty people. His terms are $2.00 per day, and he sets a very good table. Parties wishing row-boats can hire them of Capt. Barker, who has some good ones. The camps are pleasantly situated, standing a few rods from the lake, facing west, and command a fine landscape view. In front of the camps is a huge boulder, split in two by some con- vulsion of nature, known as CLEFT ROCK. Away to the right BALD MOUNTAIN is just visible in the distance, 'its crest appearing above several lower hills that intervene. On the left the BEMIS MOUNTAIN RANGE stretches away for miles, and directly in front is the vast expanse of water, with TOOTHAKER'S ISLAND and STUDENT ISLAND prominent, and far beyond are the mountains that lie along the MAGALLOWAT RIVEB. The land through which the BEMIS STREAM flows is flat for some little distance back from the lake, and in the spring, when the gates are down at the Upper Dam, the water flows back a long way, and the mouth of the stream and the sand beach are com- pletely covered. During the spring and fall the fishing is good at BEMIS ; but there is no part of the summer when you cannot catch fish enough to eat. The time for the appearance of the trout varies ; some years they come several weeks earlier than others. Leaving BEMIS STREAM the boat heads north-west, and we soon reach TOOTHAKER'S ISLAND, or the Big Island, as it is some- times called, which is over a mile long, and on whose soil some immense trees have grown. A few years ago a large gang logged on this island all winter, and some of the largest logs were cut that ever grew in the State. There has also been considerable logging done at different times on GUT ISLAND. On the east shore of the bay, opposite TOOTHAKER'S ISLAND, there is an immense THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 131 rock, in which is quite a cave, making it worth a visit from the curious. A mile further on we turn into the GCT, with GUT or STUDENT ISLAND on your left. Sailing through this strait, which is thickly sprinkled with rocks, you reach the broadest part of the lake, and shortly pass LONG POINT, or the cape, on the right, with BALD MOUNTAIN directly ahead. Continuing on up the lake, a few miles' run brings us to BUGLE COVE, twelve miles distant from BEMIS STREAM. From BUGLE COVE to BRANDY POINT is the widest part of the lake, and is a distance of about five miles. The late R. G. Allerton, Esq., of New York City, built a camp at this place, known as ALLERTON LODGE. It was built in 1875, and is one of the prettiest buildings in the lake region. Its situ- ation is most romantic, setting as it does on a huge rock which towers above the water to a height of fifty feet, commanding a fine view of the widest part of the lake. Directly behind it BALD MOUNTAIN rears its thickly wooded and precipitous side to a height of 1,000 feet. From the piazza of the house a fine view is obtained of the BESIIS MOUNTAIN RANGE, the ELEPHANT'S HUMP being one of the prominent landmarks. This range of mountains is about twelve miles south-east from the Lodge. Looking westerly across the lake, the frowning peak of AZISCHO- nos is seen towering above the other mountains by several hun- dred feet. From its summit may be obtained the most extensive view to be found in the lake country. George M. Allerton, Esq., of Naugatuck, Conn., is now the owner of ALLERTON LODGE, and, with his family, spends a part of each summer there. Mr. Allerton has been quite successful in capturing the large trout that abound in the neighborhood of his camp, and is very fond of the sport. The ascent of BALD MOUNTAIN may be easily made from ALLERTON LODGE, the distance to the summit being a little short of a mile. Mr. Ellis, who formerly had charge of the house, bushed out and cleared up a path that is not at all difficult to follow. At the same time he cut away the trees and underbrush in four different places on top of the mountain, furnishing some very charming landscapes. The first commands the lower end of LAKE MOOSELUCMAGUNTIC, including BEMA BAY, STUDENT and THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 138 TOOTHAKER ISLANDS, part of the lower ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES, part of the town of CAMBRIDGE, the distant peaks of the WHITE MOUNTAINS, and a bit of LAKE UMBAGOG. Following Mr. Ellis' trail, we move along the top of the mountain, bearing to the east, and reach the second cut-out. This gives us a view of BEMA BAY and STREAM, and the camps there. Then, turning'a little to the left, we see a part of OQUOSSOC LAKE, including SOUTH COVE and SOUTH BOG ISLAND ; the farms along its shores also look very pretty from this point. The SADDLEBACK RANGE and MOUNT BIGELOW, seen in the distance, also add to the beauty of this pict- ure. Another short walk brings us to the third place, where Mr. Ellis so judiciously wielded an axe in the interests of tourists, and discloses nearly the whole of OQUOSSOC LAKE, with Rangeley Village and adjacent farms. Far away, looming up against the blue sky, are EAST and WEST KENNEBAGO MOUNTAINS. OQUOSSOC OUTLET, and the hotel at the foot of the lake, lie just below us, the hotel being diminished to Liliputian size. Turning westward, another short walk brings us to the fourth and last of these vistas. This final picture is perhaps the prettiest of the whole, as it commands an extensive view of the northern wilder- ness stretching away to Canada : the upper part of MOOSELUC- MAGUNTIC LAKE, with its cluster of islands, CUPSUPTIC NARROWS, HAINES' LANDING, with RICHARDSON'S CAMP, FRYE'S CAMP, EAGLE POINT just above, the whole of CUPSUPTIO LAKE, BIRCH ISLAND, the clearing at INDIAN ROCK, with CAMP KENNEBAGO nestled amid the woods, WEST KENNEBAGO, and several of the BOUNDARY MOUNTAINS, the line between American and British possessions. OBSERVATORY MOUNTAIN, and the giant peaks of AZISCOHOS, the monarch of the hills in this region, are also brought within range of vision from this point of observation. From here a walk of fifteen or twenty minutes brings you to ALLERTON LODGE. Many ladies make the ascent of the mountain from the LODGE, and it is not at all tiresome. Leaving BUGLE COVE, and coasting along the shore, we pass two private camps, cosily nestled among the woods on the east side of the lake. The first of these is CAMP HAVERHILL, and the second, CAMP HOUGHTON. Just beyond these the steamer makes a landing at RICHARDSON'S. RICHARDSON'S CAMPS, OR HOTEL, are the largest and most 134 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. complete of any on MOOSELUCMAGCNTIC LAKE, and stand a few rods from the water, at a point known as HAINES' LANDING. The steamer touches here several times a day, making it a very con- venient place to stop at. A carry road leads from this house to OQUOSSOC OUTLET, a distance of two miles, where connec- tion is made with the steamer on OQUOSSOC LAKE. A team is run on the carry for the transportation of baggage and small boats. The buildings consist of a handsome, modern-built, two-story- and-a-half house, with two-story piazza in front and on the south side, containing twenty rooms, lathed and plastered, and newly furnished. Two other camps, somewhat smaller, adjoin the main house, the whole making accommodations for about sixty people. A large fleet of comfortable row-boats belong to the establish- ment, and may be hired at reasonable prices. The terms at this house are $2.00 per day. Messrs. Ellis and Adams have bought out Mr. Richardson, who has retired from the management of the house. Mr. Amos Ellis will take charge this spring, and devote his whole time to the business, and under his charge the house will no doubt be as successful in the future as it has been in the past. Large trout are plenty in the immediate vicinity of Richardson's, and many are taken with bait by trolling and deep fishing, from the time the ice goes out to about the middle of August. There is also good fly-fishing for three or four weeks from the middle of June, and through September. The view from the piazza of Richardson's Hotel is one of the finest in the upper section of the lake region, and commands an unobstructed view of the largest part of the lake, the sheet of water in sight being about eight miles long and two wide. All the mountain ranges southward stand out prominent, and the sunsets from this spot are beautiful. Leaving HAINES' LANDING the steamer soon passes PINE POINT, on which the Buckfield Camp is located, owned by an asso- ciation of gentlemen from Buckfield, Me. In high water the boat runs up the cast side of the lake, crossing the bar, and enters the river, the outlet of OQUOSSOC and KENNEBAGO LAKES. Contin- uing on for two miles you reach the junction of the KENNEBAGO and RANGELET STREAMS, and land opposite INDIAN ROCK. The generally traveled route between the UPPER DAM and 136 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO INDIAN ROCK is shorter and more direct than the one just de- scribed, the distance being only ten miles. By the more direct route the steamer, after clearing TROUT COVE, takes a north-east course, passing SANDY COVE and BRANDT POINT on the left, good fishing-ground m this vicinity, and running between BRANDT POINT and STUDENT ISLAND. As you emerge from TROUT COVE the view looking east is very fine. There is a large number of mountains in that direction, the BIGELOW TWIN PEAKS being the mot conspicuous. Above BRANDT POINT the lake makes a curve to the left, form- ing a bay that is filled with small islands, adding materially to the beauty of that locality. In front of you RICHARDSON'S HOTEL looms up prominently against the dark background of forest. Beyond may be seen the KENNEBAGO, SPOTTED, and other moun- tains that overlook the lake in that direction. Following the west side of the lake, this time, we soon reach CUPSUPTIC NAR- ROWS, through which the steamer runs at low water, passing on the left FRTE'S CAMP, a picturesque little building, standing on a high rock that rises abruptly from the water near Eagle Point. It is the property of Hon. William P. Frye, of Lewiston, Me., the distinguished member of Congress representing the district of which Franklin County forms a part ; he is also one of the Executive Committee of the Oquossoc Angling Association. Crossing the foot of the lake we enter the river, and are soon at INDIAN ROCK, which is nothing but a flat ledge on the opposite side of the river from the association's camp. There is no " carry " between CUPSUPTIC and MOOSELUCMA- GUNTIC LAKE, the two sheets of water being connected by a strip of " narrows " ; and thus you have one unbroken expanse of water for a distance of fifteen miles, situated in the midst of a vast wil- derness, and surrounded on all sides by hills and mountains, many of which are grand and picturesque. A local tradition explains the elongated name of this lake as fol- lows : A hunter, who was out after moose, met with such poor suc- cess that he almost famished. He said, "I had been four days without game, and naturally without anything to eat, except pine cones and green chestnuts. There was no game in the forest. The trout would not bite, for I had no tackle or hook. I was starving. I sat down, and rested my trusty but futile rifle against THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 137 a fallen tree. Suddenly I heard a tread, turned my head, saw a moose, took my gun tick! he was dead. I was saved. I feasted, and in gratitude named the lake Moosetookmyguntick." The name has undergone some modifications since its origin ; but it cannot be misunderstood. At the foot of CUPSCPTIG LAKE, in the vicinity of the narrows and the mouth of the river, is excellent fishing-ground, furnishing good sport to those stopping at INDIAN ROCK or RICHARDSON'S. CUPSUPTIC LAKE is 1,486 feet above tide-water, and is the most northerly of the chain. Capt. Barker runs a small open steam launch three times a week between INDIAN ROCK and CUPSUPTIC FALLS. Fare $1.00 each way. Leaving INDIAN ROCK about eight o'clock in the morning, we run down to the mouth of the river, and a turn to the right brings us in to the lower part of the lake ; and running northward we pass EAGLE POINT on the right, a barren ledge, showing well-defined traces of many a camp-fire. BALD MOUNTAIN, omnipresent in this part of the region, towers up behind the southern bank of the river. The passage between EAGLE POINT and the western shore of the lake is narrow ; an inward sweep of the shore from the mouth of the river to EAGLE POINT makes a large cove, or bay, whose shores are dotted with boulders, and fringed with a dense forest, continuing back as far as the eye can see. The peninsula known as EAGLE POINT is an island during high water. WEST KENNEBAGO MOUNTAIN, a sharp, symmetrical peak, which has been in sight on our right, disappears from view as we round EAGLE POINT. Passing the point, the entire length of the lake is seen, with PINE and BIRCU ISLANDS, the larger of the two in the distance. Above EAGLE POINT, on the east side, a deep indentation in the shore, known as TOOTIIAKER COVE, attracts attention from its picturesque setting. From the deepest part of the cove, across the wood to KENNEBAGO LAKE, is only six miles, in an air-line, that would end near KENNEBAGO OUTLET. If a trail were cut across here this would by all means be the quickest and most direct route to KENNEBAGO LAKE, and, before another season opens, a carry between CUPSUPTIC and KENNEBAGO will undoubt- edly be made. CUPSUPTIC, although the smallest of the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES, is one of the prettiest, surrounded as it is by shapely hills, gradu- 138 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. ally sweeping up to mountain heights, covered to their summits with a dense and unbroken forest of hard and soft timber. Oppo- site PINE ISLAND, on the western shore, one of the guides has built a little log camp for the accommodation of fishermen. A short distance above, on the same side of the lake, is the outlet of CDPSUPTIC RIVER. This is navigable for the steamer at high water as far as the falls. At the mouth of the stream George Soule has a small camp. The mouth of the river is close it by the western shore of the lake. From here it twists and turns for several miles, through a meadow or swamp, dotted with dead trees, and covered with tall, rank grass, and various kinds of bushes, which are under water part of the year. This was once a favorite feeding-ground for moose, and they are still occasionally met with in the vicinity. Nothing can be more romantic or picturesque than a sail on this winding and crooked river. A mile or*more from the lake dead trees are scattered sparsely along either bank. These increase for a while as you go up the river, until live ones begin to mingle with them. As you sail farther up the stream, a live forest appears, a pleasant change from the dead growth; and the banks of the river rise gradually, until they reach a height of six or eight feet. Half way to the falls, on the left bank of the river, Soule has a birch-bark camp, where any wandering fishermen can take shelter. A mile or two below the falls, on the right hand going up, a New York gentleman has had a comfortable camp constructed, consisting of two log-cabins, and here he spends the greater part of the summer. One of the novelties of the establishment is a female guide, who has been with the owner of the camp in that capacity for a number of seasons. The distance from Indian Rock to Cupsuptic Falls is nine miles : five from the rock to the mouth of the river, and four up the river to the falls ; dead water all the way. The carry around the rapids is about 1,100 yards long; it leaves the stream on the left bank, following an old " tote " road. The walking is good. Above the rapids you take a row-boat, and continue on eight miles to the Parmachenee carry. The river is swift, crooked, and shallow the entire distance ; the greater part of the way you can row, but you will find many places where you can use a setting-pole to 140 FAIIKAK'S 1I.I.I STRATED GUIDE. better advantage than oars, and a few where you will have to get out and drag your boat, the water is so shallow. The Parmachenee carry begins on the west bank of the river, opposite two small grass islands. It extends across the range of mountains lying between theCi:pscpTic and MAGALLOWAY RIVERS ; at the latter river it ends just below BLACK CAT BROOK. There is boating on the river and lake up to DANFORTH'S CA MP, on TREAT'S ISLAND, in PARMACHEXEE, a distance of three miles. The length of the carry is variously estimated, Interested parties calling the distance five miles, while some of the sportsmen claim it is ten. From hearing various opinions, we should judge that it was about eight miles. It is up hill and down, quite steep in some places, and very good walking most of the way. Fred Barker will fur- nish guides from INDIAN Rock to PARMACHEXEE, when he cannot act in that capacity liimself. In summer the mail is carried once a week, each way, Saturday out, Monday in, between CAMP CARI- BOU (Danforth's) and CAMP KENNEBAGO, INDIAN ROCK. Capt. Barker carries passengers bound for Parmachenee up Cupsuptic River in the steamer Oquossoc. The boat has no regular day for running, but will take parties up, or go up to meet parties and bring them down, whenever he receives notice to that effect. CHAPTER X- JFrom Entuan Eodt to quossoc Outlet, Eangelrg Utllage, reenfcale, anti tfjc of quossoc SLafce, BEFORE leaving Indian Rock some information in regard to the club who have their head-quarters here will not come amiss. CAMP KENNEBAGO, the head-quarters of the OQUOSSOC ANGLING ASSOCIATION, is situated on rising ground, a few rods from the junction of the KENNEBAGO and RANGELEY streams. This camp is kept open from May 15th to October 1st, and is under the charge of Mr. I. N. PACKARD. Many years ago an old hermit, by the name of Smith, camped at INDIAN ROCK, and cleared up a small space of land. He af- terwards sold out his interest in the place to Mr. Richardson, who built a rough camp by the river-side for the accommodation of fishermen, which was burned down, and a handsome and commo- dious boat-house was erected on the site. Mr. Richardson, after some years, disposed of his interest in the place to the OQUOSSOC ANGLING ASSOCIATION, who built a fine camp, now used by the members, and made many valuable improvements on the ground. Mr. Richardson was engaged by the club as superintendent, which position he held until the fall of 1880, when he resigned, to embark in the hotel business. The Oquossoc Angling Association was incorporated Feb. 5th, 1870, and now numbers one hundred members. The value of their property and improvements at CAMP KENNEBAGO is about $25,000. The Association own several buildings besides their large camp, which is a building 40 X 100 feet ; they also own a (141) THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 143 fleet of thirty boats. The meetings of the Association are held at CAMP KENNEBAGO, in June of each year. A. D. LOCKWOOD, President; WESTON LEWIS, Vice President; and JAMES A. WIL- LIAMSON, Secretary and Treasurer. All fishing and shooting by members of the Association is con- ducted strictly in accordance with the game arid fish laws of Maine, and the Association has been largely instrumental since its organization in preventing the breaking of the fish laws by wandering fishermen and others who have no regard for the pres- ervation of the fishing. The OQUOSSOC ANGLING ASSOCIATION, assisted by others of the visiting sportsmen, who, although not members of the club, have generally camps of their own, during the past five years have stocked the water in the immediate vicinity of the club-house with many thousand of the famous landlocked salmon, and they are now being captured : one was taken near CAMP KENNEBAGO, weighing two pounds another, of about the same weight, was also caught by one of the Andover guides at the UPPER DAM ; and a third one was caught in the OQUOSSOO LAKE by a gentleman from Boston. Each season some of these fish are captured, showing that they are on the increase, and the last that I heard of weighed, according to report, four and a half and six pounds. The Association Camp is not open to the general public ; but persons who are sufficiently well acquainted with the members can obtain permission to stop there 'during July and August; for the months of June and September it is reserved for mem- bers. There are good accommodations for ladies at CAMP KENNEBAGO during the months of July and August, as at that time there are very few members of the Association in camp. A new building, designed to give better accommodation to ladies, was built during the winter of 1878. It stands on the old site of the Bald Eagle Camp, the latter having been moved farther to the west. The building is 30 X 56 feet on the ground, two stories high, and contains eighteen sleeping-rooms, besides a large sit- ting-room. The rooms are ceiled with matched boards, and com- fortably furnished. The dining-room in the main camp has been enlarged, and most of the beds in the large room have been removed, and that is now 144 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. used as a common sitting-room Other improvements have Been made which add to the attractions and comforts of this beautiful place. The regular rate of board in the camp is $2.00 per day. Guides' board (which is always paid by the party engaging the guide), $1.00 per day. The Superintendent will furnish guides at $2.00 per day, and boats at 50 cents per day. The managers of the OQUOSSOC ANGLING ASSOCIATION have re- tained all the charming semi-aboriginal character in their camps, grounds, and appointments. While the furniture is sufficiently comfortable to suit the most fastidious, yet the contrast between CAMP KENNEBAGO and the hotels is everything that the two terms indicate. The true idea of a " lodge in the vast wilderness " is here seen and enjoyed. The members are not confined to CAMP KENNEBAGO alone. The Association own camps on BIRCH ISLAND, near the mouth of CUPSUPTIC STREAM ; on KENNEBAGO STREAM, seven miles from the main camp; and on LITTLE KEN- NEBAGO POND. Among the highly appreciated but unusual adjuncts of a camp in the wild woods are two cows, a horse, poultry, etc., a fine vegetable and fruit garden, ice-house, and bath-room. Parties going through the lakes should by all means visit CAMP KENNEBAGO, and inspect the buildings and premises. The Su- perintendent is courteous and pleasant, and will give you any information required. We present our readers with two views of CAMP KENNEBAGO. The first is made from the " Rock," showing the camp in the distance. The second is an interior, showing the main apart- ment of the building, which is used for a sleeping-room and sitting-room. This is a very comfortable room, with a row of beds on each side, a long table in the middle, and an immense fireplace in one corner, which is capable of holding half a cord of wood at a time, and is of itself quite a curiosity. Books, papers, and a cabinet organ, help the members to while away the time in unpleasant weather. The dining-room opens out of the large room, and tables can be set for about forty people at once. We would also speak of the famous brook trout, captured in 1867 at the outlet of Rangeley Lake, retained a captive for three weeks, transported alive in a large tank of water, lined with 146 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO sponge, and supplied with fresh air by an air-pump, to the pond of George Shepard Page, Stanley, N. .1. The tank also contained a female brook trout, weighing eight and one quarter pounds. These trout both died. The former weighed ten pounds after his death. It is a matter of regret that his weight when captured was not taken. Professor Agassiz and Professor Baird have stated that he must have weighed eleven and a half pounds. But, at the weight of ten pounds, he challenges the admiration of anglers as being one of the largest brook trout on record. His stuffed skin forms a prominent ornament of the office of Mr. Page, in New York. From INDIAN ROCK to OQUOSSOC OUTLET is a distance of two miles through the forest. This carry you will have to walk, but you can hire your baggage transported by team. Arriving at the lake you can cross over to the MOUNTAIN VIEW HOUSE, which is in sight from the wharf, by row-boat or steamer, passing on your way LAKE POINT COTTAGE, built by Theodore Page, but now the property of R. A. Tuttle, Esq., of Jamaica Plain, Mass. It is very prettily situated on a little point that makes into the lake near the outlet. A new hatching-house for the propagation of trout has been built by several parties interested in the preservation of the fishing at OQUOSSOC OUTLET, and is now in successful operation. About one million of the spotted brook trout are hatched at this house each winter, and distributed among the different lakes in the Androscoggin chain. For several years past from two to five hundred thousand landlocked salmon eggs have been hatched here each winter, and this last winter one hundred thousand white- fish eggs have been hatched. This hatching-house is supported and kept running by subscriptions from the fishermen who fre- quent the lakes. The house is taken care of, and the hatching carried on, by Mr. Frank Hewey, one of the oldest guides in the region. The MOUNTAIN VIEW HOUSE was built at OQUOSSOC OUTLET, on the old site of Soule's " Camp Henry," during the winter of 1875, by Henry T. Kimball, and is a popular resort for tourists and sportsmen. We present our readers with views of the old carnp and the new house. Additions were made to the house during the winter of 1877, and it now has good accommodations THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 147 for about seventy-five guests. The terms at this house are $2.00 per clay. A livery stable is connected with the house, and Mr. Kimball has some good horses and teams to let. It is only seven miles to Rangeley Village from the Outlet, and those wishing teams can have them at any time. A large number of row-boats are kept at the hotel, and may be hired at reasonable prices. Some of the best fishing-places near the hotel are over to the South Bog, at the dam. and in the lake at the Outlet. THE MOUNTAIN VIEW HOUSE is kept open from June 1 to Oct. 1. June and September are the two best months for fishing here, although trout may be found in July and August. BALD MOUNTAIN, which stands directly opposite the MOUNTAIN VIEW HOUSE, commands a fine view of the surrounding country. Its ascent is not very difficult, and the beautiful landscape it overlooks will well repay any one for the time and trouble spent in making it. " A guide is not really necessary, although perhaps it would be better to take one with you. Embarking on the jaunty little steamer MOLLY-CHUNKAMUNK (a corruption of the name of one of the lower lakes) . you leave the outlet, and in a few minutes pass a pretty cottage on the left hand, the property of John R. Toothaker. The distance to GREENVALE, at the head of the lake, is nine miles. Passing out of the cove you descry SOUTH BOG ISLAND in the distance, and in its vicinity the fishing is good. Gradually the boat heads to the east, and you obtain a fine view of the SAD- DLE-BACK, and other mountain ranges surrounding the lake. Nearly all of the land on the northern side, and a large part of the southern side, of OQUOSSOC LAKE has been cleared up and put into farms ; and, while these are a pretty and quiet feature in the landscape, they detract from its wildness and romance, and the scenery is inferior to that on the lakes below, where are unbroken forests entirely free from farms. The boat follows the northern shore of the lake, and a few miles from the outlet you pass on the left a pretty little cottage standing at the edge of the water, built for a summer residence, by a Mr. Ellis, of Gardiner, Me. Beyond on your right is RAM ISLAND, purchased several years ago by an association of Boston gentlemen, who talked of building a hotel on it; but nothing toward the erection of a building has yet been done. The island 148 FAERAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. is seen in our engraving of the lake. The distance to Rangeley Village, or the " City," as it has been nicknamed, is six miles, and the steamer lands at the head of a small cove, that heads north- cast from the lake. Passengers who wish to stop here are mot by teams and taken up to the hotels, there being two in the town. Both of the houses are but a few minutes' walk from the lake. The smallest, the OQCOSSOC HOUSE, was built by the late Abncr Toothaker, and, as its accommodations are limited, it ia resorted to mostly by the country people. Mr. Edward Grant is the present proprietor. RAXGELEY is quite a village, it containing about thirty dwelling- houses, two stores, a post-office, carriage-shop, two blacksmith's shops, a boat-builder's shop, a saw-mill, shoe-shop, and the two hotels already mentioned, the RAXGELEY LAKE HOUSE being the latest built. This new and spacious house is one of the largest and finest hotels in the lake region, as will be seen from our engraving. It is three and a half stories high, with a two-story ell, and con- tains about fifty rooms. There is a cupola on the top of the main house, from which beautiful and extensive views of the lake and surrounding country can be obtained, and the broad piazzas fur- nish an excellent promenade. This hotel was built and newly furnished during the winter of 1877, by John A. Burke, Esq , and has superior accommodations for some seventy-five guests. It is the most popular hoiiso in this vicinity, and under Mr. Burke's careful and judicious management continues to grow in favor with summer visitors. The terms are 2.00 per day. Mr. Burke can always furnish guides and boats to all who desire them, and, having a good livery-stable, can supply his guests witli teams at any time. The Phillips stage puts up at the house, and Messrs. Burke and Rogers are the proprietors of the line. The distance from Rangeley to Phillips is twenty-one miles. Returning to the steamer, we start for GREENVALE, three miles distant. All the way along we have u fine view of the mountains towering up in every direction. As we approach the head, the lake decreases in width, forming a long, narrow arm, and at the end of this the steamer lands. The settlement here is small, consist- ing of the hotel, post-office, and a few other buildings. You walk up to the GREENVALE HOUSE, a well-kept and comfortable 150 FARR AR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. hotel, managed by Mr. George Esty. You can procure a good dinner here for fifty cents, and if you are going to Phillips the stage will call here for you. The fishing in the spring is very good at the head of the lake, and the hotel at that time is gener- ally well filled. Mr. Esty has a good livery-stable, and persons who wisli to spend a few days here can obtain teams to take them in any direction. From a high hill, in a pasture near the hotel, a splendid view of LAKE OQUOSSOC may be obtained, Including some fine mountain scenery. The extensive and varied landscape spread out before you when standing on the top of this hill and overlooking the lake, will well repay for the tiresome climb to its summit. A short distance from the GREENVALE HOUSE is a little moun- tain stream, not only noted for its excellent fishing, but also for its fine scenery. Follow it up for a quarter of a mile from the road, and you will come to a deep ravine cut out of the solid rock by the powerful action of water during the spring freshets. This ravine extends up the stream for quite a distance, the brook being broken all through it by rapids, cascades, and falls. Along its sides, where the water has washed out all the earth, huge crevices are found in the rocks, and from several of these, in the last of June, 1876, we took some splendid ice, many of the pieces being two or three pounds in weight. It is a wild and romantic place, and one which is eagerly sought after by lovers of nature. The dark rocks, the water flashing in the sunlight, the numerous nat- ural bridges, caused by trees which have been uprooted by tem- pests and have fallen across the ravine, the roar of the cataract, the grateful shade to be had under the old forest-trees, are all congenial to one who wishes to walk in nature's solitudes, and who can appreciate such a wild country. When visiting the GREENVALE HOUSE, by all means spare half a day to visit this brook, as we are confident you will be well satisfied with the time so spent. We publish several stereoscopic views which we made in this vicinity. CHAPTER XI. Eangeleg Filla^e, Itcnne&ago Hafce, anfc tfje Seben QUOSSOC LAKE is the highest in the Androscoggin chain, and is 1,513 feet above tide-water. It is nine miles long, and from one and a half to three miles wide. The town of Rangeley nearly surrounds the lake, and is mostly on high land. We take the following extract from " Harper's Magazine " : "Rangeley perpetuates the name of an eccentric but thrifty English squire, who penetrated the wil- derness thus far many years ago, and laid the foundations of the prosperous plantation which is his monument to-day. His story is a romantic and interesting one. " Mr. Rangeley, for a time after coming to this country, was a merchant in Philadelphia, and later a land speculator in Virginia, with all parts of which State he was very familiar. He is de- scribed as having the substantial build and florid countenance of the traditional English squire, with a corresponding hearty man- ner, but an exceptional degree of politeness and polish for a man of his kind; he also dressed well, and was given to hospitality. " To his early life he seldom referred ; and what led him to this remote corner of the wilderness of Maine can only be conjectured. Perhaps it was the scent of mineral values, for he was known to claim the existence of gold ore upon his township ; and he was a man who knew what iron pyrites were. The township, as he owned it, comprised somewhere from 65,000 to 70,000 acres, and (151) 152 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. he had large plans for its development. The present extensive and growing system of navigation and lumber portage seems to have been a dream of his own, for he fully foresaw the resources and capabilities of his domain. He built various mills, some of which remain to this day. These were superintended by his sons, who had the look of huntsmen; and he lived with his wife and two daughters in what was then the only good house of the region. This house is believed to be still in existence, but in a decayed and squalid condition. "Mr. Rangeley and his wife were reputed to possess between them a considerable fortune ; but his plans were on so great a scale, and his ability to deal with the rude and the shrewd so limited, that he worked at nc small disadvantage, at heavy cost, and finally with serious loss. This led him to sell his plantation for $50,000; but financial disturbances so crippled the purchaser, who had made but part payment, that the property fell back into Mr. Rangeley's hands. Subsequently, with the return of better times, he succeeded, however, in disposing of it, and removed to Portland. He was there established as early as 1842, and there he died not later than 186'2. Members of his family are said to be still living in Virginia. " Mr. Rangeley had been followed into his forest paradise by a score or two of families, one after the other, and for their accom- modation he built a small church or chapel, which, distinguished by its simple coat of red paint, has probably been preached in by some of the ' ruling elders ' of the present time. It is in the record that the worthy English squire did not himself attend the services in this secluded house of prayer, but caused worship therein to be held after the manner of the Episcopal Church, for the sake of his wife, who is spoken of as a most kindly and benevolent person. "Mr. Rangeley's greatest public work was a road constructed through ' a grand and savage pass ' of the Saddleback range. Its cost was set down at $30,000; but the road itself is now wholly- obliterated. The new road is spoken of as ' wholly uninterest- ing "in comparison. The present writer can say nothing as to the location of this ancient highway, but repeats the tradition respecting it as received from a gentleman of Boston who person- ally knew Mr. Rangeley, aud who visited him in his retreat several FARRAR'S ILLUSTHATEI) GUIDE TO times prior to 1840 who is, indeed, the authority for all these interesting particulars concerning this really notable and agreable character." Keniiebago Lake. A pleasant excursion may be made from the RANGELBY LAKE HOUSE to LAKE KENNEBAGO, eleven miles distant, three of which may be done by team and eight on foot. Leaving the hotel you drive down below the village for perhaps a mile, then turning to the right drive two miles farther, the carriage-road ending on top of a high hill, from which you get a very extensive view. From this point you can see nearly the whole of OQUOSSOC LAKE, GULL POND, the west side of MOUNT SADDLEBACK, and some twenty other prominent peaks which have not been christened. Leaving your team you pass through a wide gate, the road run- ning through several pastures and fields, and before striking into the woods you climb over or walk by seven of these gates. The road bears to the right most of the time, and is easily followed. On reaching the woods you will find a well-worn path, and you will have no difficulty in keeping in it. On your way you pass several ponds on the left of the road, where good trout-fishing may be had in the fall. Three hours is considered the ordinary time in which to make the walk. The road is rough the whole of the way, and you will not care to do it. even if you can, much under that time. Arriving at the head of the lake you will find Grant and Kichardson's Camp, known as the FOREST RETREAT HOUSE. It is two stories, with a piazza, and contains about twenty rooms. Transient board is 2.00 per day. There is a daily mail in summer between Rangeley and Kennebago, the post-office being in the hotel. The camp is pleasantly located, commanding a fine view down the lake. They have also several other camps about Kennebago Lake, and one at Little Kennebago. The fishing is pretty fair here the entire season ; but the fish do not run as large as in the lakes below. While we were stopping here one summer, Mr. L. T. Reed, of the Oquossoc Angling Association, caught, while trolling, a very pretty trout, that tipped the scales at four and one-half pounds. This was an unusually large trout for this lake; but small fish, that will weigh from a quarter of a pound to a pound and a half, are very THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 155 plenty. Some of the best places for fishing at KENNEBAGO are at the OUTLET, at the foot of the lake, and the BIG INLET on the opposite shore of the lake from Crosby's lower camp. About a mile above the BIG INLET, on the same side of the lake, is a good place for trolling. Blanchard and Flat Iron Ponds, within a short distance of the hotel, are well stocked with small trout, averaging from a quarter to a half pound each. In going to KENNEBAGO it is unnecessary to take a guide, as you can procure one after arrival, and if you have any baggage to carry you can get it hauled in by the buckboard, that now runs regularly, each day in summer. If you do not object to get- ting well shaken, you can ride on the team ; but a saddle-horse is preferable. Also take our advice, and don't go until August or September. We were there the very last of June, and the black flies and mosquitoes were a perfect nuisance. They were the worst at KENNEBAGO that we ever found them anywhere in the lake re- gion. Tar and oil were of no use, and nothing but smoke would clear them. We present our readers with two views of KENNE- BAGO LAKE, one from the head, embracing SNOWMAN'S POINT, the other from a spot at the foot of the lake near Crosby's old camp. Steamer " Caribou " has been purchased by Captain Thomas, and in future will ply upon Kennebago Lake. The Union Water Power Company are talking of building a twenty-five foot dam at the outlet of Kennebago lake. If this should be done the appearance of this sheet of water would be entirely changed, as the flowage would extend back as far as Lit- tle Kennebago, making the lake as wide as it is long. The growth around the shores for some ways back would also be ruined. The Seven Ponds lie about a mile north of KENNEBAGO, and, although difficult to reach, have been visited by quite a number of sportsmen. There is good fishing in all the ponds, and the surrounding locality is an excellent hunting-ground. Messrs. Grant and Richardson have a new camp at Beaver Pond, and there is also another camp that can be used at Big Island Pond. The easiest way to reach them is to go up the KENNEBAGO STREAM, and across LITTLE KENNE- BAGO in a boat. Then a walk of about seven miles will bring you to the first pond, and from this it is easy to reach the others. 15(5 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Shooting a Moose oil the Magalloway. On the morning of October 4. 188.3, Messrs. William B. Gar- field and William A. Caughey, of Waltham, Mass., who were on their tenth annual tour to Lake Umbagog, left the Lakeside Hotel, in Cambridge, for a trip up the Magalloway to Parmachenee Lake. Embarking on the fleet little steamer " Parmachcnee," with their boat in tow, they were landed at the lower Magalloway settlement at noon. On their way across the lake and up the rivers they were fortunate enough to shoot ten black ducks, these water-fowl being very plenty, all of which, through the kindness of the captain of the steamer, they were enabled to secure. At the steamboat-landing at Magalloway a team met them and took their stores and baggage to the Upper Settlement, while the gentlemen paddled up river in their boat. They reached Fred Flint's early that afternoon, and stopped at his house over night. The next morning, having been joined by their guide, Mr. F. F. Mason, their boat and luggage were loaded on a double team, and, crossing the carry, they reached the dead water at ten o'clock. Launching their boat their things were stowed in it to the best advantage, and a few moments later the boat, propelled by Mason's sinewy arms, was rapidly making her way up river, and about the middle of the afternoon they reached the Lower Metaluc Pond, and went into camp. Several days were spent here, the time being passed pleasantly in hunting and fishing excursions around the neighborhood, and with the best results, as the party did not return to camp a single time without either game or fish. One evening Garfield proposed that they start for Parmachenee the next day, and, his friend and the guide being willing, arrangements were made for the trip. The following morning, after an early breakfast, they started up river. u Now, boys," cried the guide, as the boat rippled through the water, " have your guns in readiness ; for we are liable to run across a deer, caribou, or moose, or some other wild animal that we may be compelled to shoot in self-defence." At this suggestive remark Garfield laid the forefinger of his left hand thoughtfully along the left side of his nose, rubbing that member slightly, while Caughey, turning a look of amazement upon the guide, wiggled his starboard ear. It is quite a trick to THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 157 wiggle one of your ears without touching it ; if you don't believe it, practise before a looking-glass. What has that to do with the moose? Oh, nothing, nothing. I beg pardon; it is wholly irrelevant. Placing their arms in readiness, they kept a sharp lookout for game, and about noon, as they were turning one of the sharp bends for which the Magalloway River is famous, they saw a large animal, at the water's edge, on the left bank of the stream, about two miles above the Upper Metallic Pond. It seemed to be feeding, and the sight almost paralyzed the sportsmen. " Spruce tops and beaver dams !'' whispered the guide, "ifthatere aint a moose I'll never sight a rifle ag'in." Catching up their rifles, the gentlemen opened fire on the monarch of the Maine woods, and after standing five shots, the moose turned and rushed into the forest. A few rapid strokes of the paddle sent the boat to the river's bank, and, jumping on shore, the three sportsmen started on ,the trail, the guide in advance. As there were no blood-marks visi- ble the doubt and excitement of the party were intense. They followed the tracks a number of rods, and had about concluded they had shot wild, when Caughey, who now had the lead, gave a regular war-whoop, and leaped into the air some twenty feet, more or less, and as he came down exclaimed, " Here he is, dead as a hammer!" A shot through the heart, and another through the lungs, had effectually terminated the career of this particular moose. The party then proceeded to skin and cut up the animal. Some of the meat was taken up to the camp at Parmachenee, and what the gentlemen did not need themselves during their stay in the wilderness they gave to hunters and trappers, and distributed among the people of the Magalloway settlements. The head of the moose, which was adorned by a fine pair of antlers, was taken home by Mr. Caughey, and, after being properly set up, was placed on exhibition at a Fair held in Waltham, by the Waltham Watch Factory Band, and now ornaments the dining-room in Mr. Caughey's house. The estimated weight of this animal was from one thousand to fourteen hundred pounds, and the taxidermist who set up the head said it was one of the largest he had ever seen. We publish an engraving of the head, also an illustration of the shooting. CHAPTER XII. Pfjtlitpisi antr Jfarmington Eoute. jFrom Boston to (ffreenfoalc, qiiossoc Hake, antr Eangcleg Ftllage. AKE the cars in the morning at the Eastern or Bos- ton and Maine Railroad depots, and on arrival at Portland change to the Maine Central train. If you leave Boston on the Boston and Maine Rail- road, you will leave the train in Portland at the Boston and Maine Transfer Station, just out of the city. If you go by Eastern Railroad, you will change cars in the Eastern and Maine Central depots in Portland. You will have ample time for dinner both ways. Or you may leave Boston at night by steamer, reaching Portland early next morning, and have half a day in the city. The Maine Central train leaves Portland at 1.15 P.M., for Farmington, ninety miles distant. The cars stop a few moments at the Transfer Station, and those who came from Boston over the Boston and Maine Railroad join the other passengers on the train. Woodford's, a thickly settled suburb of Portland, is the next station, and beyond this Westbrook, where connection is made with the Portland and Rochester Railroad. You are now fairly outside the city, having nearly circled it on the back side ; the road runs through a comparatively level farming country, and you pass successively the stations of Falmouth, Cumberland, Walnut Hill, Gray, and New Gloucester. From this point the line of the road gradually draws near the Grand Trunk Railroad, crossing it at Danville Junction, twenty-nine miles from Portland. From here a short run of six miles brings you to the large manufact- uring cities of Auburn and Lewiston. Stopping at the first- named a few moments, the train then crosses the Androscoggin (159) 160 F AIM; Airs ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO River, over a handsome and well-constructed iron bridge, from which you obtain very satisfactory views of the river, the falls, and the numerous mills, whose walls send forth a busy clamor from morn till night. Here you change cars, and have some fif- teen minutes to wait. At 3.00 o'clock the Farmington train starts, and, turning north, passes the stations of Greene, Leeds Junction, Curtis's Corner, Leeds Centre, where there is a large pond. It lies off to the right of the railroad. A small excursion steamer runs on the pond in summer, vititing Winn Village, on the opposite shore, daily. North Leeds and Strickland's Ferry on the Androscoggin River are the next stopping-places. The dis- tant mountains to the North now begin to grow bolder, and look larger with every mile that you ride. Between North Leeds and Jay Bridge, for the most of the way, the road follows the Andros- coggin valley, the river being on your left, and in this vicinity the landscape is charming. With the sparkling river in the fore- ground, and the bare-topped mountains in the distance, pretty pictures are formed with every curve of the road. East Livermore is the next station beyond Strickland's Ferry, then come, in the order named, Livermore Falls, Jay Bridge, North Jay, Wilton, East Wilton, and West Farmington. While the cars are crossing the trestle-work over the river and intervale, you can see for miles up the Sandy River Valley, until the dis- tant mountains shut off the view. The bridge and trestle-work connecting West Farmington and the "hill" is about thirty feet high, and curved to a half circle, as shown in our illustration. You arrive at the Farmington depot at 5.15 P.M., and, if you are going through to Phillips the same night, change to the Sandy River Railroad, narrow gauge, whose cars are in waiting in the depot. The time between Farmington and Phillips by the nar- row gauge is about an hour and twenty minutes, and the fare is one dollar. If you prefer to stop over night in Farmington, and go up on the morning train, you will find good hotel accommodations at the HOTEL MARBLE, kept by J. B. Marble, and the STODDABD HOUSE, by J. W.. Withee. Both of the landlords are young men, and pleasant and attentive to their guests. Both of these hotels run a free coach to and from the depot. The transient rate at THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 161 both of these hotels is 2.00 per day, and they each make a reduction by the week. Tourists who wish to drive from Farmington to Phillips, a dis- tance of eighteen miles, can procure excellent teams at D. Clark & Sons' livery-stable. They will also furnish drivers when desired. Sportsmen who have time to stop over in Farmington, and who wish to get an idea of how split bamboo fishing-rods are made, should call at the manufactory of C. E. Wheeler, on Broad- way, who will show them some fine rods of his own workman- ship. FARMINGTON is situated mostly on high land, pleasantly located overlooking the Sandy River Valley, and the views from many parts of the town are beautiful. Its streets are hard, and free from superfluous dust, and nearly all of them can boast of a double row of shade-trees, thus combining beauty and comfort. The fine drives in the vicinity will ena,ble strangers to spend a few days to advantage, if they have the time to spare. A fine landscape view may be obtained from the top of Court street, looking west. Powder House Hill also furnishes a mag- nificent view up and down the valley for miles. From a hill near the Elm House in West Farmington a fine view of the inter- vale, the railroad bridge, and the east part of the town, may be obtained. The State Normal School at Farmington consists of two build- ings, one of brick, the other of wood, located near the centre of the town, on the corner of Academy and Main Streets. There was formerly a young ladies' seminary here, known as the '.' Willows," but the school has become defunct, and the buildings are now empty. They are very eligibly situated, on an eminence near the centre of the village, commanding a broad south-west view of the intervale and country beyond. The willows in front of the school by that name originated in a peculiar manner. Many years ago an old gentleman by the name of Hiram Belcher, who had been to Augusta, cut some willow switches on the way home to touch his horse with. When he arrived home he stuck them down in a row near his house, and they grew to be the trees from which the " Willow School " derived its name. There is a beautiful maple grove on the main street in front of the Forest House, where a THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 163 band-stand is erected, and here the "band plays" on summer evenings. Clear Water Pond. This beautiful sheet of water is situated in the town of Industry, about five miles from the Stoddard House, Farmington. The pond is about a mile and a half long by half a mile wide, and is bordered by a heavy growth of forest on all sides, which forms splendid grounds for picnic parties. The western shore of the pond is a regular semicircle, while the eastern shore is indented with several little bays, that add materially to the beauty of its outline. A fine view of the pond and the country beyond may be obtained from the road, near the outlet. But the best view of the pond is obtained from a high hill back of Mr. Tibbetts's house, two miles from the outlet. At this place you may not only get a perfect view of the beau- tiful sheet of water below you, but in the far distance, forming a fitting background for so romantic a picture, are some of the most commanding mountains in this section of the country; and SADDLEBACK has the prominence over all the others. The drive to this pond is lovely, and, if you wish to try your luck with a rod, we assure you that trout have been caught there weighing from twelve to fifteen pounds ; but it is not every fellow that can catch them. Boats for rowing or sailing are kept on the pond to let, and if you do not wish to exert yourself with their management a boatman will accompany you. Rainbow Cascade is situated on a small stream known as Hillman's Brook, about five miles from the Forest House. The drive to the cascade ia very pleasant. You follow the regular stage-road to Phillips, as far as Backus' Corner, then, turning to the right, take the New Vineyard road, and drive for about three miles, until you reach Mr. Hill- man's house. Fasten your horse here, then walk down to the mill, which is in sight from the house, pass through it, and climb the hill beyond for a short distance, until you reach the woods, enter- ing the wood from the left, and walking a few rods farther, you reach a cool and shady dell inviting you to repose. In the centre of this beautiful valley flows Hillman's Brook, and on this the cas- 164 FAURAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO cade is situated. This cascade is one of the finest we have ever seen. The waters flow over a ledge fifty feet high. At the top it is about three feet across, and at the bottom about thirty feet wide. Over this rock the water pours, forming a sheet of silvery spray that widens every foot in its descent, until at the bottom it covers the whole face of the ledge. As the water leaps from crag to crag, it shimmers in the sunlight, which struggles in through the forest trees by which the cascade is surrounded, and forms quite a well- defined rainbow. This is to be seen only on the right side of the cascade, looking up the stream. Below the cascade, for several feet, are semicircular walls of rock. At the top of the fall is a small rock, which divides the stream ; it starts in two rivulets, and after a fall of a few feet these join, and the whole stream spreads out, like a silvery sheen, covering the rude ledge with a bridal veil. The seclusion of this lovely place, the rays of sunlight which filter in, the dark-green foliage of the birches and maples, the surrounding rocks, the deep gorges through which the waters flow after their gentle descent from the cliffs above, all combine to make one of the most romantic places ever seen, and you should not fail to visit it. Reclining upon a mossy bank, and watching this beautiful cascade, a sense of rest and peace steals over you, as if you were shut out from the toils and troubles of the world, and you feel loath to leave this charming spot. Little Blue, just outside the village of Farmington, the former home of Mr. Jacob Abbott, where the " Rollo Books, " and other books for young people, were written, was, in 1844, made the seat of the widely known " Abbott Family School for Boys," by his brother, Rev. Samuel Phillips Abbott, under whose management it continued till 1849, when it passed into the hands of Mr. A. H Abbott, the present proprietor. You leave Farmington for Phillips via Sandy River Railroad, This is a narrow-gauge road, the rails being only two feet apart, and everything used in its construction, and all its rolling-stock, are correspondingly small and light. The rolling-stock and part of the rails were formerly the property of the Bedford & Bil- lerica (Mass.) Narrow-gauge Railroad that went into bankruptcy through inefficient management. When the property was sold, the Sandy River Railroad Company bought it for a mere song, THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 165 and this made a great difference in the cost of construction of their road. From the Main Central depot the road runs north-west, keep- ing well up on the hill-side, to avoid the heavy freshets that the Sandy River occasionally indulges in. A mile from the station it crosses the old Phillips stage-road, rising, by frequent and short grades, sixty feet to the summit, two miles from the village, when a like succession of grades brings it back to the first level. Fairbanks Mills is the first station of any importance, and is two miles and a half from Farmington Village, in the northern part of the town. This part of the road furnishes some fine mountain views. A mile or so beyond the Mills Village the road strikes the river, and fellows it up, clinging to the side of the higher banks, and, crossing a large number of gullies, but with no heavy grades, it reaches South Strong. Leaving this station, the road commences an up grade to reach the high bluffs back from the river, the lower land being always in danger from high water. Here are the heaviest grades on the line, for half a mile reaching one hundred and five feet to the mile. Reaching this summit there is a half mile of nearly level road, and then it descends to Strong Village. This is the most important station between Farm- ington and Phillips, and furnishes a fair share of the business of the road. Strong Village contains quite a number of nice dwelling-houses, a hotel, excelsior manufactory, and other industries. It is one of the most thriving towns in Franklin County. Leaving Strong Village the road crosses the Porter Stream, over a bridge consisting of two lattice spans, of sixty feet each, approached by a trestle, making the whole bridge about eight hundred feet. The trestle-work is some fifty or sixty feet high. Beyond the bridge the road follows the curves of the hills, keep- ing high enough up to avoid danger from freshets, and, when within three-quarters of a mile of Phillips Village, crosses the Sandy River, over a lattice bridge of one hundred and fifty feet span, there being trestles at each end, making the entire length two hundred and forty feet. The road then follows the west bank of the river to the station, which is conveniently located in the centre of the village, but a short distance from the main street, and near the ELMWOOD HOUSE. There are two passenger trains THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 167 a day over the road, leaving Farmington at 9.15 A.M., and 5.15 P.M. Eeturning, leave Phillips at 7.15 A.M., and 1.30 P.M. Mr. C. E. Mansfield, formerly superintendent of the Sandy River Railroad had charge of the construction of the road, and also designed the cars and locomotives that run on it. It is through his energetic and well-directed efforts that the road was successfully completed, and brought into good running shape. Mr. Nathaniel B. Beal is the present Superintendent of the road, and has proved an efficient manager. The late Abner Toothaker was the president, and one of the heaviest stockholders, and did much towards ensuring the success of the enterprise. This narrow-gauge railroad has proved a complete success, and Mr. Mansfield has since built another between Hiram on the Portland and Ogdensburg Railroad, and Bridgton, the distance being about twenty miles. These narrow-gauge roads furnish abundant means of transportation for thinly settled localities, and there is no doubt many more will be built in different parts of the State. Phillips is a well-to-do farming town, situated in the midst of some fine scenery. It has post, telegraph, and express offices, about a dozen stores, two or three churches, two hotels, and several private boarding-houses. Of the public houses, the ELM- WOOD is the hotel, par excellence. This house, well and favorably known to the public, for many years under the management of Mr. E. D. Prescott, was purchased, during the spring of 1880, by Theodore Page, Esq., of Boston, who is now the sole proprietor and manager. Mr. Page has made many improvements in the house, added to the number of sleeping-rooms, rebuilt the dining- room and office, and considerably enlarged the building. The house has also been newly furnished and carpeted, and is a first- class hotel in every respect. Particular attention will be given to the cuisine, and the bill of fare will be above reproach. Mr. Page has also built a large livery-stable in connection with the hotel ; and parties stopping at the ELMWOOD HOUSE can always be sure of getting a first-rate team. The transient rates at the ELMWOOD will be $3.00 per day, with a reduction by the week; lodging and breakfast, $1.50. The hotel has a pretty situation on the main street of the village, and near to the business part of the town. The advent of the railroad, and the probable increase of sumnitr travel, made the establishment of a firsi-class hotel in 168 I A KHAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. Phillips cspcciably desirable, and the enterprise in Mr. Page's hands cannot but be a success. The stage between Phillips and Oquossoc Lake calls daily at the house to take or leave passengers. The BARDEN HOUSE, Samuel Farmer, proprietor, is well fur- nished, and run in good shape, and several of the sleeping-rooms liuve lately been enlarged. The hotel is eligibly located on the main street of the village, near churches, stores, post, telegraph, and express offices, and from the second-story piazza you may obtain a fine view up and down tbe principal street, and get a glimpse of the falls near the bridge. Away to the north-west the Saddleback Mountains lift their heads to the clouds, forming a prominent landmark. The transient rates at the BARDEN are $2.00 per day, and a lower rate by the week. There is a good livery-stable connected with the house. Persons having leisure to spend a few days or weeks in PHIL- LIPS will find many places of interest to attract their attention. The Mammoth Rock is one of the curiosities of Phillips. It is situated on Daggett's Farm, about three and a half miles from the Barden House. The drive there is very pleasant, and from the top of the hill, where you climb to see the rock, you will get some charming views of mountain and valley. This rock stands in a pasture, about one-eighth of a mile from the road, on the side of a hill. You can drive a team close up to the rock. This immense boulder has a split entirely through it, some thirty feet wide at the top and two feet wide at the bottom. The largest half, which is the lower side, has also been split, and there is a gap in it, about fifteen feet wide at the top and a foot at the bottom. A rude ladder, planted against the side, enables one to reach the top. One sum- mer a fellow, who went on top of the rock, undertook to jump across the fifteen-foot space. He just managed to grasp the edge of the rock with his hands, and, after a severe struggle, he reached the top. If his hold had given way he would have been carried home in a coffin. Liquor was the cause of this foolish and dan- gerous act. It is variously estimated that the rock is from thirty- five to fifty feet high, one hundred feet through, and two to three hundred feet around the base. How it came there is a mystery ; but every person lias his own theory in the matter, and some are quite amusing. We publish a stereoscopic view of this\ock. 170 FARR AIl'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO SANDY RIVER FALLS, in the town of Madrid, are well worth a visit. They are about eight miles from the Elmwood House, and, as there is good fishing on the stream above and below the falls, it will pay you to take a fishing-rod when you go to visit them. On your way to and from the falls you will get some splendid views of the Mount Abram and Saddleback ranges. This is one of the most pleasant rides in the vicinity of Phillips, and the excursion will take a day. There are two streams, only a few rods apart, and each has a fine fall. An amusing incident in connection with this stream is told of a gentleman from Providence. He was fishing the Sandy River down one day, expecting to reach Madrid in time to stop over night ; but darkness overtook him while he was fishing from a large rock in the middle of the stream, and at this place he was surrounded by woods. Being afraid of losing his way, or being attacked by wild beasts in the woods, he spent the night on the rock, a prey to mosquitoes, black flies, and a dis- ordered mind, his imagination picturing a great many horrors that the morning light dispelled. He scarcely slept a wink all night, but when he reached the village the next day he had a good hearty laugh over his nocturnal adventure. We publish a stereoscopic view of the falls on each stream. A fine excursion, occupying a day, may be made from the hotels to Mount Blue. Taking a team you ride to within a mile of the top of the mountain, and then walk up by a good path through the woods. The view from this mountain is very exten- sive, embracing the whole country from Phillips to the ocean, and a trip to its summit will well repay the tourist for the time and expense of making it. There is a hotel at the base of the moun- tain where you can get dinner, and where you can have your team provided for also. We publish several stereoscopic views of Mount Blue. There is a sulphur spring a short distance from the hotels, whose waters are taken by many people for a cure for riieumatism. The water contains both lime and sulphur, has many medicinal prop- erties, and is extremely disagreeable to the taste. The brook-trouting in the vicinity of PHILLIPS is unsurpassed, and all necessary information in regard to the streams and ponds may be obtained from the proprietors of the hotels. In the morning the comfortable stages owned by Burke and THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 171 Rogers leave PHILLIPS at half-past seven for GREENVALE, eigh- teen miles distant. Fare, $1.50. Parties who wish to go in a pri- vate team can procure one from the hotels at a reasonable price. The road follows the SANDY RIVER VALLEY the most of the way, and six miles from PHILLIPS we pass through the little village of MADRID, crossing the river at this point. A few miles beyond, the road crosses a high range of land known as BEECH HILL, which is one of the spurs of MOUNT SADDLEBACK, and is about twelve hundred feet above PHILLIPS. From the top of this hill a magnificent view of the surrounding country may be obtained, including the SANDY RIVER VALLEY and PONDS, and numerous mountain peaks and ranges. Descending the hill towards GREENVALE, a short ride brings you to the SANDY RIVER PONDS, all lying near each other, on the right side of the road. Passing these you come to LONG POND, the source of the ANDROSCOGGIN. It is only a stone's throw between LONG POND and SANDY RIVER PONDS, and thus the ANDROSCOGGIN and KENNEBEC RIVERS come within an ace of being connected. In all of these ponds and streams along the road the trout-fishing in the summer is excellent, and one can stop* if going by private conveyance, and catch a string of fish to take along with him. LONG POND, the source of the Androscoggin, is a very pretty sheet of water, situated in the middle of the woods, and furnishes excellent trout-fishing. An arm of it extends to within a few feet of the stage-road, and it is only about two miles from GREENVALE. If one wishes to make a business of fishing there, he will be obliged to4ake a boat with him, as there are none on the pond. We publish a fine stereoscopic view of this pond. Continuing on, we reach GREENVALE, at the head of OQUOSSOC LAKE, after a ride of four hours, and parties who wish to take the steamer here are left at the hotel, and then the stage goes on to Rangeley Village, three miles farther, making its final stop at the RANGELEY LAKE HOUSE. CHAPTER XIII. odjam, Berlin jFalls, autf ints above. (217) 218 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO The distance from LAKESIDE, CAMBRIDGE, N.H., at the foot of UMBAGOG LAKE, to PARMACHENEE LAKE, as traveled, is about sixty miles, and the steamer will carry you to the LOWER LAND- ING, or the BERLIN MILLS HOUSE, according to the height of the river. The steamers of the RICHARDSON-RANGELET LAKES TRANSPORTATION COMPANY run up the MAG ALLOWAY RIVER daily, except Sunday, from the time the ice goes out, which is generally about the middle of May, to about the middle of October, except occasionally a day or two through May or June, when navigation is obstructed by logs in the rivers. On those rare occasions passengers are forwarded by team. As the scenery going up UMBAGOG LAKE has been described in the trip to MIDDLE DAM, we will commence at SUNDAY COVE, and continue it from that point. Leaving the cove, you have a fine view of MT. DUSTAN, and other peaks along the MAGALLOWAY RIVER. The distance from the head of SUNDAY COVE to ERROL DAM is ten miles. Passing EAGLE POINT you enter the lake and head south. From here until you enter the river you have a fine view of mountain towering above mountain, the lake being en- tirely surrounded by them. SADDLEBACK, SPECKLED, and the WHITE MOUNTAINS are the most conspicuous, the two first lying off to the south-east, the latter in the south-west. If the water is high the steamer runs across what is known as the " Richardson Carry," on meadow land, bare at low water. When the gates are shut at ERROL DAM there are about seven feet of water on this carry. If the water is low the boat continues down the lake until opposite "Glassby Cove," when it enters the river through the regular outlet. The view from the outlet looking south-east is one of the finest in the State, SADDLEBACK and SPECKLED MOUN- TAINS appearing at their best from this point. The farms at the foot of the lake, and East B Hill, also lie spread out before you. To the south the HAMPSHIRE HILLS and the town of CAMBRIDGE are seen. West lies ERROL MOUNTAIN, and other sightly peaks, and to the north, MOUNT DUSTAN and AZISCOHOS. The land about the outlet is very low, and was once thickly wooded ; but the rise of the water has destroyed all the forest, and only a few old stumps and picturesque dead trees remain. The entrance to the river is very blind, and strangers might hunt for hours, as indeed they often have, without finding it. This is a great locality for THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 219 ducks, and through September and October a large number are shot here. The most common kinds are the black, coot, wood, whistler, and sheldrake ; eagles and fishhawks, and several varieties of marsh birds, are also found here, and musk-rat, mink, and otter, arc plenty. Following the crooked channel of the river, which in the six miles between the lake and the dam makes about thirty distinct turns, you have, as the steamer twists about, views from all points of the compass. From about the middle of July to the first of October the sides of the river are carpeted with water-lilies, that present a beautiful sight, and fill the air with their delightful odor. The captain of the steamer is accommodating, and often stops to gather them for the lady passengers, and thus thousands are carried away each year ; but the next only sees them more abundant. A little over a mile from the lake you reach the turn where the steamer enters the river from the " Richardson Carry," and round- ing this the banks of the river gradually rise in height, and you are in the midst of a forest, made up of nearly all the trees indigenous to New England. When you first begin to meet the live forest, on the right-hand side of the river, you pass LEONARD POND, a good fishing-ground. A half mile below the pond you pass " Moll's Carry," on the left-hand side of the river. The steamer cuts across this at high water when going directly down the lake, and saves several miles of navigation. A short distance farther down you pass the mouth of the MAGALLOWAT, which enters the ANDROS- COGGIN on the right. It is two miles from the lake. Nothing can be more beautiful than the sail on the ANDROSCOGGIN and MAGAL- LOWAT RIVERS, the banks on each side heavily wooded, and many of the trees bending gracefully over the water, the dark green of the fir and spruce intermingled with the lighter tints of the birch, maple, and elm. Many of the firs are covered with long trailing moss, giving them a decidedly romantic appearance. Dead trees, veritable monarchs of the forest, are met with at in- tervals standing boldly out from the green woods, presenting, with their scraggy limbs and bare trunks, a bit of the picturesque that would quickly cause an artist to bring for.th his sketch-book. Half a mile below the MAGALLOWAY an abrupt turn takes you around "Quick Water Point," on the right-hand side of the stream. The river here is very shoal and somewhat rocky, and at low sv w*. V V STEAMER DIAMOND ox CAMBRIDGE RIVER, LAKE UMBAGOG. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 221 water, as a matter of precaution, steam is shut partially off for a short distance, and the captain takes extra care to keep in the narrow channel. This is the only bad piece of navigation between the lake and the dam, although a lookout is always kept for "snags" and " sawyers," that are more or less plenty in all fresh-water rivers. While there is a strong current in the river, the water is so deep that it is not perceptible on the surface, ex- cept at " Quick Water Point. " Both of the rivers preserve a nearly uniform width of from thirty to fifty yards, the MAGALLO- WAY being not only the narrowest, but the most serpentine. A short distance below the point, on the left-hand side of the river, we pass a shallow pond, of considerable size, considered by the guides a good place to float for deer, and many have been shot there. Still farther down, on the right-hand, is the "Big Meadow," so called, and at the mouth. of the inlet near the head is a first-rate place for pickerel. A mile below the meadow you reach the dam, which does not show until you are a few rods from it. The steamer lands at her wharf, beside the road, on the right bank of the river, a short distance above the dam. The boat arrives here at half-past ten, and leaves at eleven. It is met each day by the stages from and to Berlin Falls, Gorham, Dix- ville Notch, and Colebrook, and by Mr. Bragg's team, belonging to the ERROI, HODSE, situated a mile from the steamboat land- ing. There are several buildings around the dam, all belonging to the Union Water Power Company, of Lewiston, Me., consisting of a nice two story and a half dwelling-house, barn, storehouse, blacksmith-shop, grist-mill, and boat-house. In the half hour that you stop here you will have time to inspect the clam and buildings if you wish. Some trout are taken in the quick water below the dam, and down the river as far as the bridge. At eleven o'clock the steamer whistles, and, casting off, you are soon running up the ANDROSCOGGIN, retracing your course as far as the MAGALLOWAY, and a turn of the wheel to port carries you into the river. A run of a quarter of a mile in a straight line, and then "Hard a starboard !" and you whisk around a sharp angle to the right, and from this point until you land it is a steady twist and turn. The scenery of this river is unsurpassed by any in New England, and I have been told, by people who have 222 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO done Florida thoroughly, that it was superior to any in that State. As the stream narrows, in some places the trees almost meet over- head, and one can reach out and touch them as the steamer passes swiftly along. For the first ten miles from the dam not a sign of civilization intrudes upon you, and gazing at the heavily timbered forests, where an occasional giant pine rears its lofty head far above the other trees, you are tempted to exclaim with Long- fellow, " This U the forest primeval." On your sail you will see the brown and bald eagles, the latter the typical American bird, spreading their huge wings, in pursuit of some unlucky fish-hawk, who, having worked hard to procure a dinner, is now destined to lose it. The bald-headed eagles in this country are the largest I have ever seen, and they have been shot and measured nine feet from tip to tip of wing. There are many small ponds lying contiguous to the river on both sides and con- nected with it by short streams, that are often filled with ducks, with blue herons stalking near them. Deer, bear, caribou, and moose, are occasionally caught sight of along the river, as, frightened by the steamer, they plunge into the leafy cover of the woods. The banks of the stream vary in height from two to eight feet, according to the number of gates open at the dam, and a good camping-spot may be found readily. About four miles up the MAGALLOWAY you pass some rocks on the left side, then make a sharp turn to the right. Looking back as you make this turn you obtain the most romantic and pictu- resque view on the river. About half a mile of the stream can be seen, in some places the trees almost meeting overhead, and the silvery lane of water through this vista of living green presents a picture that you will not soon forget. The country people who go up and down this beautiful thoroughfare seem generally to care nothing about the scenery ; but one day, when coming down the river, as we turned this bend, an old fellow on the boat who caught the view just at the right moment was for an instant brought to a realizing sense of the beauties of nature, and, looking at me, said, " I snum now, Mister, if that aint the purtiest sight I ever saw." A mile above here you pass PDLPIT ROCK, or the "Devil's Pulpit," as some of the lumbermen call it, a large boulder rising THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 223 abruptly from the water's edge, on the right-hand side of the river. Nearly opposite this, in the middle of the stream, is a large flat ledge, that the steamer is obliged to give a wide berth to, as the rock is covered by water part of the time. The ground beside Pulpit Rock is a favorite camping-place, and there are but few weeks throughout the summer season when there are not one or more tents pitched there. There is a good spring a few rods back in the woods, and plenty of fuel handy. About a mile above here the river makes a complete turn in the shape of the letter TJ, and across the narrow neck of land a canal has been cut, through which we pass, making a saving of many rods in distance, and a few minutes in time. Beyond this you pass BEAR BROOK, on the left, spanned by a wooden bridge, the first sign of civilization you have met since leaving the dam. A short distance above, you pass BOTTLE BROOK, also on the left. There are a great many rocks at the mouth of this brook, and the steamer hugs closely to the right bank of the stream. A primitive log-house stands by the bank of the brook, the first dwelling seen. It was built for, and inhabited by, an Indian squaw for several years, who made her living by peddling home-made baskets and medicines. A white family occupies it now. A mile above you reach the lower landing, on the right-hand side of the river, in WENT WORTH'S LOCATION, N.H. The lower Magalloway Settlement extends from Bottle Brook to about two miles above the lower landing. From the wharf a good road follows the right bank of the MAGALLOWAY to the Upper Settlement, and from there a rougher road runs to the head of AZISCOHOS FALLS, ending at Fred Flint's Camp. From the top of a high hill near the steamboat wharf an extensive view is obtained of the valley both up and down the river. MOUNT DUSTAN, which we have seen so many times on our way up, has been run to earth at last, and is now directly opposite of us in the west. Some distance north, old AZISCOHOS still frowns down upon us, and it will be a long time before we altogether lose sight of this gigantic peak. From the wharf to the BERLIN MILLS HOUSE is a distance by land of two miles, while it is six on the water. A team from the hotel meets the boat daily at low water, and you ride up to the house to dinner. Leaving the lower landing, the boat steams on up the river, the scenery increasing in beauty and sublimity as the valley 224 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO narrows. MOCNTS DUSTAN and AZISCOHOS are dodging around you continually now, first on one side and then on the other, while the peculiarly shaped DIAMOND PEAKS, some miles above, occasionally put in an appearance. In making this last six miles there is one part of the stream so crooked that, by making a canal across a narrow neqk of land but a few rods wide two miles of navigation might be saved. After a half hour's sail, which to my mind is the prettiest part of the route, the steamer shoots by a large cluster of boulders in the middle of the stream, and turning sharply to the right glides in to the bank, and ties up directly oppo.-ite the BERLIN MILLS HOUSE. A crook of the river has brought us into Maine again, the farm being located in Township 5, Range 1. The baggage is unloaded and taken up to the hotel, and the pas- sengers follow it and go in to dinner. Taking the down-river pas- sengers on board, the steamer salutes you with a whistle, and is off, reaching ERROL DAM at half-past three, SUNDAY COVE at half-past four, and LAKESIDE, CAMBRIDGE, at the foot of the lake, at six o'clock. This hotel is situated on what is called the Brown Farm, owned by the Berlin Mills Company, and stands on highland, overlook- ing the Magalloway River and valley for several miles. It has accommodations for about thirty people. The rooms are well furnished, kept neat and clean, and a good table is set at this house. Mr. and Mrs. Charles Lowe have charge of it, and have always done all in their power to make their guests feel at home. The terms are $2.00 per day. The fishing in the vicinity is first-rate, there being plenty of both trout and pickerel. The pickerel are caught on the MAGALLOWAY, a few miles down the river. The trout are caught on the DIAMOND RIVERS, emptying into the MA- GALLOWAY about a mile above the hotel. STURTEVANT POND, but a short distance from the hotel, contains trout, and a small pond be- yond, empyting into STURTEVANT, is full of the smaller brook trout. TROUT POND and the DIAMOND PONDS, near the head of the SWIFT DIAMOND RIVER, are well supplied with trout. A trip to DIAMOND POND necessitates stopping over night ; but this you can do com- fortably, as Mr. Lowe will give you permission to occupy the com- fortable lumber camps there, belonging to the Berlin Mills Com- pany. If you wish to make short trips on the MAGALLOWAY, Mr. Lowe has boats that you can hire for 50 cents per day. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 225 Between the mouth of the DIAMOND and the head of the Azis- COHOS FALLS is a strong current, there being rapids most of the way. There is good trout-fishing on the Falls. There is good partridge-shooting on the Brown Farm, and larger game near by, several deer having been shot in and around STUETEVANT POND the last year or two. MOUNT DUSTAN, before spoken of, is a prominent landmark from the piazza of the hotel, its sloping sides covered with a growth of dark spruce, giving it a sombre appearance. Its alti- tude is 2,575 feet above the sea level. The wild and irregular DIAMOND PEAKS, above MOUNT DUSTAN, on the same side of the river, also make a fine appearance from the house. Due north the great white peak of AZISCOHOS the highest mountain in this vicinity, and one of the highest in Maine rises almost to the snow line. We have before spoken of it asfurnish- ing a magnificent view of the entire lake region, and some tour- ists think the view from its summit superior to that from Mount Washington. Its ascent from the hotel is quite easy, and you can now ride within two miles of the top. From its summit over one hundred sheets of water may be counted. We quote here from a private journal, giving a good idea of the time and labor .spent in reaching its summit. The writer says : " We went up through the settlement and turned off from the road to the east, passing through the pastures ; about two miles from camp we entered the forest and commenced the ascent of the mountain. The path, if it can be called such, is made by spotting the trees (hewing small places on their trunks to guide travelers on their way) ; but even this was so obscure that it was with con- siderable difficulty that we could keep the trail. The distance from the commencement of the ascent to the summit is two miles, much of it being very steep, making the task of climbing it by no means an easy one. After toiling up the steep path awhile, the light suddenly came streaming through the thick forest, and we soon came out from among the trees over beautiful beds of thick green moss, covering hug% square masses of granite of which this mountain is composed. Many of the blocks were as square and as straight as though split by art. The quality is rather coarse, and the color almost white. There were also large quantities of the little snow-white cranberries, which grow so plentifully in these 226 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. northern latitudes among the moss. They were covered with fruit just ripe, and of delicious flavor. Passing these we soon reached the easterly summit, which is the highest. The mountain is cov- ered with forest, all but about one thousand acres of the summit, which has been burned over, and is one immense blueberry field, except a few acres of the top, which is bare and rugged granite. The view from the top amply repaid us for the labor of the ascent, and is, I think, the finest I ever saw, not even excepting that seen from Mount Washington. Standing on the extreme peak the eye takes in the whole horizon. Away in the south lies UMBAGOG LAKE ; a little farther east, WELOKENNEBACOOK and MOLECHONK- AMUNK LAKES ; over beyond, and connecting with them, is the MOOSELUCMAGUNTIC LAKE, with two large and densely wooded islands in the centre. Still farther in the north-east is OQOOSSOC LAKE, with its little town of the same name lying on the hill-side beyond, and there were others whose names I could not ascertain. In the south could be traced the course of the beautiful MAGAL- LOWAY, which sparkled in the sunlight, a silver ribbon, as it wound its circuitous course up through the forest-clad country until lost to view under the mountain. Over it could be seen Mount Wash- ington," and the whole chain of the White Mountains, towering up against the southern sky like a gigantic barrier between us and the country beyond them. In the east Eatahdin lifted his lofty peak, far away in the distance, the noble rival of Mount Washing- ton, and but five hundred feet lower. Between us and that could be seen the great basin of Moosehead Lake, but we were not high enough to see the water. From this point around to the north and west is one vast forest, extending as far as the eye can reach, the horizon being bounded by mountains. The blueberries were just in their prime, and we feasted upon them until we could eat no longer. They were of very large size, and the ground was blue with them. I had the curiosity to measure one, and found it to be one inch and three-fourths in circumference, and I counted twen- ty-seven large and fully ripe berries in one cluster. The wind was very strong and high on the summit, and we built a large fire in order to keep comfortable. We stopped on the summit over an hour, and returned to camp about five o'clock, exceedingly pleased with our first, but by no means last, excursion to the sum- mit of Aziscouos." THE FLUME, DIXVILLE XOTCH, N.H 228 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Ladies often ascend this mountain, the path having been much improved in the last two years. You should take about a day for the excursion, the team taking you to the foot of the mountain, and calling for you in the afternoon. Take provisions from the hotel, and have a picnic dinner on the summit, and I will guaran- tee that you cannot pass a pleasant day more agreeably. During the summer of 1882 officers connected with the U.S. Coast Survey, erected a wooden beacon, about thirty feet high, on the highest peak of AZISCOHOS. On a fiar day it can be seen from the steamers on the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKKS. Near this, under a small cairn of stones, a covered tin box is placed, containing records and notes left by different parties who ascend the mountains. Nearly every person ascending the moun- tain contributes to this journal, and it forms interesting reading for each new-comer. When you are ready to continue to Parmachenee, Mr. Lowe will carry you to the head of Aziscohos Falls, a distance of seven miles, at a reasonable price, it depending on the number of the people in the party, and the amount of luggage you have with you. The ride up the valley is pleasant, the road being excellent un- til you strike the carry. The river, valley, and mountains en- gross your attention and you obtain many charming views. Passing through the Upper Settlement, the road turns to the right, runs through a pasture, and then enters the woods. Leaving the last frame-house, Clark's, you have only the great wilderness before you, dotted with an occasional camp. The pasture is the extreme limit of the cleared land on the river. At this place the MAGAL- LOWAY falls over a long succession of ledges down the ravine between AZISCOHOS and PARKER HILL, so called. The entire length of the fall is variously estimated at from two hundred to three hundred feet. As you go up through the pasture there is a good view of the river valley below, and of a great semicircular mountain to the west of it, c*lled the HALFMOON. The upper end of the falls where you come out of the carry road is a very wild-looking place. The stream, black as ink and overhung with straggling spruce, rolls tumultuously down over huge stones. The roar is heavy THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 229 and continuous. Some of the "pitches" show a perpendicular fall of twenty feet or more. In one of these, same years ago, a lumberman was drowned. His name (Jack Abram') is cut in a spruce trunk at the foot of the pitch. Whether his spirit wanders ahout the spot at midnight we know not, although strange sights and sounds are sometimes seen and heard there. At the head of the Falls near the dam Mr. H. W. FICICETT has a nice camp for the accommodation of the public. This will enable parties who wish to stop over night at the Falls to secure com- fortable quarters. His rooms and beds are comfortable, and he sets a good table. As you will not arrive here until late in the afternoon, if you have come through from the steamer, you will do well to stop here until morning. The lady in charge is an excellent cook and house-keeper, and will take good care of you. He also keeps boats to let, and can guide parties to good fishing in the vicinity. The next morning you procure a boat, and make a fresh start. From here to the Little Magalloway is thirty-three miles. Above the Falls there is smooth water to the NARROWS, ten miles ; the river averages from six to ten rods in width. It is deep and black, an aspect enhanced by the fir forest on either bank, dark green, sombre, and profoundly quiet. The most no- ticeable feature about the stream is its silence. The current creeps on steadily. If you stop rowing, it drags you slowly back. The crooks and bends are numerous. The peaks of moderately high mountains on both sides of the river valley are from time to time to be seen over the fir-tops. AZISCOHOS is now before you, and then behind, according to the crooks and turns of the river; then to the left and rigHt. A tall, dark hill, known as EMERY'S MISERY, plays similar tricks. BEAVER HILL, a pine-clad ridge to the east of the valley, is also noticeable. There are many excellent camping-places to be met with along the banks of the river, and one can make a choice. Wood and water, the great requisites for camp life, are plenty at every point. Ducks, partridges, and other game are to be met with along the river, and, taken in addition to the trout, will keep the larder will supplied. Two miles above the Falls you pass BEAVER BROOK on your right, a good fishing point. A half hour spent here will give you 230 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO a good mess of trout. The next fishing-places are PARKER HILL POND EDDY, four miles from the Falls, and BOG BROOK, which comes in on the left, five miles, T,he NARROWS is also a good point for fishing. The current in the NARROWS is very swift, and a good long rope is a handy thing to have with you, as you can tow your boat up by walking along the shore, keeping one in the boat to fend off from the bank. The stream here is not more than twenty feet wide, with a high ledge on each side, and through this narrow channel the current runs like a mill-sluice. Five miles above the NARROWS you reach HUNTER'S CAMP, a good fishing-point, and a mile beyond this you pass the LOWER METALIC POND, a pretty little expanse opening into the MAGAL- LOWAY by abroad outlet on the west side. There are two Metalic Ponds. The upper one is on the east side of the river, and is not in sight from it. Four miles farther up, and you emerge from the evergreen forest, and reach the MEADOWS, which extend for twelve miles along the banks, and are of themselves worth a visit. Scattered over this land are some of the finest elm-trees you ever saw. Through the MEADOWS the current is very swift, and the stream more crooked, if possible, than below. Round wood-berries are very thick in this locality, and it is asserted by men who have logged in this region in winter that robins often pass the winter here, living on the berries. The UPPKR METALIC POND is about half way through the MEADOWS. There is good fishing near both the ponds, and at each end of the NARROWS. Leaving the MEADOWS behind, you once more enter the fir woods, and soon strike a rapid, that, although not difficult to pass, will tell on your muscles by the time yoft get to the end of it. About a mile above this rapid are the " great rips," and as the banks on both sides are very unfavorable for a tow-line, the best thing you can do is to wade up the bed of the stream, and tow your boat behind you, the water not being over two feet deep. Our illustration at the end of the chapter gives an idea of the way you do it. Within a third of a mile of the " big rips," a small brook enters the river on the right-hand side. From the mouth of this brook a spotted trail runs directly to LINCOLN POND, a beautiful sheet of water about two miles long, and one wide. The pond is about THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. , 231 four miles from the Forks of the Magalloway ; it is surrounded entirely by heavy forests, and the locality is one of the prettiest throughout the length and breadth of the State, and is very attrac- tive to either tourists or sportsmen. The pond is well stocked with the spotted brook trout, running in weight from a few ounces to several pounds ; bait-fishing is good here in May and June, and fly-fishing the balance of the season. Most kinds of game that inhabit the northern woods is to be met with in the vicinity of LINCOLN POND, and the larger animals, such as deer, moose, and caribou, are frequently shot each year upon its shores. There is a camp at the pond that sportsmen can use, but if you want a boat, and you will find one very handy there, you will have to carry one in. If you carry a tent, and prefer living in it to living in a log hut, you will find a plenty of very pleasant camping sites all around the shores of this lovely little sheet of water. A hundred rods or so above the "big rips," are the FORKS, the LITTLE MAGALLOWAY flowing into the main stream from the northwest at this point. The carry road runs from the main river, a short distance above the Forks to LAKE PARMACHENEE, a distance of about three miles. The road terminates at the foot of the lake, a short distance west of the outlet, and from this spot our artist made the admirable sketch of the lake shown on page 233. If you wish to use your boat on Parmachenee Lake, it is pos- sible to get as far as the dam by wading in the stream, and drag- ging the boat in the shallow places. In crossing the carry, about half a mile from the river, on the left hand side of the road you pass SUNDAY POND, a sheet of water covering a few acres ; this, like all the other ponds in the vicinity contains trout. Near the pond is an unoccupied camp, that offers temporary shelter to the camper. Mr. John Danforth, proprietor of Camp Caribou, is building a wooden railroad from Parmachenee Lake to the Cupsuptic River. It leaves the Parmachenee side from the mouth of Black Cat Brook, and, when completed, will end at the head of steamboat navigation on the Cupsuptic River, a distance of fifteen miles. Three miles are already finished, and the work will be continued as fast as possible. It is unnecessary for parties visiting Parmachenee Lake to carry 232 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO stores with them, unless they prefer it, as they can buy everything they desire of Mr. Danforth, at reasonable prices. At the end of the carry on the lake shore are a flagstaff and flag. If you are going to stop at DANFORTH'S CAMP, you can signal him by hoisting the flag and he will send a boat down to meet you. But if you are intending to camp out you can hire a boat at Flint's camp, and walk over to the river and embark at the head of the rapids. Leaving the gorge, you pull up the outlet above the dam, pass- ing a large brook that runs into the main stream from between two hills on the cast side. It is said there are beaver in this stream, but we cannot vouch for them. From the dam to the lake proper, at LOON POINT, is abont a mile. On the east side of the outlet a forest fire has killed the growth far up the ridge, and the dead trunks have fallen in every direc- tion. Near the lake the outlet bends sharply to the west, around a bushy point. Doubling this, the lake in all its beauty lies spread out before you, and it certainly is one of the most beautiful sheets of water I have ever seen. It is not so large as MOOSELUCJIAGUNTIC, UMBAGOG, or perhaps a score of others ; but it is prettier than them all. Its entire length is not more than five miles ; and its greatest breadth, from the mouth of MOOSE BROOK on the east shore to the foot of BosE-BocK COVE at the south-west corner, is not over three miles. Most of the main lakes are long and narrow ; PARMACHEXEE is an exception. It fills a natural basin, walled about by high- wooded hills, some of which are mountains of note. BOSE-BUCK, at the foot of the cove of the same name, is one of the finest cone- shaped peaks in New England. Two hunters, with their dog Bose, were skirting the lake, as the story runs. For some days they had shot nothing, and were suffering for food. As they passed the foot of the cove, Bose started a buck, which ran directly up the side of the mountain, till the dog overtook and pulled it down. So they named the peak Base's BucJc. In the north-east, too, a very high blue mountain is visible over 234 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO the nearer peaks. This is one of the Boundary Mountains. Over all the hills which border the lake shores a heavy mixed growth comes down to the water's edge. On the west side, above the cove, there is a gradual slope leading up from the shore for a mile to the height of land. There are no islands in tho lower part of the lake. Towards the northern end, and above INDIAN FIELD POINT, there is a chain of three wooded islets extending down in a line; and above these there are numerous curious floating islands, some of an acre in extent, which rise and fall with the lake surface. An hour's rowing will bring you up to INDIAN POINT, which from the south side seems apart of the north shore, but which in reality separates the lake from a roomy expanse of a square mile or more, known as INDIAN COVE. Passing between the second and third of the wooded islands, you enter the inlet where the MAGALLOWAY enters the lake. Fol- lowing the MAGALLOWAY for a quarter of a mile, you reach the site of Cleveland's lower camp, of which there are only a few ruins. This is a good place to establish your head-quarters, al- though of course there are plenty of other places where you may camp if you choose. A mile and a half above here are Little Boy's Falls. Although most of the ponds in the vicinity of LITTLE BOY'S FALLS furnish good sport to anglers, we would speak particularly of DOCK POND and RUMP POND. The latter is five miles above the falls, while DDCK POND is still nearer. Small trout are also very plenty in all the ponds throughout this section. A spotted trail over an old " tote road" runs from near LITTLE BOY'S FALLS across the forest to the Second Connecticut Lake, a distance of eight miles, the road being plain enough for any person to follow. A small camp has been built on this carry about half-way across, and may be used by parties wishing to stop on the road over night. It is simply a shelter, and those availing themselves of its pro- tection will have to find their own supplies and do their own cook- ing. CAMP CARIBOU is located on Treat's Island, near the head of PARMACHENEE LAKE. The proprietor, JOHN DANFORTH, is one of the best guides in the region. As Mr. Danforth is away from the camp the most of the time, guiding different parties, he employs THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 235 Mr. and Mrs. Lewis Fickett to manage the establishment, which they do to the satisfaction of all who stop with them. The hotel consists of four buildings, one being four stories high. The different camps contain a kitchen, dining-room, ladies' sitting- room, gentlemen's sitting and smoking-room, single and double sleeping-rooms, etc. All of the buildings were constructed by Mr. Dantbrth, as well as the furniture used in them, and are as neat specimens of wood-work as you will find anywhere ; they stand there in the northern wilderness, miles from civilization, a monument of his energy, perseverance, and skill. Mr. Danforth has an embryo museum, containing already quite a large number of curiosities, in one of his camps, that is always open for the inspection of guests. Additions are constantly being made to it. Camp Caribou has good accommodations for fifty guests. The terms for sportsmen are $2.00 per day, and $1.25 for guides. As Mr. Danforth makes his home at his camp all the year round, he has spent some of his leisure time in winter in building a number of small camps, now numbering eight, on different ponds and streams, in the vicinity of Parmachenee, and the head-waters of the Magalloway. Some of them are within a few hours' travel of this hotel; others, a day's tramp or more away. They are all furnished with an ordinary camp kit, and are for the exclusive use of Mr. Danforth's guests. John keeps a large and varied quantity of supplies at Camp Caribou, and can furnish stores and blankets to camping-parties who need them. He also furnishes boats and guides. During the season of summer travel a boat is always kept at the Parmachenee end of the Connecticut Lake and Cupsuptic River Carries, so that people coming across without a guide can get to the camp without delay. The routes from Indian Rock and Connecticut Lake to Parma- chenee are described in other places in the book. Mr. Danforth's address is Indian Rock, Franklin Co., Maine. The following are the distances from Camp Caribou to some of the hunting-grounds and fishing-points in the vicinity : Moose Brook, 4 mile ; Otter Pond, 2 miles ; Long Pond, 2 miles ; Big Eddy, 3^ miles ; Little Magalloway, 4 miles ; Little Boy's Falls, 2 miles ; Otter Creek, 3 miles ; Outlet, 1 mile ; Inlet, | mile ; Hard- scrabble, | mile ; Rump Pond, 8 miles ; Arnold's Bog, 12 miles. September is the best time to visit this lake, as then the trout- 236 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. fishing is excellent. Game of all kinds is plenty here, and it is not promising our readers too much to say, that if they are ordi- nary good hunters they may bring back a deer, and even a moose. A party composed of four persons and a guide, which is as large as any party should be, can make the trip from Boston to FARM ACIIENEB and return, being absent from the city three weeks, at an expense of $50.00 each. This would be sufficient to cover the cost of the guide's services, .$2.50 per day. As it is sometimes desirable to engage the services of your guide before leaving Boston, we give the names of several of the best guides to PARMACHENEE LAKE. Their post-office address is Wentworth's Location, N. H. NAHDM BENNETT, PETER BENNETT, 2d, SPOFFORD FLINT, GEORGE FLINT, JOHN OLSON, JOHN EASTMAN. The altitude of PARMACHENEE LAKE is not far from 2,500 feet ; the air is clear and bracing, and will give a dyspeptic individual an appetite that will astonish him, and he can satisfy the cravings of his stomach without fear of paying a penalty aftcrwarc-s, for the exercise about the woods will keep his digestive organs in good order. Life in a tent for three weeks on the romantic shores of PARMACHENEE will do more good for him than all the doctors in Boston could in three years. Nature is a skilful physician, and to the overworked business man, and all others who feel a rest- less longing for change, we say, start for the Maine woods, leav- ing all care behind you, and, our word for it, you will come back to the city a healthier and better man. The " proof of the pud- ding is in the eating," and, if you don't believe us, try it. See new route to Parmachenee Lake, on page 276. CHAPTER XVIII. , JHaine, as a Summer Eesort HE village of ANDOVER, MAINE, one of the loveliest in New England, although compara- tively unknown, until within a few years, to the great mass of tourists and pleasure-seekers, is now universally conceded to be one of the most desirable places east of the Rocky Moun- tains in which to spend the summer. It is situated in Oxford County, twenty-one miles from BUVAXT'S POND, a station on the Grand Trunk Railroad, with which place it is connected by a first-class line of daily stages, owned by A. S, Tuttle, Esq. Its altitude, some 500 feet above the sea, is about the same as that of North Conway, N.H., to which place it bears a strong resemblance. Indeed, so near alike is the general appearance of the two places, that the traveler who is familiar with the landscape of North Conway will at once, upon first visiting ANDOVER, re- mark upon the strong likeness between the two villages. We present our readers with an engraving showing the village from a hill on the Lake Road, on the east side of the ELLIS RIVER. Like North Conway, ANDOVER is surrounded by mountain ranges, among which are some of the highest peaks of the State. But at ANDOVER one is more likely to be impressed with the mountain scenery than at North Conway, from the fact that the mountains lie a little farther away ; thus adding to the delicate beauty of their outline, and concealing in part that rugged gran- deur which a nearer approach reveals. " Tis distance lends enchantment to the view," and the mountains are just far enough away to impress one favor- ably with their height and general appearance, while giving you (287) THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 239 a longing desire to become more intimately acquainted with their beauties. The ELLIS RIVER is to ANDOVER what the Saco is to North Con- way, and adds largely to the beauty of the landscape, as it flows through a charming intervale, twisting and turning, its clear and laughing waters flashing like silver in the sunlight, now dancing merrily through some broad meadow, and anon quietly creeping through some sequestered nook, until at length it is lost in the more turbid waters of the Androscoggin, into which stream it empties near the ferry tit Rumford. ANDOVER is easily accessible from Boston, it being but ten hours' travel by rail and stage between the two places. The stage ride from BRYANT'S POND to ANDOVER is a pleasing experience, long to be remembered, as the road, instead of being a succes- sion of hills, as in the White Mountain region, is level the entire distance, and follows the valleys of the ANDROSCOGGIN and ELLIS RIVERS the whole way, presenting to the traveler some of the most charming views to be met with in New England. ANDOVER is connected with thd outside world by both mail and telegraph. The telegraph office is but a few steps from the hotels. The post- office is in the same building. Letters mailed in Andover in the morning reach Boston on the evening of the same day, and New York the next morning. There are two excellent hotels in the village, known as the AN- DOVER HOUSE and FRENCH'S HOTEL. The first named is kept by Albert W. and Frank P. Thomas, gentlemen favorably known to those who have visited this section of the country. The ANDOVER HOUSE is admirably situated at the corner of the two main streets of the village and commands a beautiful pros- pect in every direction. A piazza has been added to the second story, from which one may obtain sunset views equal to, if not surpassing, those to be seen from any part of the White Moun- tains. A new "ell, containing nine additional sleeping-rooms, is a recent addition ; the house as it now stands giving good accommo- dation to fifty or sixty guests. The table is well looked after by Mrs. Hewey, a lady whose long experience in the cuisine enables her to provide for the inner man in a way most acceptable to the tired and hungry traveler. 240 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO The terms at this house are very reasonable, transient board being 2 per day, and from $7 to $10 by the week. A good stable is connected with the house, where one can obtain teams at very reasonable prices. In this connection we must speak of the BUCKBOARDS, or SPRINGBOARDS, which are an institution in this place, and which are the easiest and most comfortable teams for mountain riding that the writer has ever met with. This vehicle is a universal favorite with the ladies, who, after giving it one trial, can scarcely be persuaded to ride in anything else. FRENCH'S HOTEL. John A. French, proprietor, is a new house, three stories high, containing many modern improvements, and has accommodations for seventy-five or a hundred guests. There is a two-story piazza in front, and a large cupola on top of the house, from which one can obtain charming views up and down the lovely valley of the Ellis. The hotel is pleasantly located on the main street, in close proximity to stores, churches, post-office, telegraph office, etc. A livery-stable is connected with the hotel, and teams are run daily by Mr. French to and from the lakes, connecting with the steamers of the Richardson-Rangeley Lakes Transportation Company. A good table is set at this popular hotel, and the prices of board vary according to the rooms. The transient rates are 2.00 per day. Mr. French has given satis- faction to all who have formerly stopped with him, and will do all in his power to please those who come in the future. There are several private boarding-houses in ANDOVER, with accommodations for from twelve to thirty persons. Among those best known are Cushman's, with accommodations for thirty; Clark's, twelve ; Poor's, twenty. There are an apothecary store, dry and fancy goods, and grocery stores in the place, also carriage and blacksmith shops. A cheese factory, several starch, grist, and lumber mills, may also be men- tioned. The Andover Trotting Park was built two years ago, and several very fine races have been trotted there. It is situated near the main street a short distance from the hotel, and has a half-mile track. The educational facilities for such a place as this are unusually good* there being four school districts, with five school-houses, which are kept open for school nine months in the year. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES., 241 There are two religious societies, both occupying comfortable churches, the Congregationalist and Methodist. A Town Hall, capable of seating three hundred people, is used for political meetings and social entertainments. The churches, stores, post and telegraph offices and hall, are within a stone's throw of the* hotels, making it very convenient for guests to visit them whether the weather be clear or stormy. Besides being a most delightful retreat for a person to spend a vacation, or to linger through a summer, ANDOVER is one of the most favorable places for a person to stop who is any way afflicted with catarrhal complaints. Its invigorating and health-giving mountain air is a sure and speedy cure for Rose Cold and Hay Fever, and the ordinary catarrh yields readily to its influences. The ' writer is acquainted with several who visit this place every sum- mer, for the relief afforded them from the above complaints. There are many large groves of pine in the immediate vicinity of ANDOVER, and there are two within a few rods of the hotels, which are charming places to while away an hour or two on a pleasant summer afternoon with a book for a companion ; or one may sit, in fancy free, at the bottom of some large pine, and listen to the wind sighing through the topmost branches, far overhead, form- ing a music of its own, until, yielding to its gentle influence, you fall asleep, dreaming of wood-nymphs and mountain-sprites, and wake to find the shadows of the declining sun stealing down the mountain side, and a golden tint pervading all around ; and won- dering to yourself how you could have slept so long, you start for the hotel, no longer a dreamer, but awake to the realities of life supper being the one at that particular time which you think most about. In the number of its beautiful rides ANDOVER far surpasses many of the older summer resorts, and we think it can favorably compare with any other town in the mountains for the number of its places of interest. Of these we shall now speak, commencing with those easily reached from the hotels at the " Corner." CHAPTER XIX JDriues To Roxbury Pond, Black Brook Notch, White Cap Mountain, and Farmer's Hill. K doubt if in New England there is a more beauti- ful expanse of water than this lovely pond. It is situated in the town of Roxbury, five miles distant from the village of ANDOVER, on the road leading to Mexico and Dixfield, on the east side of the ELLIS RIVER. It is a mile and a half long, by a mile wide, and contains two islands, the largest of which is about four acres in extent, and is known as I. C. ISLAND. Mr. John A. French, of ANDOVER, has built a small summer house on the Island, for the entertainment of visitors, and placed several boats on the pond, which may be hired at low prices. About a third of the shore around the pond consists of a splendid beach of hard and white sand, furnishing fine facilities for bath.'.ng. The pond is noted for its pickerel fishing, and some of the largest specimens of this fish we have ever seen have been caught in its waters., Mr. French has also stocked it with black bass, which will add to its value with those fond of fishing. In several parts of it water-lilies grow luxuriantly. The pond is surrounded by- high wooded hills, with farms on the cleared slopes, and is as pretty a sheet of water as one would wish to see. Half a day is sufficient to visit the pond, although we are confident that you will not be contented with one drive in that direction. Black Brook Notch is on the lake road, nine miles from the ANDOVER HOUSE, and FRENCH'S HOTEL, and four from SMITH'S Mill. Here the SAWYER (243) 244 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. MOUNTAIN and BLUE MOUNTAIN meet, leaving a passage just wide enough between their granite sides for one team to pass through. It is a wild-looking place, and numerous slides that have occurred here show how the rugged mountain has succumbed to the action of the frost-king. To add to the desolation of the place, a fire ran through here a few years ago, leaving the bleached rocks bare, and the blackened trunks of the trees standing like statues in armor in some deserted castle. Many of the trees have fallen, and lay piled in all shapes and directions, forming an almost im- passable barrier to any one attempting to leave the road. From the top of Cedar Hill the best view of the Notch is obtained. A large cliff on the side of Sawyer Mountain is pointed out to you as a place where bears are frequently seen. Through this deep mountain gorge the waters of BLACK BROOK roar and tumble, for miles beyond. Across the brook at this place a sluice dam has been built, to hold back the water in spring so that logs may be run down the stream. Up and down the brook, for several miles in this vicinity, the trout-fishing is excellent, a catch of five hundred not being considered an unusual day's work. There was one week in June, 1877, when it was estimated that a thousand trout a day were taken out of this stream, and still there were plenty left. "White Cap. This mountain is one of the prominent features of the landscape- about ANDOVER, and is seven miles south-east from FRENCH'S HOTEL and the ANDOVER HOUSE. There is a good carriage road to within a mile of the top, and the drive hither is very pleasant ; its summits afford some excellent views of the surrounding coun- try, that up and down the Ellis River Valley being unusually fine. Portland is visible from it on a fair day, there being no high hills intervening to obstruct the view. It is largely resorted to in the fall, by people living in the vicinity, to gather blueberries, which fruit grows in astonishing quantities on its bare, round summit. Farmer's Hill, another sightly elevation, lies north-east from the ANDOVER HOUSE and FRENCH'S HOTEL, a distance of four miles. The road runs through a pleasant farming country, and the view to be ob- UPPER FALL, CATARACT HUOOK. ANUOVER, ME. 246 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. tained from its top is thought by some to be equal to that from WHITE CAP. The whole valley of the ELLIS RIVER and the village of ANDOVER lie spread out like a map to the west, form- ing a pleasing landscape for the eye to linger on. The excursion may be easily made in half a day. A great many hops are raised yearly in this vicinity, and during the picking season the fields are alive with girls, whose nimble fingers transfer the hops from the poles to the baskets. During the hop-picking there is at least one dance a week, in some farm- er's barn, and the lads and lassies have gay times. A hop-picking without an occasional dance would be decidedly unfashionable. Sawyer's Notch is another gap in the mountains, similar in character to BLACK BROOK NOTCH, although perhaps not so well worth a visit as the latter place. Still the scenery here is far from being tame, and the SAWYER BROOK, which runb through the gorge, is an excellent place for trout, and is annually resorted to by fishermen who have become acquainted with its merits. A colony of beavers located here a few years ago, and built a dam across the stream, which is quite a curiosity. It is six miles from FRENCH'S HOTEL and the ANDOVER HOUSE, over a good road, and can be easily visited in the forenoon or afternoon. A path starts from near the head of the Notch, that leads to C. POND, about four miles beyond. This sheet of water, although not very large, is well stocked with trout, and is charmingly located at the foot of the mountain. The scenery about it is wild and romantic. " C. Pond Bluff," so called, is an immense ledge of rock, that overhangs the upper end of this miniature lake. CHAPTER XX. tDatcrfciUs anb Ca0cabe0. The Cataracts, Upper and Lower Falls, Cascade, Basin and Flume. VERY pleasant ride is the "DRIVE AROUND THE SQUARE, " a distance of about eight miles. Leaving the hotels, you drive down the stage road, which is the princi- pal street in the village, and some eighty feet wide, to SOUTH ANDOVEK; and, turn- ing to the left, you cross the ELLIS RIVER, by a covered bridge, obtaining a magnificent view of the broad meadows, which stretch north for several miles, and again turning to the left, follow the ELLIS up, driving as far as the covered bridge, at the " Corner," where you again cross the river, and return to the hotels. Between eight and ten in the morning, while the early freshness of the day is upon the hills and valleys, or after four in the after- noon, when the sun is beginning slowly to decline, and the shadows to fall softly on the mountains, is by far the prettiest time to take this drive. Five miles from the village, on the lake road, are THE DEVIL'S DEN", HERMIT FALLS, and SILVER RIPPLE CASCADE, which we have given a full description of in Chapter VI. ; it is therefore un- necessary to repeat it here. Suffice it to say that there is no more beautiful excursion to be made in the vicinity of ANDOVER than this, and an entire day should be devoted to it, which can easily (247) THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 249 be done by making a picnic dinner one of the features of the excursion. We will now speak of The Cataracts, a most charming series of falls and cascades, whoso beauties can- not be too highly praised. They are situated on FRYE'S BROOK, or the CATARACT BROOK, as it is sometimes called, about five miles from the " Corner." The road follows OLD MAID BROOK for most of the way, and runs through woods that furnish a most agreeable shade from the hot rays of the sun. After leaving the village the houses-are few and far between, and the road is very quiet. The ride is not surpassed by any in the vicinity of ANDO- VER, and is a favorite one with all visitors to the place. Turning from the road we enter a clearing, where the team is left, and a lovely walk of half a mile up the mountain side, which is covered with a varied growth of hard and soft wood, brings you to the first or Lower Fall. This partakes somewhat of the character of " Artist's Fall" at North Conway, but is far prettier. The volume of water at any season of the year is also larger. The water flows over a dark cliff, and the sides of the brook, being semicircular in shape, fur- nish the visitor with a good view from any direction. A few rods above is the Upper Fall, an engraving of which we present to our readers. The water here comes down in two falls, the whole height being about sixty feet. The entire bed of the stream where the water makes its first leap is solid rock, and at the bottom of the first half of the fall is a round basin in the rock, of unfathomable depth, according to local tradition. The water and frost have playc'd sad havoc with the granite walls of the stream at this place, and immense boulders have fallen off from the upper part of the cliff, and lie in the stream at the base of the second fall. There are thick woods hero on each side, and the place has an indescribable charm, that will cause one to linger as if unable to 250 FARKAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO tear himself away from its beautiful scenery. It would furnish a fitting abode for a sylvan goddess, and we can almost imagine some Diana to appear and welcome us. Leaving this sequestered retreat, we follow the stream up the mountain side for half a mile farther, the bare and scarred summit of OLD BALD PATE frowning down upon us, as if questioning our right to invade his domain, and reach one of the most lovely places to be found on this most beautiful stream. Here the mountain torrent pours over the whitest of granite rock, worn smooth as glass from the action of the water, forming a series of delightful cascades, known as the Sylvan Cascades. Here the sunlight streams in, causing the water to sparkle like diamonds, and furnishing a strong comparison to the darkness of THE FLUME above. There are basins worn in the solid rock here, that for beauty of shape and finish would put to shame any work of art. One can sit here for hours feasting the eye on the exquisite beauties of the place, the ear enchanted by the gentle murmur of the rippling waters. If one is inclined to solitude no more beautiful spot could be found in which to indulge in pensive mood, for here you are entirely surrounded by nature. The murmuring stream, the granite rocks, the dark forest, lit up a little by the delicate birch and silver maple, below, the valley to which the torrent hastens, above, the frowning peaks of mountains, and over all the clear blue sky, majestic canopy of earth. We present our readers with an engraving made from a photo- graph taken at this spot. Less than an eighth of a mile above is quite a wonder of nature, known as The Flume. Here, for several hundred feet on both sides of the brook, the rocks rise to a height of from twenty to sixty feet, the stream flowing along the bottom. A tree has been felled so as to fall across the chasm, affording an insecure bridge by which to cross. The width varies from ten to twenty feet. A thick growth of fir and pine has obtained a foothold on each side of the cliff, shut- ting out the sun, except perhaps for a few moments at noon, THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 251 when it is directly overhead. The darkness adds to the solemn appearance of the place, and you gaze with feelings of awe along the cavernous sides of the frightful-looking ravine before you, " Through the narrow rift Of the vast rocks, against whose rugged feet Beats the mad torrent with perpetual roar, Where noonday is as twilight, and the winds Come burdened with the everlasting moan Of forests and of far-off waterfalls." We present our readers with a capital engraving of the Flume on the following page. One summer, the writer, with another gentleman from Boston, followed this stream nearly to its source, and the places men- tioned in this book are only a few of the many that are to be found along its banks. It is, in fact, the finest mountain stream we have ever seen, and we have visited a large number. Your interest is enhanced, and new beauties are unfolded, at every step of your advance, and an entire day may be most profitably and agreeably spent in exploring its hidden mysteries. Any lady who is a good mountain-climber can visit all the special places of interest on this stream in one day, if pressed for time ; but of course more pleasure could be derived from a slower exami- nation. A few years ago a gentleman narrowly escaped from a serious accident at this place. He was crossing the flume by means of the tree that spanned the chasm, and had reached the middle when his feet slipped and down he came. By good luck he caught at the tree, and held on until his companion rescued him from his perilous situation. At either end of the flume one can cross the stream without danger. It is comparatively easy to make the ascent of BALD PATE MOUNTAIN by following up the stream and branches, as they rise very near the summit. If this route does not present as smooth walking as the path through the woods, it has the advantage of being more direct, and, consequently, shorter, enabling one to make the same time as by the woodland path. In following up the stream keep to the right-hand side. Before you reach the head, you cross three branches that empty in from the right. THK Fu MI:. CATAK.UT JiuooK. ANUOVRH. Mi:. CHAPTER XXI. ft) ate mountain. The Ascent, and View from its Summit. HIS lofty peak is one of several mountains that lie west .of the village of ANDOVEK, and is reached from the same place as the " Cata- racts." From FRENCH'S HOTEL or the ANDOVEU HOUSE to the summit it is nine miles, of which five can be done in a team. Leav- ing the road at the Cataract path, you commence the ascent of the mountain, the base being thickly covered with woods. A "blazed" path leads to the top, but it is very blind, and if you have not had considerable experience in wood- craft, the chances are ten to one that you will lose it before reach- ing the summit. It is safer, and, therefore, more preferable, to take a guide with you. But, if you " go it alone," and lose your way, climb a tree, as the summit is visible from the top of any reason- ably high tree for miles around. Before reaching the bare ground, you go through a thicket of scrub spruce that is evi- dently placed there to try a man's patience. If you don't lose it before you struggle through this wicked net-work of shrubbery, you must be a saint. For the last three-quarters of a mile the mountain is bare of trees, but is covered until within a few hun- dred yards of the top with mountain-cranberries. The singular bleak and bare appearance of the top of this mountain is no doubt what suggested its name. Near the northern end there is a crevice running nearly across the mountain, from one to four feet (253) 254 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. wide, and from ten to fifty feet deep. The summit commands a fine view in every direction, and on a fair day many of the lakes are plainly to be seen. This is the fourth highest mountain in Maine, and cannot be far from three thousand feet above the sea level. Like Mount Washington, it is frequently enveloped in clouds, and snow remains on it some seasons until late in July. It is a hard mountain to climb, but, once on top, the prospect amply repays you for your labor in reaching it. It will take about two hours to make the ascent, and one will need the better part of the day to make the trip easily. One summer, the writer, accompanied by a gentleman who was a fellow-border in the hotel, made the ascent under somewhat unfavorable circumstances. Learning at the hotel that there was a very fine view to be obtained from its summit, we started one day after dinner to climb OLD BALD PATE. We reached the clearing at the base of the mountain about two o'clock, and after fastening our horse started up. Taking the cataract path, we went up for nearly a mile without difficulty. Here the path ended, and we began to look for the blazed trees.* We missed them, but found a blazing sun that was rather warm for mountain-climbing. After a half hour spent in useless search, we concluded to go on, and travel by the sun. After an hour of weary climbing we had reached the sum- mit of the mountain we were on, and found we had lost our way. My companion climbed a spruce tree, he was a real spruce young fellow, to learn our position, and, upon descending, said that BALD PATE lay a mile or more to the left of us. So we tramped on, down the back side of the mountain that we were then on, and finally saw BALD PATE towering a mile or two above and be- yond us. Taking a careful look around to get the lay of the land, we started up again. The woods were thick and the under- brush troublesome, but we persevered, and finally worked our way up and through the lower belt of forest, and came out amid a growth of scrub trees and bushes, with dead cedars and pines, killed by some forest fire, strewn about us in a perfect tangle. The hard old granite face of BALD PATE was now clearly in sight of us, but still a long way off. We were tired and thirsty, but we had left the hotel, contrary to the wishes of our friends, without a guide, intending to stand upon the top of OLD BALD PATE with- RIPPLE CASCADE, BLACK BROOK, ANUOVEXI, ME. 256 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO out any help, and we meant to do it. So upwards we struggled. It w%3 with a feeling of thanksgiving that we cleared the fallen trees, and stepped out on the barren rocks, where, if locomotion was still difficult, we were not compelled to climb or jump over a prostrate tree every three or four feet. A strong wind was blow- ing across the mountain, which felt very refreshing to our heated faces, but it cooled our bodies so rapidly that we were soon glad to put on our overcoats. We were now really suffering from thirst, and upon reaching the extreme summit we were overjoyed to find cool, clear water in the hollows of the ledge, which at that moment appeared like nectar to us. Lying flat upon the granite ledge, we drank and drank, until at last our thirst was satisfied. Not until then did we begin to feast our eyes upon the glorious view which was spread out before us in every direction. To the north-west lay UMBAGOG and the DIXVILLB PEAKS' Far- ther east the remainder of the AKDROSCOGGIN LAKES were plainly discernible, their waters shining like gold in the last rays of the setting sun. The ELLIS VALLEY and the village of ANDOVEK formed a beautiful picture in the east, and south-east and south- west rose the peaks of GRAFTON and BEAR RIVER NOTCH, hiding the fair village of BETHEL from our view. From the highest point of the mountain we counted nearly a hundred other peaks surrounding us in different directions. On the extreme height of the summit we found a monument of stones, built by those who had made the ascent before us, and we added a few to the pile. The mountain is double-peaked, but the lower one, about a mile distant, we did not visit. From the west side this mountain pre- sents a saddle-back shape, and forms one of the walls of GRAFTON NOTCH. From BETHEL to UMBAGOG LAKE, as seen from the west side, the mountain is known as SADDLEBACK, instead of BALD PATE, and strangers are often confounded by the two names. In blueberry time this mountain is a popular resort for bears, several having been shot here ; but, fortunately for us, we did net run across any. As we were both unarmed, the bears would certainly have had the advantage in case they choose to attack us. The clouds had now begun to envelop the mountain, and the chilliness of the air had increased to such an extent as to be dis- agreeable, even with our overcoats on. It was seven o'clock, and high time we should be moving. So we started down, and as THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 257 soon as we had reached the belt of timber began to look for the blazed path. We were fortunate enough to find it. A little way down we stopped at an immense spring, which is quite a curiosity in itself, and had a drink of its cool and sparkling waters. We had been told of this spring at the hotel, but had not found it on our way up. Our thirst satisfied, we continued on down the mountain, following the path until it became so dark we could not see the marks on the trees, and then we went at random. Becoming alarmed, lest we should get too far out of our way, we struck for CATARACT BROOK, knowing in which direction it lay, and soon reached it. Following the bed of the stream we made bettei* progress, because the rocks had been washed white by the freshets, and we could see where to step. Beaching the UPPER CATARACT FALL, we were compelled to take to the woods again. And now the trouble commenced ; for by this time it had grown so dark that you could not see your hand before you, and the trees grew so thick together that we could not see the sky. Guided by the sound of the brook, we worked our way along, groping and stumbling, now Tittering an exclamation of disgust, and then laughing heartily as the ludicrousness of the situation forced itself upon us. Finally, in climbing over a tree, I disturbed a wasp's nest, and for a moment after I felt as if somebody was using me for a pin-cushion. We moved away from that particular spot in a hurry, although at the imminent risk of breaking our necks as we tumbled over stumps, loose rocks, and fallen trees, and when we had reached a safe distance we sat down for a few minutes' rest and consultation. We knew that we were within a quarter of a mile of the road, and very near the cataract path, and, that once found, a few moments' walk would place us beside our team ; but to find the path was the difficulty, in the profound darkness by which we were enveloped. Striking a match we started a fire, and had just got it well blazing when we heard a team in the road. A few moments later we were joined by two men with lanterns, who had been sent out as a rescuing party, by our anxious friends from the hotel. By the aid of the lantern we descended to the road in a few minutes ; and reached the hotel at about eleven o'clock. We had been seven hours in making the ascent and descent of the mountain ; but my companion agreed with me in thinking that we could do better another time. AN OBSTACLE. CHAPTER XXII. Excursions to Uimn's J&otci) antj JFtrst 13 MONG other beautiful excursions in the vicinity of ANDOVER, perhaps there is none from which one will derive a greater amount of pleasure than a visit to this wonderful work of nature. It is situated seven miles from the ANDOVER HOUSE and FRENCH'S HOTEL, on the road to UMBAGOG LAKE. You follow the same road that leads to the " Cataracts," and continue on for two miles farther, stopping at the foot of a high hill. Leaving the carriage-road, a walk of three-quarters of a mile brings you to these walls of solid rock, so grand and impressive. The mountains here come together at a height of about 1,500 feet above the sea, leaving a passage scarcely ten feet wide between them. The path to the Notch starts from the left-hand side of the road, and lies across a meadow, where grow in exhaustless num- bers the most delicious wild strawberries. Then crossing the west branch of the ELLIS, which rises in the hills above, you continue on through a dense forest, that furnishes a comfortable shade, and climb slowly up the mountain side. The path you follow was formerly a stage road, which, by passing through the Notch, cut off several miles of the distance between ANDOVER and UMBAGOG LAKE. For several years, however, it has not been used, owing to a bad wash-out, that carried a part of the road into a deep ravine. This occurred near the Notch, and the damage was so great that it was thought inexpedient to repair it, on account of the expense, and another road was accordingly built around it. The road has become somewhat overgrown with un- (259) 260 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO derbrush, but through this you can easily pick your way. The ascent is steep, and you will be glad to rest occasionally before reaching the top. There has been some talk lately of having the County Commissioners lay out the road again, the State to make an appropriation of one thousand dollars to put it in repair. As you climb up the side of the mountain there are occasional openings, from which you can get views of the farther side of the gorge, and of the picturesque stream which sings noisily far below you. On reaching the top, the awful grandeur of the scene is at once apparent : two large walls of rock, rising to a height of more than a thousand feet, their sides rugged and scarred from long battle with the storm-king's forces. One immense mass of ledge, at the very head of the Notch, towers like a huge pinnacle far above all others. To the summit of this the adventuresome tourist may clamber, not, however, without some little risk to his neck, and, seated on the top, command a magnificent view, extend- ing down through the Notch for miles. The wild and weird char- acter of the place is more forcibly brought to your mind here than from any other point, and this view alone will amply recompense you for the toil and time in visiting this charming spot. To gain a proper idea of the height, however/one should descend into the ravine, and gaze up at the huge boulder which towers so far above. The stream, too, is seen falling like a silver thread, and flashing in the sunlight, now making a leap of several feet, and then flowing swiftly over the face of the rock, until it reaches the bottom of the ravine, through which it flows, emptying into the ELLIS some miles below. A whole day should be taken for this excursion, as one needs at least four hours at the Notch. First B Hill. This sightly eminence is distant from the village of AKDOVER about ten miles. It is a very pleasant excursion, and can easily be made in a day. The route lies over the same road as to DUNN'S NOTCH; but, after reaching the point where you diverge to visit the Notch, the road rapidly rises, and you have a long, tiresome climb up the side of a hill, that, so far as height is concerned, might well be called a mountain, passing through a piece of wood- land, which in the fall is an excellent place for partridges. At the top of this mountain there is a level plateau of n mile or more, THE ANDEOSCOGGIN LAKES. 261 across which you drive, and then descend to another valley, across this, and up another long ascent, and you reach B Hill. From the Dunn's Notch path to the summit of B Hill there is not a house to be seen. The road is so narrow that the trees meet in many places, ef- fectually protecting you from Old Sol's fiery glances. This is the most hilly of any of the drives in the vicinity of ANDOVER; but the road is good, and the " buck board" makes easy traveling. Arriving at the top of the hill, which is over two thousand feet above the sea, you have a view, fully as fine as may be obtained from many mountains. North and north-east are to be seen UJIBAGOG and the other ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES ; to the south OLD BALD PATE rears his frosty head, and in the west may be seen several of the White Mountain peaks, Mount Washington, whose lofty summit kisses the clouds, and looks down upon the others. With a fair opera or field glass one is easily enabled to make out the different buildings. We publish a variety of fine stereoscopic views of the places of interest mentioned in this chapter. CHAPTER XXIII. (Excursions to 3Lafee SJmfcapg, JHagallofoag auto JBtxfriile $otcf). JERSONS fond of natural scenery will find this one of the most enjoyable excursions that can be made from ANDOVER, and it will occupy from a day and a half to two days. Start some fine day the first thing after dinner, accompanied by a few friends, and drive to CAMBRIDGE, N.H., at the foot of LAKE UMBAGOG, a distance of seventeen miles, and put up for the night at the LAKESIDE HOTEL, where you are sure of the best of accommodations. The next morning, leaving the teams and driver to await your return, and accompanied by a well-filled lunch-basket, don't forget that if you wish to keep good-natured, take the steamer DIAMOND or PABMACIIENEE, and make the round trip of the lake and rivers, a distance of some seventy miles. The course lies up the UMBAGOG LAKE, the route across which has been already fully described in Chapter IV., to SUNDAY Cove, thence back across the lake, and 'down the ANDROSCOGGIN RIVER to EKROL DAM LANDING, where a stop is made long enough for you to inspect the Dam, which is worth a visit; thence retrace the route four miles towards the lake, and enter the MAGALLOWAY RIVER, up which serpentine stream you sail for eight or fourteen miles, according to the height of water in the river, stopping at the lower landing during low water, from the vicinity of which you will obtain many fine views of the surrounding country. In high water the steamer runs up the river six miles above the lower landing, stopping directly opposite the hotel, and but a few rods from the door. C2631 264 FAKRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO The steamer stops at either landing one hour, and you have ample time for a lunch on board and a stroll on shore, or a din- ner at the hotel, before the whistle sounds the return. If at the lower landing you may visit the BERLIN MILLS HOUSE, two miles distant, by land, and obtain a good dinner for fifty cents. A team will take you to and from the boat free of expense, and dur- ing the ride you will obtain some charming views of the moun- tains that wall in the valley. At two o'clock you "start down the river," and, reaching the ANDROSCOGGIN, again visit EUROL DAM; thence retrace your course, crossing the lake to SUNDAY COVE; from there you are "homeward bound," and once more crossing the lake, at the most beautiful time of day for a sail, you reach CAMBRIDGE and the cosey LAKESIDE, about six o'clock. If you have taken the precaution to order supper to be ready on the arrival of the boat, you can at once satisfy the demands of hunger; and, starting immediately after supper, you will reach ANDOVER about half past ten o'clock that night. If there is a moon, nothing can be more lovely than this evening ride from UMBAGOG LAKE to ANDOVER. Or you can stop over night at the LAKESIDE HOTEL, at CAMBRIDGE, and return to ANDOVER the next morning after breakfast. On all excursions where you are 'liable to be out after dark, proper care should be taken to dress warm, as the night air among the mountains is cool and sharp. Plenty of shawls and water-proofs for the ladies, and overcoats and blankets for the gentlemen, are never amiss. The above trip is a most enjoyable one, and is not so very expensive ; and the larger the number the less the expense to each. The fare on the steamer will be $2.00 each. Dixville Notch. To those who have never visited DIXVILLE NOTCH a trip to this wild and romantic region is a pleasure long to be thought of. It is easily reached from AUDOVER, and the trip can be readily made in two days, although three are preferable. The writer and a party of friends made the trip one summer, it occupying two days, and were enabled to see all the objects of interest, although they did not spend as much time in the vicinity of the Notch as they THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 205 would have liked. The distance from FRENCH'S HOTEL, or the ANDOVEE HOUSE, to the Dix HOUSE is thirty-five miles, just a pleasant day's ride,, and not at all tiresome when done on a "buckboard." Leaving the hotels at ANDOVER early in the morning, you drive half of the distance, stopping for lunch by the side of the road in some cool place in the woods ; an hour or two can easily be spent in sampling the contents of your lunch-basket, a social chat, and cigars. By this time the horses will have been fed and rested, and you resume your seats, and ride the remaining distance, reaching THE NOTCH about seven o'clock. The next day can be spent in climbing JACOB'S LADDER, and viewing the country from TABLE ROCK, visiting the ICE CAVE, staring at the PROFILE, and going into ecstasies over the FLUME and CASCADES on the east- ern side of the Notch, for you are sure to do it. A visit to COLUMNAR ROCK, and a stroll along that side qf the Notch, is also desirable. If piscatorially inclined, and you have had the fore- thought to bring your rod and book of flies, you may stroll a short distance from the hotel and catch a good mess of trout for supper. For the entire distance between the two places the scenery is charming, and the ride delightful. The road is first-rate, with the exception of a short distance in the heart of the Notch, and that is not at all dangerous. Some very pretty views of the ANDROSCOGGIN RIVER may be obtained at ERROL, at which place you cross the stream by means of a covered bridge. For a more particular description of the scenery about DIXVILLE. NOTCH we refer you to former chapters of the book. The LAKE UMBAGOG and DIXVILLE NOTCH trips may be com- bined in the following manner, and this is by far the most satis- factory way to make the trip : Leave ANDOVER early in the afternoon, and drive to the LAKE- SIDE HOTEL in CAMBRIDGE, which you reach in time for supper, and where you will stop over night. The next morning take passage on the steamer, and enjoy the sail on the lake and rivers, touching at the places mentioned above, and leave the boat in the afternoon at ERROL DAM. Have your teams leave the LAKESIDE, in CAMBRIDGE, about one o'clock in the afternoon and drive around to ERROL DAM, which place they will reach about half 266 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. past two or three, making sharp connection with the steamer. Then exchanging the boat for your blackboard, a drive of two hours will bring you to the Dix HOUSE on thfl western side of the Notch, where you stop over night. Spend the next forenoon there, which will give you abundant time to see all of interest ; order a twelve-o'clock dinner, and leave the Notch at one o'clock, sharp, arriving at EBROL DAII at three P.M., in time to connect with the steamer. As the boat runs to SUNDAY COVE before going down the lake to CAMBRIDGE, you will have a delightful sail of twenty-two miles, and your teams will reach the LAKESIDE as soon as you do. After supper you can drive to AKDOVER, or stop at the LAKESIDE over night, and leave the next morning after breakfast, reaching ANDOTER at noon. The two trips may be made in this manner in three or four days, and the expense will be less than if they are made separately. Rumford Falls. These celebrated falls, the highest in New England, are situ- ated south-east from the village of ANDOVER. The road is excel- lent the whole distance, and the drive very pleasant. You are in sight of the ELLIS or ANDROSCOGGIN RIVERS the most of the way, and the falls are six miles below the Rumford ferry. The full tide of the Androscoggin makes a descent at the falls of one hun- dred and sixty feet in three pitches, and within the space of a quarter of a mile. There is one sheer descent of seventy feet. In the spring when the logs are going down the river it is an inspiring sight to see them leap the falls. Still another way to reach these falls from ANDOVER is to cross the ELLIS RIVEE, and drive over the road to Mexico, going through ROXBURY NOTCH, a locality of no mean pretensions, and afterwards follow the road on the east side of the ANDROSCOGGIN until you reach the falls. The distance this way is but nine miles, and would be preferable to some on that account. Our idea of this drive is to go by the way of ROXBURY NOTCH, and come back by the other road, thus giving greater variety to the excursion. Ten miles from RUMFORD FALLS is 268 FARKAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. Mount Zircon, a very prominent peak, and one which is well worth visiting. Some of the finest views in New England may be seen from its summit. Several years ago a large hotel stood on the top of the mountain, but it was destroyed by fire. At the base of the moun- tain is the famous Mount Zircon Mineral Spring, whose waters have performed some remarkable cures. The water is free to drink to parties visiting the spring. It may be obtained by the barrel from F. T. Stevens, Bryant's Pond, Me. It can easily be visited in one day from ANDOVER, returning the next day, and stopping at RUMFORD FALLS on the way back. CHAPTER XXIV. Stout- Jftsljing. OST of the streams about ANDOVER abound in trout. Among those which we call special attention to, having found from practical ex- perience that they are favorite resorts of the spotted beauties, are BLACK BROOK, SAW- YER'S BROOK, OLD MAID BROOK, FRYE'S BROOK, and BURROUGHS' BROOK. Trout may be found in all these waters at any time during the year, the fish averaging from one-fourth to two pounds in weight. These streams are all within easy walking or riding distance from the hotel, and are fished without difficulty, a pair of long- legged rubber boots being the only requisite beside proper fish- ing-tackle. Apropos of brook trout-fishing, the following, from Scott's " Fishing in American Waters," is worth reading : " Questions in relation to fishing up or down a stream should be decided by the condition of the stream and its borders. While casting from the shore it makes very little difference which way the stream is fished ; but in wading it is best to fish up stream be- cause it does not roil the water, and there is not so great liability to alarm the fish. In making a cast it is always best to draw the 'ilies across the current, for then the.drop-flics will play clear of the casting-line. This is the opinion of most good fly-fishers. First, cast up stream along the shore, and, if the stream be not too wide, cast to the farther shore, drawing your flies across the stream, but not too fast, lest the trout become suspicious. In striking, you cannot be too quick when fishing up a stream. Cast first near the shore ; then a yard or two farther off; next, across the stream. If you get not a rise, take a step or two up the stream and repeat. Continue doing so until a doubt arises as to (269) BfCKBOAKU. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 271 whether the trout admire your cast; then replace one fly by another of different color from any on your cast. If that does not take, after presenting it several times, take it off and try another extreme in color. Keep changing until you hit the fancy of the trout. When you have found the fly that the trout admire, change your other flies (if you fish with three) to those of colors in slight relief to the taking one ; that is, put on one a trifle darker and the other a little lighter in shade. Anglers are not so high a re- move above the rest of mankind as not to be susceptible to a slight influence from the baser sentiments of humanity; but I have actually seen a man & r o self-willed as to fish all day without a rise, ' because,' as he said, ' he was determined to bring the trout to his terms.' " All kinds of angling call for the exercise of patience ; but fly- fishing requires the gift of genius. Do not fish with too long a cast. In fishing a creek up stream, thirty to forty-five feet are quite sufficient. In striking let it be with sufficient force to fasten the hook in his jaw; but play your fish most gingerly, and even tenderly, but not so as to give him slack line, or he will disgorge the hook. One of the principal causes of losing large fish is the being in too great a hurry to land them. If the hook is well fast- ened, the more delicately your fish is played the better ; for snub- bing a fish hard at all points wears an orifice in its jaw from which the hook falls by the mere turning of the fish. It is true that the trout has a good, mouth to hold the hook ; but the hook must first be well-fastened to hold, and then the orifice made in hooking should not be made larger in playing, if possible to avoid it." Another writer says : " To follow trout-fishing with success requires on the part of the angler much care and study as well as natural aptitude for the business. The trout is not a fish to be trifled with. He must be approached cautiously and deceived with deliberation. Although possessed of a shark-like appetite, he is a stickler for form, and objects to unseasonable food with the pertinacity of a religious devotee. When he wants flies the plumpest of angle-worms may be dragged before his very nose without quickening the play of his pectoral fins, or the easy sway of his tail, and when it is no longer fly-time with him, the very king of gray hackles might flut- 272 FAURAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO ter and flap untouched within a finger's length of the lily-pad which serves as his shelter. But there is one dainty he never re- jects. Be it chub, or shiner, or even the small fry of his own species, this handsome cannibal, like the pelican that he is, makes haste to take it in whenever opportunity offers. It is rare, indeed, when a big trout's stomach fails to yield his captor evidence of a fish-dinner. This weakness of the trout is often turned to good account by parties who bait strong hooks with live fish, and leave them ' set ' in the water over night. Such fishing is condemned, however, as unsportsmanlike, and no reputable fisherman likes to be known as practising it. For that matter, too, trolling is looked upon as not exactly the square thing, the rule of fishcraft being that the fly ranks first in honor, then rod-fishing with a sin- gle hook. Both of these styles call for judgment, patience, and some skill, whereas trolling, and worse still, the use of gang- hooks gives the fish no chance for his life. The trout naturally runs to salt water in the winter, and this is what gives the Sand- wich fish and those of Nova Scotia their exquisite flavor ; while the greater abundance of food they find there keeps them plump and well-flavored. In inland places the fish pass the cold months in the deepest water they can find, and with the opening of spring may be found at the mouths of streams, were bugs and worms are likely to be more plentiful than farther out in the pond or lake, as the case may be. As the season advances and the water grows warmer they run up the streams ; but in the hot and sultry days of July and August they fall back to deep, cool pools. They can't live long in water as warm as seventy degrees. The spawning season is in October, and the water is then somewhat cooler than in mid-summer, and they run into the sandy shallows of their favorite breeding, grounds without inconvenience from the heat. The generally recognized fishing season extends from May 1st, to October 1st, but it is not until about the middle of May that the fish bite very freely. During the whole of this month bait-fishing is in order, the fish being as a rule reluctant to rise to a fly. June is the best month of the year for trout-fishing, and then it is that the deluded creatures snap at imitation millers and what-nots, as the manufacturer's skill produces them, and soon find them- selves weak and bleeding, enclosed by the relentless meshes of the landing-net, and then are left to gasp their lives away on a 274 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO sun-scorched raft or in the dungeon of a fish-basket. In July the festive fisher chases the still more festive grasshopper, and finds him good bait when caught. But the hopper is rather a dweller among the hay-fields of the cultivated land than a sipper of dew in the wilderness, and it is, after all, the careless swain who fol- lows the winding brook through grassy meadows who turns the song of insect glee to sighing. Piscatorial poetry requires a meadow as a background. There are the primroses, the violets, the buttercups, the tiger lilies, the ox-eye daisies (pretty to talk about, but the farmer's pest), the grassy banks, and all the gor- geous livery of nature shorn of her wildness, but, as a rule, no trout. He is a fish of the shade, and the wilder the rush of water the happier he is." We do not know of any greater pleasure than to start some fine morning from the hotel, and ride to one of these brooks. Leaving the team, and carrying your fishing-tackle and lunch-basket, you strike the stream, where the eddies curl around the roots of some old tree. Obtaining a good position, you make a cast, your fly strikes the water, dances for a moment on the surface of the swiftly flowing stream, and, presto ! you see a spotted beauty dart like a flash, and off he goes with your hook in his mouth. A few moments of anxious suspense, and he lies quivering in your bas- ket, doomed to the ignoble end of sizzling in a frying-pan. Many more such scenes as this, and then a withdrawal to some umbra- geous shade, where beneath the sheltering branches of a fine old tree, you go through your lunch-basket, with appetite heightened by the morning's sport. Lighting a cigar, .after every crumb of food has disappeared, you indulge in dolce far niente, and watch the clouds as they sail lazily through the sky, or build air-castles in the smoke of your Havana, as it curls gracefully above your head, and is wafted into dim distance by the sweet breath of the summer zephyrs. But, lunch over, you again take to the brook, and try every pool and rapid that has before escaped your notice, and, after a repetition of the morning's sport, with your basket well filled with the sweetest of all fish, the spotted brook-trout, you tramp wearily back and wait, by the side of ttyj road, the return of the team to take you back to the hotel, which never looks more inviting than at the close of a hard day's fishing, where, once arrived, you re- THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 275 count the incidents of the day to a crowd of sympathetic listeners, who are held spellbound until the welcome call to supper dis- solves the charm. " Where, in many straggling group, Gnarled and crooked willows By a chaffing streamlet stoop, And their yellow branches droop, Tow'rd its tiny billows; Near the banks are little whirls, Whirls of fretted water, And beneath those rings of pearls Trout delicious caught are." But, although trout are plenty in all these brooks, they are not always to be caught, for, as one of the natives say, "drefful no- tional critturs traout be, olluz bitin' at whodger haant got. Or- ful contrary critturs just like flmrnels. Yer can cotch a fimmel with a feather, if she's ter be cotched ; ef she haant ter be cotched yet may scoop ther hul world dry and yer haant got her. Jess so traout." The trout-fishing at the lakes is of course more exciting than brook-fishing. For instance, below the Upper Dam you throw your fly on top of the white water, and have it seized by a ten- pounder instead of a baby trout six inches long ; you strike hard, and the fish darts away, while fathom after fathom of your line unreels, and you begin to tremble for fear he will never stop ; he turns, and you begin to reel in, carefully and watchfully, keeping his head well up to the surface, and after many moments of ex- citing anxiety you get him near enough to successfully use your net. It is no small job, to take an eight or ten-pound trout out of swift water, with a light rod. and not break your rod or lose your line. It requires skill, patience, and practice to do it, but isn't it sport? How your eyes sparkle, your cheeks flush, and how you quiver with the excitement of the moment, while battling with one of these gigantic specimens ; and what a look of disgust quickly steals across your face, if, after all your best efforts, you lose your fish ! Certainly, it is provoking. 276 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO NEW ROUTE TO PARMACHENEE LAKE. During the spring of 1884 Mr. H. W. Fickett, who is now proprietor of Camp Aziscohos, at Aziscohos Falls, formerly run by Fred Flint, cut a plain and direct trail from the head of the Falls, where his house is located, to the head of Molechunkamunk Lake, ending at a point west of Mr. Whittier's camp. Parties wishing to visit Parmachenee Lake in future can take the steamer at the South Arm, or Middle Dam, on Lake Welo- kennebacook, and be carried directly to the trail, enabling them, if on the morning boat, to reach Fickett's to dinner, or by the afternoon boat, reach Fickett's to supper. The trail has been cut with a great deal of care, and any one can cross it without danger of straying from the path. It will not be necessary for parties to take a guide with them in crossing this carry, unless they prefer it. The distance from Molechunkamunk Lake to Fickett's by this trail is six miles. Mr. Fickett will keep a plenty of good boats at Camp Aziscohos, and parties leaving the South Arm, Middle Dam, or Upper Dam, in the morning, can reach Parmachenee Lake the same night. This will be found the shortest, easiest, and cheapest way of reaching the Northern Magalloway Wilderness. (Same and CHAPTER XXV. of tte tat* of $; CHAPTER 1. FISH AND GAME COMMISSIONERS AND WARDENS, AND THEIR DUTIES. SECTION 1. The governor, with the advice of the council, shall appoint a board of commissioners on fish and game, not exceeding three in number, who shall hold their offices for five years from the date of their appointment (unless sooner removed), for the purpose of restocking such of our waters with sal- mon, shad, and alcwives as were formerly frequented by those fish, and intro- ducing the land-locked salmon, so called, black bass, pike perch, white perch, white fish, or any other desirable fish into our inland waters, and enforcing the laws relating to fish and game; and said board of commissioners is hereby authorized to cooperate with the commissioners of other States, having joint interests with this State, for the purpose of restocking the rivers, streams, and other waters wilh salmon, shad, and other desirable fish. The board of fish commissioners, as now constituted, is hereby continued, and invested with all the powers and charged with all the duties of fish and game commissioners under the general laws. SECT. 2. They shall examine the principal inland waters of the State, and determine what new varieties of fish shall be introduced into the several waters. They may take fish of any kind, at any time or in any manner they may choose, for the purposes of science, cultivation, and dissemination, and may permit other persons to take fish at any time and in any manner for the same purposes, anything in this or any other chapter to the contrary notwith- standing. SECT. 3. Each of said commissioners may personally, or by deputy appoint- ed in writing under his hand, enforce all laws relating to inland fisheries, and may seize and remove, summarily, if need be, all obstructions to the passage of migratory fish illegally used, except dams, mills, or machinery, at the expense of the person using or maintaining the same. SECT. 4. Every town or city council in this State shall, at some regular meeting, choose one or more fish and game wardens, whose duty it shall be to see that the laws for the preservation of fish in the waters within the limits of such town or city or upon which it may border, and also the laws for the pres- ervation of game within such limits, are duly observed, and such wardens shall be sworn to the faithful performance of their duties. SECT. 5. It shall be the duty of the fish and game commissioners to appoint one or more fish and game wardens in each town or city of this State including or bordering upon any body of water in which trout or other fish arc prohib- ited from being taken during any specified time or times, whenever such war- dens have not been elected in such towns or cities ; said wardens to hold their said appointments until such town or city shall elect such wardens, or during the pleasure of the commissioners. Such wardens, so appointed, shall receive a warrant from s_aid commissioners, and shall be sworn to the faithful perform- ance of their duties. (277) 278 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO SECT. 6. It shall be tbc duty of Bald wardens to observe and examine, and to make complaint before some justice of the peace of all infringements of laws made for tho preservation of fish or game in their respective towns or cities, and to prosecute the same to final judgment. SECT. 7. Said commissioners are hereby empowered to appoint, in writing under their hands, special detectives, not exceeding five in number, for tho purpose of securing the enforcement of the fish and game laws of the State, at such times as in their judgment they may deem necessary; the expense of said detectives not to exceed two hundred and fifty dollars per annum. The fish and game commissioners, and their deputies and detectives, and the wardens shall have all the powers in enforcing the fish and game laws of the State, and all laws relating to fisheries, that are now vested in police officers and consta- bles of this State. SECT. 8. It shall be the duty of the fish commissioners to examine from tune to time all waters in this State in which salmon or other fish have heretofore been or may hereafter be placed, and they are hereby empowered, by an order in writing duly published and posted, to close any such waters against all fish- ing of every kind for such time us the preservation of the fish so placed ill such waters may require, not exceeding three years. A copy of such order shall be published in some newspaper printed in tho county, if any, otherwise in some adjoining county, and posted i:i two or more public places, as near said waters as may be, in each town in which said waters or any part thereof are located, at least one week before such order shall be enforced; and this shall bo sufli- cient notice i:i all cases. Any person violating this law. or any order made under it by said commissioners, shall be fined not exceeding twenty dollars, or imprisoned not exceeding sixty days, or both, for each offence. Ana the having in possession any fish, or any fishing tackle or apparatus, by any person in the immediate vicinity of such waters, after such order takes effect, shall be prima- facie evidence of a violation by such person of this law and of such order made by said commissioners. SECT. 0. Any town or city in this State may, at any meeting duly notified and holden for that purpose, by mnjor vote of such town or of the city govern- ment of such city, prohibit fishing in any waters exclusively in such town or city, for any period not exceeding three years, for the purpose of stocking said waters with any kind of desirable fish; and any violation of such prohibi- tion by any person shall be prosecuted by the warden, and, if proved to the satisfaction of the magistrate, shall be punished in the same way as is provided in the preceding section. SECT. 10. All persons arc hereby forbidden to take, catch, or fish for any fish in any way upon the Pcmigcwasset river, near the State hatching-house in Holderness, anywhere between the abutments of the upper dam on Livermore Falls, so called, in Campion, and a point on said river half a mile below said abutments, southerly, measuring by an air line. Any person violating the pro- visions of this section shall pay a fine not exceeding twenty dollars, or be imprisoned not exceeding sixty days, or both, for every such violation. SECT. 11. All fines paid under the provisions of this chapter shall be one- half for the use of the prosecutor and the other half for the use of the town, city, or county. SECT. 12. Said commissioners shall make a full annual report to the gov- ernor and council of all their doings, together with a statement of all expenses, on or before the tenth day of June of each year. They shall be entitled to receive their traveling and other expenses necessarily connected with the dis- charge of their duties, and such compensation for their services as may be determined and allowed by the governor and council, who ahull audit their accounts. SECT. 13. Bald fish commissioners shall have full power and control of all fishways in this State, and shall direct when and for how many months in each year Bald fishways shall be kept open. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 279 CHAPTER II. GAME LAWS, BIRDS. SECTION 1. If any person shall, at any season of the j'ear, take, kill, or destroy any of the birds called robins, thrushes, larks, bluebirds, sparrows, finches, buntings, martins, orioles, swallows, fly-catchers, warblers, tanagers, bobolinks, vireos, nut-hatches, creepers, wood-peckers, humming-birds, or auy other of the song birds or insectivorous birds, lie shall be punished by a fine of five dollars for each and every such bird so taken, killed, or destroyed, or by imprisonment not exceeding thirty days, or both; but this section shall not apply to any one collecting specimens for the purpose of illustrating natural history in any educational institution which supports a cabinet for that pur- pose, in charge of a curator, under whose direction only such birds may be taken, killed, or destroyed. Any resident of the State, over eighteen years of age, with the sole purpose of furnishing specimens for a cabinet, may receive from the secretary of the board of agriculture a permit for that purpose only, revocable for good cause, exempting'him from the provisions of this section : Provided he shall furnish from the selectmen of the town or mayor of the city in which he resides, a certificate, indorsed by one of the fish and game commis- sioners, or a member of the board of agriculture that he is a proper person to receive such a permit. SECT. 2. If any person shall, between the first day of February and the first day of August of each year, take, kill, or destroy any of the birds called plover, yellow-legs, sandpipers, woodcock, ducks, or rails, or shall, between the first day of February and the first day of September of each year, take, kill, or de- stroy any ruffed grouse, partridges, or quails, or shall, within the respective times aforesaid, sell, buy, or have in possession any of said birds, he shall be punished by a fine of ten dollars for each bird so taken, killed, or destroyed, bought, sold, or had in possession, or by imprisonment not exceeding sixty days, or both. SECT. 3. No person shall, at any time or place within this State, take any grouse, partridge, or quail, with any trap or snare; and any person so offend- ing shall be punished by a fine of ten dollars for each bird so taken, or by imprisonment not exceeding sixty days, or both. The penalties provided in this and the two preceding sections shall be one-half for the use of the prose- cutor andthe other half for the town, city, or county. SECT. 4. Any person or persons, corporation or company, owning or occu- pying land, may forbid the destruction of birds on the same, at any season of the year, by posting a printed or written notice to that effect, in two public places in the town, and also on the lands; and auy person taking or destroying birds on such land, in defiance of said prohibition, shall be subject to a penalty, for the use of the owner or occupier of such land, of one dollar for each bird so destroyed, in addition to the penalties named in the preceding sections, which may be recovered in the same proceeding in which the fine is assessed. SECT. 5. If any person shall designedly take from the nest and destroy the eggs or young of any of the birds called robins, thrushes, larks, bluebirds, sparrows, martins, woodpeckers, bobolinks, yellow-birds, linnets, fly-catchers, or warblers, snipes, woodcock, plover, rails, yellow-legs, or sandpipers, par- tridges, grouse, quails, or wild pigeons, he shall forfeit and pay for every egg or young of any of said birds so taken and destroyed, the sum of two dollars, to the use of the prosecutor. CHAPTER HI. GAME LAWS, ANIMALS. illims OI ituS DHMBj He Milan u u uy n miu u IJUL lees uiuu L\vem t > -iivu dollars nor more than fifty dollars for every such animal so captured, killed, or destroyed, or by imprisonment not exceeding six months, or both. 280 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO SECT. 2. If any person ehall, in any way, between the first day of April and the fifteenth day of October, In any year, kill or destroy any mink, beaver, sable, otter, or fisher, he shall be punished by a fine of twenty-five dollars for each animal so killed or destroyed, or by imprisonment not exceeding sixty days, or both. SECT. 3. If any person shall, between the first day of January and the first day of September, in any year, take, kill or destroy any raccoon or coon, or frey squirrel, he ehall b punished by a fine of five dollars for each animal so illed or destroyed, or by imprisonment not exceeding thirty days, or both. SECT. 4. If any person shall in any way, kill or destroy any of the animals known as hares, rabbits, or muskrats, between the first day of April and the first day of September, in each year he shall be punished by a fine of five dollars for every such offence, or by imprisonment not exceeding thirty days, or both. SECT. 5. If any person shall expose poison for the purpose of destroying any animals, except rats or other vermin, in his own buildings, or on his potato crops, he shall be punished by a fine of fifty dollars for every such offence, or by imprisonment not exceeding six months, or both. SECT. 6. If any person has or shall have in his possession the carcass or hide, or any part thereof, of any such animal, between the times in which the killing of such animals is prohibited, it shall be prima-facie evidence that he has hunted and killed the same contrary to law. SECT. 7. If any railroad or express company, or other common carrier In this State, or any of their servants or agents, while in their employ, shall have in their possession, for transportation or any other purpose, any of the birds mentioned in section two of the preceding chapter, or any of the animals men- tioned in section one of this chapter, during the period while such birds or ani- mals are protected by law, said railroad or express company or other common carrier ehall be punished by a fine not exceeding one hundred dollars for each offence. But such company or common carrier may show in defence that such birds or animals came in the regular course of business into their possession for transit through this State, from 'some place without the State, where the killing of the same was lawful. SECT. 8. All fines, forfeitures, and penalties prescribed in this chapter shall be one-half to the use of the prosecutor, and the residue to the town, city, or county where the trial and conviction are bad. CHAPTER IV. FISH LAWS, VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES. SECTION 1. If any person shall, at any time, catch, kill, or destroy in any manner any fish in any pond, reservoir, or spring prepared or used for the purpose of breeding, growing, or preserving the same, or from any brook or stream running through or supplying such pond or reservoir on land owned or leased for the purpose aforesaid, or shall break down any dam or embankment of the same, or shall in any way poison or pollute such water, or shall place therein any fish, or the roe, spawn, or fry of the same without permission of the owner or lessee of the land upon or through which such waters stand or flow, he shall for every such offence be fined not exceeding fifty dollars, or be imprisoned not exceeding six months, or both; provided, that said owners or lessees shall post in at least two conspicuous places on said land a notice, with the words, "reserved for fish culture or preservation; trespass forbidden," plainly painted, printed, or written thereon, and keep the same thus posted. This section shall be interpreted to apply only to such ponds, streams, or springs as are wholly within the control of some person owning the land around the same, who has made some improvement or expended money or labor in stocking the same with fish for his own use. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 281 SECT. 2. If any person shall, at any time, take, catch, kill, destroy, or fish for any salmon, trout, lake-trout, land-locked or fresh-water salmon, grayling, hass, striped bass, pike, pike perch, white perch, pickerel, muskallonge, or smelts in any of the waters of this State, in any other manner or with any other device than the ordinary way of angling with a single hook and line, with halt, artificial fly or spoon, he shall he punished by a fine not exceeding thirty dol- lars for each offence, or by imprisonment not less than thirty days, or both, and a further penalty of not less than one dollar for each fish so caught, taken, or t*4t1ul killed. UffUU* SECT. 3. All boats, nets, seines, trawls, spears, fishing-tackle, or other im- uiiu eiiuii ut: uviUj proceeueu wim, UHU uioposeu 01 a pruviucu uy law ill uium cases of forfeiture of goods, except that all spears and trawls shall be immediately destroyed by the person seizing the same. SECT. 4. It shall not be lawful for any person to take, catch, kill, or have in his possession any land-locked or fresh-water salmon, lake-trout, brook or may MOM uubC*wwut in;t\ uu uutoU) wiui Biugiu iiuuA ium uan uuiyi uumuc me muniiia of January, February, March, and April ; and any person so offending shall be fined not more than fifty dollars for each fish so taken or had in possession, or imprisoned not more than six months, or both. SECT. 5. If any person shall take, catch, kill, or destroy any pike, perch, or white perch, in any of the waters of this State during the months of May and June, or shall take, catch, kill, or destroy any black bass between the thirtieth day of April and the fifteenth day of June, in any year, he shall forfeit and pay the sum of ten dollars for each fish so caught, killed, taken, or had in possession, or be imprisoned not more than ninety days, or both. SECT. 6. It shall not be lawful for any person to catch, take kill, or destroy DE.IJ eighteen uuiiuruu ;iiiu Bevemy-Keveii, snail r;iu'ii or Kin Hiiy salmon or young salmon, known as parr, srnolts, or grilse, or any shad, in the waters of the Merrimac or Connecticut rivers, or any tributary of cither of said rivers, he shall be fined fifty dollars for each fish so caught or killed, or be imprisoned not more than six months, or both. Nor shall young salmon, known as parr, emolts, or grilse, be caught or killed in any of the waters of the State after the expiration of said time, under the penalty herein provided. SECT. 8. The taking or catching of any alewives or lamper-eels, in the said waters, is also prohibited during the same period, under a penalty of ten dollars for each fish or eel so caught or killed. SECT. 9. If any person shall take, catch, kill, or destroy any white fish, black bass, land-locked or fresh-water salmon, grayling, pike, perch, or any of this State, within five 3 r ears from their introduction into the said several waters, he shall forfeit and pay for each fish taken, caught, killed, or de- stroyed, the sum of ten dollars, or be imprisoned not more than ninety days, or both. SECT. 10. Any person who shall take, catch, kill, or destroy any fish in any of the waters of this State, by the use of any poisonous, deleterious, or explosive substances, shall be fined not more than fifty dollars for each offence, or be imprisoned not more than ninety days, or both. SECT. 11. If any person shall erect or maintain any dam or weir upon the Connecticut, Merrimack, Pemigewasset, Ammonoosuc, Winnipcsaukee, or FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO fish commissioners shall direct, he shall be fined fifty dollars for each day's continuance of such dam or weir, or neglect to keep open such fishway ; pro- vided, that the commissioners on fisheries for this State shall have given notice, in writing, to the owners or lessees of dams on said rivers and their tributaries, that in their opinion the public good requires the establishment and immc. diatc building of suitable fishways, and the owners of dams shall be allowed six months from the date of the notice of the commissioners on fisheries in which to erect and complete such fishways, before they shall be liable to any fine or action for neglect to build or keep open such fishways. SECT. 12. The approval of the fish commissioners of fishways over any dam in this State, shall not be construed to exonerate the owners of such fishwaye from the obligation to modify those so approved, or to build others when necessary to make them suitable, when required by such commissioners. SECT. 13. All fishing whatever within four hundred yards of any such fish- way, is strictly prohibited under a penalty of ten dollars for each offence, or imprisonment for not more than ninety days, or both. SECT. 14. The possession of any fish during the time in which their capture is prohibited by law, whether by hotel- keepers, express companies, or any other pcrpons, shall be deemed prima-facie evidence of violation of the law, and such fish may be seized by any commissioner, fish-warden, or constable, and the companies or persons in whose possession such fish may be found shall be liable to all the penalties heretofore provided for such violations in their respective sections. SECT. 15. No person shall put any of the fish called pickerel or p!ke, or the roc, fry, or spawn of the same, into any of the public waters of this State now containing trout, and free from pike and pickerel, and any person violating this section shall be fined one hundred dollars for each offence. SECT. 16. No person shall catch, preserve, sell, or expose for sale, within the limits of tie State of New Hampshire, any lobster between the fifteenth day of August and the fifteenth day of October of each year; and from the said fifteenth day of October to the fifteenth day of August next following of each year no lobster shall be caught, preserved, sold, or exposed for sale, under eleven inches in length, measuring from one extreme of the body to the other, exclusive of claws or feelers, nor shall any female lobster be killed or de- stroyed while carrying her spawn or hatching her young; and any person vio- lating any provision of this section shall be punished by a fine of ten dollars for every lobster so caught, used, sold, or exposed for sale, as aforesaid. SECT. 17. No person shall take oysters from Great Bay, in the county of Rockingham, or any of its tributaries, during the months of June, July, and August, nor shall any person dredge for oysters through holes cut in the ice during any month in the year, unless said oysters have been bedded in said bay, or its tributaries, by the person so taking or dredging for them ; and any person violating the provisions of this section shall be fined not more than one hundred dollars for each offence. SECT. 18. No person, not a citizen of this State and resident therein, shall take by seine or net any fish called herring or hardheads, or mackerel, in any waters within the jurisdiction of this State, for the purpose of salting or barrel- ing the same. SECT. 19. Any person who shall violate the provisions of the preceding section shall forfeit for each offence a sum not exceeding forty dollars. SECT. 20. Any net or seine, set or used for the purpose of taking such fish, shall be forfeited to any person who may take or sue for the same. SECT. 21. All weirs, pounds, stake or set nets, which may be erected or maintained for the purpose of taking or trapping fish, in the waters of the Pis- cataqua river and its tributaries, including the Great Bay, so called, shall be one mile or upwards from each other, the distance to be measured from the head of tide water, by the main channel of said rivers, and shall be kept open from the fifteenth of July to the first of April in the succeeding year, and from sunrise on Friday morning till sunrise on Monday morning of each week be- THE ANDKOSCOGGIN LAKES. 283 tween the first of April and the fifteenth of July of each year ; and any person or persons guilty of violating the provisions of this section shall be fined not more than fifty dollars, or be imprisoned not more than ninety days, or both. SECT. 22. It shall not be lawful for any person to catch, kill, keep, or have possession. SECT. 23. It shall not be lawful for any person to take, catch, or kill any of the fish known a,s fresh-water or salt-water smelts, for the purpose of manuring land, under a penalty of five dollars for each fish so taken or used. SECT. 24. Nothing in this chapter shall prohibit the owners of private SECT. 25. All fines, penalties, and forfeitures, imposed and incurred under the provisions of this chapter, shall go one-half to the use of the complainant. The proceedings for the punishment of any violation of said provisions and for the recovery cf any penalty or forfeiture shall be the same as provided by law for other cases; but there may be embraced in oue action, complaint, indict- ment, or information, several offences committed by the same person in taking, catching, killing, or destroying fish. ESTABLISHED HACK-FARES IN BOSTON. For one or more adult passengers within the City Proper, or from one place to another within the limits of South Boston or of East Boston, Fifty Cents each. Between the hours of 11 P.M. and 7 A.M., the fare for one adult passenger shall be One Dollar. For two or more such passengers, Fifty Cents each. For one adult passenger, from any part of the City Proper, to either South Boston or East Boston, or from East Boston or South Boston to the City Proper, One Dollar. For two or more such passengers, between such points, Seventy-Five Cents each. For children, between four and twelve years of age, when accompanied by one adult, one-half of the above sums; and for children under four years of age, when accompanied by an adult, no charge is to be made. By order of the Board of Aldermen, 8. F. McCLEARY, City Clerk. BAGGAGE. One Trunk, a Valise, Box, Bundle, Carpet-Bag, Basket, or other article used in traveling, shall be free of charge; but for each additional Trunk, or other articles, Five Cents shall be paid. HORSE-CAR CONVEYANCE. Persons who travel light, i.e., with little bag- gage, can save Hack-Fare in Boston by taking the Ilorse-Cars, which now run to all the depots, and to the wharf of the Portland steamers. HEBDIC COACHES run between the different depots, carrying passengers with light baggage, at the uniform rate of Twenty-Five Cents each. LEAD-MIXE BRIDGE, SHELBUKSE, N.H. CHAPTER XXVI. Game Laws of Maine. CHAPTER L. AN ACT for the protection of Game and Birds : Moose, Deer, and Caribou. Be it enacted, etc., as follows: SECTION 1. No person shall, before the first day of October, in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and eighty, take, kill, or destroy any moose in this State. All persons who in any way aid or assist in so doing shall be deemed principals. Any person violating the provisions of this section shall forfeit the sum of one hundred dollars for every mooso so taken, killed, or destroyed. SECT. 2. Any person who shall, before the first day of October, in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and eighty, have in his possession, keep, or sell, any moose-meat or moose-hide, shall bo liable to tho penalty provided in sec- tion 1. SECT. 3. No person shall, after the first day of October, in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and eighty, hunt, kill, or destroy, with dogs, any moose within this State, under a penalty of one hundred dollars for every moose o killed or destroyed ; and no person shall, after the first day of October aforesaid, between tho first day of January and the first day of October, in each year, in any manner hunt, kill, or destroy any moose under tho same penalty as abovo provided. SECT. 4. No person shall hunt, kill, or destroy with dogs, any deer or cariboo within this State, under a penalty of forty dollars for every such deer or caribou so killed or destroyed; and no person shall, between the firstdayof January and tho first day of October, in tiny manner hunt, kill, or destroy, any deer or cari- bou, under the same penalty aa above provided. Any person may lawfully kill any dog found hunting moose, deer, or caribou. SECT. 6. If any person has in his possession the carcass or hide, or any part thereof, of any such animal, between the first day of January and the first day of October, he shall be deemed to have hunted and killed the same contrary to law, and bo liable to the penalties aforesaid ; bat be shall not be precluded from producing proof in defence. SECT. 6. No person shall carry or transport from place to place in this State the carcass or hide, or any part thereof, of any such animal, during the period of time in which the killing of such animals is prohibited, under a penalty of forty dollars. SECT. 7. The governor, with the advice of council, shall appoint one county mooso and game warden for each county in the state, to hold hia office for the term of four years, unless sooner removed, each of whom may appoint In writ- ingone or more deputies under him, and require of them suitable bonds for the faithful performance of their duties, and the payment to him of hia fees; and said wardens and their deputies in their several counties, shall faithfully enforce tho provisions of this act. Each of the deputies shall annually, on or before tho first day of December, render to his principal an account under oath of all the penalties by him enforced for the preceding year, and shall pay to him one. tenth part of the net proceeds thereof. Each county warden shall annually, in January, render to the secretary of state an account on oath of all the penalties enforced by himself, or returned to him by his deputies, for the year ending on the first day of December. Tho penalty for neglecting to do no shall be for a warden fifty dollars, and a deputy twenty -five dollars ; and the warden shall immediately give notice to the county attorney of every county of such neglect (285) 286 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO of his deputy, and the secretary of state shall notify such county attorney of every such neglect of the warden ; and tbo county attorney shall prosecute for every such neglect of which he has notice ; and tho penalties BO recovered shall bo for tho uso of the county. In such prosecutions the certificate of the secre- tary of state shall be sufficient evidence of tho fact of. such neglect to moko return to him. SECT. 8. Tho municipal officers of any town may Insert in the warrant for their annual meeting an article for tho choice of a town moose and game war- den, who, in his town and anywhere within the distance of tweivo miles from tho exterior bounds thereof, shall have concurrent jurisdiction with, and the same powers and rights, as the county raooso warden and his deputies ; and he shall make a like return to tho secretary of state, under a penalty of twenty-five dollars, to bo proved, recovered, and appropriated in the same way. Each of said officers shall have the same authority to require aid in the execution of his office as sheriffs and their deputies have. SECT. 9. The county wardens, their deputies or town wardens, may recover the penalties for unlawfully hunting and killing moose, deer, and caribou, in au action on the cose in their own mimes, or by complaint or indictment in the name of the state ; and such officers may bo competent witnesses, and the sums recovered shall be paid, one-half to the warden or deputy warden, and tho other to tho county or town, as tho case may bo. Any person may prosecute by action, complaint or indictment for any of the acts herein forbidden, provided no such warden or deputy, within fourteen days after the offence is committed, prosecutes therefor, and tbo sums recovered shall bo paid, one-half to tho prose- cutor, and tho other to the county, and such action, complaint or indictment may be commenced in any county in which such animal is killed or hunted, or into which its carcass or hide, or any portion thereof, may bo carried. SECT. 10. Tho secretary of state is to communicate to the legislature, in each month of January, what has been dono in execution of the preceding sections of this chapter as appears by the returns received. FUR-BEAROTG ANIMALS. SECT. 11. No person shall in any way destroy, between the first day of May and the fifteenth day of October of each year, any mink, beaver, sable, otter, or fisher, under penalty of ten dollars for each animal so destroyed, to bo recov- ered on complaint, one-half thereof to the use of the county where the offence U committed, and one-half to the prosecutor. BIED3. SECT. 12. No person shall kill, or have hi his possession, except alive, or expose for sale, any wood duck, dusky duck, commonly called black duck, or other sea duck, between tho first day of May and the first day of September ; or kill, sell, or have ia possession except olive, any ruffed grouse, commonly called partridge, or woodcock, between the first day of December and the first day of September following; or kill, sell, or have in possession, except alive, any quail or pinnated grouse, commonly called prairie chicken, between tho first day of January and tho first day of September following, under a penalty of not less than five nor more than ten dollars for each bird so killed, or bad in possession, or exposed for sale. SECT. 13. No person shall at any tune, or in any place within this State with any trap, net, snare, device, or contrivance, other than the usual method of sporting with firearms, tako any wild duck of any variety, quail, grouse, partridge, or woodcock, under a penalty of five dollars for each bird BO taken. SECT. 14. No person shall at any time kill, or have in his possession, except olive, any of the oirds commonly known as larks, robins, swallows, sparrows, or orioles, or other insectivorous birds, crows and hawks excepted. SECT. Id. No person shall at any time wantonly take or destroy the nest, eggs, or unfledged young of any wild bird of any kind, except crows, hawks, RANGELEY AND RICHARDSON LAKES. 287 and owls, or take any eggs or young from such nests, except for preserving the same as specimens, or of rearing said young alive, under a penalty of not less than one nor more than ten dollars for each nest, egg, or young so taken or destroyed. SECT. 16. No person shall carry or transport from place to place, in this State, any of the birds named herein, during the period in which the killing of such birds is prohibited, under a penalty of live dollars for each bird so carried or transported. SECT. 17. The provisions of this act shall not apply to taxidermists, com- missioned by the governor, with the advice of the council, to take and kill birds for scientific purposes, provided they kill the birds for such purposes only. SECT. 18. All penalties imposed by the seven preceding sections may be re- covered by an action of debt, or by complaint or indictment in the name of the State, by any warden or his deputies, or any other person, before any court having jurisdiction thereof, in any county in which such offence may be com- mitted or the accused resides ; and in all actions therefor in the supreme judicial court, or any superior court for the county of Cumberland, if the plaintiff re- covers, he shall recover full costs without regard to the amount of such recovery. Such penalties, when collected, shall be paid, one-half to the prosecutor, and the other to the overseers of the poor, for the use of the poor of the city or town where such prosecutor resides. SECT. 19. This act shall not apply to the shooting of ducks on the sea- coast. SECT. 20. Chapter one hundred and six, and section two of chapter ninety- eight of the public laws of eighteen hundred and seventy-two, together with all acts and parts of acts inconsistent with this act, are hereby repealed; saving all actions, complaints, and indictments now pending, or which may hereafter be commenced for the violation of any such act before this act takes effect. [Approved Feb. 19, 1878.] CHAPTER XXVII. Game-Fish Laws of Maine. CHAPTER LXXIV. Air ACT to regulate and protect Fisheries and the Propagation of FUh. Be it enacted, etc., as follows : SECTION 1. The governor, with the advice of the council, shall appoint one or two persona, as they may think best, to bo commissioners of fisheries, who shall hold office for three years unless sooner removed, and have a general supervision of the fisheries, regulated by the following sections. He or they shall examine dams and all other obstructions existing in all rivers and streams in the state, and determine the necessity of fish- ways and the location, form, and capacity thereof; shall visit those sections where fisheries regulated by this act are carried on, and examine into the working of the laws; shall Intro- duce and disseminate valuable species offish into the waters of this state where they do not exist, and perform all other duties prescribed by law. He or they shall report annually on or before the thirty-first day of December, to the gov- ernor, who shall cause three thousand copies to bo printed. lie or they shall receive one thousand dollars and traveling and other expenses necessarily in. cnrrcd in connection with bis or their duties, which shall be audited by tho governor and council, and it shall be his or their duty to see that all violations of the fish laws of tho state ore duly prosecuted. BECT. 2. Every dam or other artificial obstruction in any river or stream naturally frequented by salmon, shad, or alcwivcs, shall be provided by tho owner or occupant thereof with a durable and efficient fish-way, of such form and capacity, and in such location as may be determined by the commissioner* of fisheries. It shall also be incumbent on the owner or occupant of tho dam to keep the fish-ways in repair, and open and free from obstruction for the pas- sage of fish, during such times as may bo prescribed by law; provided, that In case of disagreement between the commissioners of fisheries and the owner of any dam, as to the propriety and safety of the plan submitted to the owners or occupant of such dam for tho location and construction of the fish- way, such owners or occupant may appeal to the county commissioners of tho county where the dam is located, within twenty days-after notice of the determination of the commissioners, by giving to the commissioners notice in writing of such appeal within that time, stating therein tho reasons therefor, and at the request of the appellant or tho commissioners, tho senior commissioners in office of any two adjoining counties shal be associated with them, who shall appoint a time to view the premises and hear the parties, and shall give due notice there- of, and after such bearing they shall decide the question submitted, and cause record to be made thereof, and their decision shall bo final as to the place and location appealed from. If the requirements of the commissioners are affirmed, the appellant shall be liable for the costs arising after the appeal, otherwise tho costs shall be paid by the county. SECT. 3. If a fish. way thus required to be built is not completed to the satis- faction of tho commissioners within the time specified, any owner or occupant shall forfeit not more than one hundred nor less than twenty dollars for every day between the first day of May and the first day of November, during which such neglect continues. SECT. 4. On the completion of any fish-way to the satisfaction of the com. mla?ioners, or at any subsequent time, they shall prescribe in writing the time during which the some shall bo kept open and free from obstruction to the pas- (288) RANGELEY AND RICHARDSON LAKES. 289 sage of fish each year, and a copy thereof shall be served on tho owner or occupant of the dam. The commissioners may change the time as they see Ct. Unless otherwise provided, a fish-way shall be kept open and unobstructed from the first day of May to the fifteenth day of July of each year. Tho penalty for neglecting to comply with the provisions of this section, or any regulations mado tn accordance herewith, shall be not less than twenty nor more than one hundred dollars for every day such neglect continues. SECT. 5. In case the commissioners find any fish-wny out of repair or need- ing alterations, they may, as in case of new fish-ways, require tho owner or occupant to mako such repairs or alterations ; and all the proceedings in such cases, and tho penalty for neglect, shall be as provided in the second, third, and fourth sectious, without right of appeal. SECT. 0. In case tho dam is owned or occupied by more than one person, each shall be liable for tho cost of erecting and maintaining such fish-way, in proportion to his interest in tho dam, and if any owner or occupant shall neglect or refuse to join with the others in erecting or maintaining such fish- way, the other owner or owners or occupants shall erect or repair tho same, and fihall have an action of case against such delinquent owner or occupant for his share of tho expenses thereof. SECT. 7. If the owner or occupant of such dam resides out of the state, said penalties may bo recovered by a libel against tho dam and land on which it stands, to bo filed in the supremo judicial court in the county where tho same is located, iu the name of tho commissioners of fisheries or any fish warden, who shall give to the owner or occupant of the dam, and all persons interested therein, such notice as tho court, or any justice thereof in vacation, shall order, and the court may render judgment therein against Baid dam and lands for said penalties and costs, and order a sale thereof to satisfy such judgment and costs of sale, subject, however, to all said requirements for the erection, mainten- ance, or repair of said fish- way. SECT. 8. The governor, with tho advice of the council, shall appoint fish wardens where the same may bo necessary, who shall enforce the provielons of all public laws relating to fisheries, prosecute all offences that como to their knowledge, and shall have the same power as she'riffs and deputy sheriffs to serve all criminal process for the violation of any of the provisions of this act; and they shall have a right, at all times, to visit any dam or any weir or other apparatus for taking fish, and in the exercise of their duties shall have the same right to require aid that sheriffs and their deputies have in executing the duties of their office, and any person neglecting to render it when required shall forfeit ten dollars. Each person so appointed shall hold office three years, unless sooner removed, and his pay shall bo fixed by the governor and council, who shall audit his accounts and cause the same to be paid from the state treasury, provided that the whole amount paid to all wardens shall not exceed fifteen hundred dollars annually. SECT. 9. No salmon, shad, or other migratory fish shall bo taken or fished for within five hundred yards of any fish-way, dam, or mill-race, nor bctwecu the Bangor and Brewer'bridge over the Ponobscot river and tho water works dam at Treat's Falls on said river; nor between the Augusta highway bridge over the Kennebec river and the Augusta dam on said river, between tho first day of April and the first day of November in each year, except by the orai- narymode of angling with single hook and lino or artificial flies; nor shall hook and line or artificial flies be used at any time within one hundred yards of any fish-way, dam, or mill-race. The penalty for violation of this section shall be a fine of not more than fifty nor less than ten dollars for each offence, and a further fine of ten dollars for each salmon, one dollar for each shad, BO taken. SECT. 10. There shall be a close time for salmon from the fifteenth day of July of each year to the first day of April following, during which no salmon Bball be fished for, taken, or killed in any manner, under a penalty of not more than fifty nor less than ten dollars, and a further penalty of ten dollars for each salmon so taken or killed. SECT. 11. No smelts ehall be taken or fished for in any of the tidal waters of this state, in any other manner than by hook and line, between the first day 290 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO of April and the first day of November, in each year, under a penalty of not less than ten dollars nor more than thirty dollars lor each offence, and a further penalty of twenty cents for each smelt so taken ; and all weirs for the capture of smelts shall be opened, and so remain, and all nets of any kind used in the smelt and torn-cod fishery shall be taken from the water on or before the said first day of April in each year, under a penalty of not less than twenty nor more than fifty dollars, and a further fine of five dollars per day for each day that any such weir or net remains in violation of law ; but weirs which have catch-pounds covered with net, the meshes of which are one inch square in the clear, or greater, shall not besnbject to the provisions of this section; provided, however, that dip-nets may be used from the first day of April to the twentieth day of May. SECT. 12. Any inhabitant of this State, by obtaining the consent of the adja- cent riparian proprietors, may plant oysters below low- water mark in any of the navigable waters of the State, in places where there is no natural oyster- bed, enclose euch grounds with stakes, set at suitable distances, and extending at least two feet above high- water mark, but so as not to obstruct the free navi- gation of such waters, and have the exclusive right of taking such oysters; and if any person trespasses on such enclosure, or in any way injures such oyster-beds, he shall be liable in an action of trespass for all the damage; or if he takes any oysters therein without the consent of the owner, he shall for- feit not less than twenty nor more than fifty dollars, or be confined in jail not exceeding three months. SECT. 13. There shall be an annual close time for land-locked salmon, com- monly so called, trout, togue, black bass, Oswego bass, and white perch, in the waters of this State, as follows, viz. : For land-locked salmon, trout, and togue, from the first day of October to the first day of May following, excepting on the St. Croix river and its tributaries, and all the waters in Kennebec county, in which the close tune shall be from the fifteenth day of September to the first day of May following; and for black bass, Oswego bass, and white perch, from the first day of April to the first day of July following. SECT. 14. No person shall at any time catch, take, kill, or fish for any land- locked salmon, trout, togue, black bass, Oswego bass, or white perch, by means of any grapnel, spear, trawl, weir, net, seine, trap, spoon, set-line, or with any device or in any other way than by the ordinary way of angling with a single baited hook and line, or with artificial flics, under a penalty of not less than ten dollars nor more than thirty dollars for each offence, and a further fine of one dollar for each fish so caught, taken, or killed. And all set-lines, grap- nels, spears, trawls, weirs, nets, seines, traps, spoons, and devices other than fair angling as aforesaid, are hereby prohibited on the fresh- water lakes, ponds, and streams of this State ; and when found in use or operation on said lakes, ponds, or streams, they are hereby declared forfeit and contraband, and any person finding them in use in said waters is hereby authorized to destroy the same. SECT. 15. No person shall take, catch, kill, or fish for, in any manner, any land-locked salmon, trout, or togue, in any of .l>u waters aforesaid, between the said first day of October and the first day of May following, nor in the St. Croix river and its tributaries, between the fifteenth day of September and the first day of May following; or black bass, Oswego bass, or white perch, between the first day of April and the first day of July following, under a penalty of not less than ten dollars nor more than thirty dollars, and a further fine of one dollar for each fish thus caught, taken, or killed as aforesaid. Provided, however, that during the months of February, March, and April, in each year, it shall be lawful for citizens of this State to fish for and take land-locked salmon, trout and toguo, and convey the same to their own homes, but not otherwise. SECT. 16. No person shall sell, expose for sale, or have in possession with intent to sell, or transport from place to place in this State, any land-locked salmon, trout, or togue, between the first day of October and the first day of May following, or any black bass, Oswego bass, or white perch, between the first day of April and the first day of July following, under a penalty of not less than ten dollars nor more than fifty dollars for each offence. SECT. 17. Any person, or persons having in possession, except alive, any land- RANGELEY AND RICHARDSON LAKES. 291 locked salmon, trout, or togue, between the first day of October and the first day of May following, or any black bass, Oswcgo bass, or white perch, between the first day of April and the first day of July following, or who shall transport from place to place within this State, any land-locked salmon, trout, or togue, between the first day of October and the first day of May following, or black bass, Oswego bass, or white perch, between the first day of April and the first day of July following, shall be deemed to have killed, caught, or transported the same contrary to law, and be liable to the penalties aforesaid. SECT. 18. The provisions of this act shall not apply to white perch taken in any of the tide waters of this State. SECT. 19. No person shall introduce fish of any kind, except trout, fresh and salt water salmon, fresh-water smelts, blue-back trout, and minnows, by means of the live fish or otherwise, to any waters now frequented by trout or salmon, except as hereinafter provided, under a penalty of not less than fifty dollars nor more than five hundred dollars. SECT. 20. The commissioners of fisheries may take fish of any kind at such time and place as they may choose, and in such manner, for the purposes of science, and of cultivation and dissemination, and they may grant written per- mits to other persons to take fish for the same purposes, and they may intro- duce or permit to be introduced, any kind of fish to any waters they may see fit. SECT. 21. The commissioners of fisheries may set apart any waters for the purpose of cultivation of fish, and after notice published three weeks succes- sively in some newspaper published in the county where such waters are lo- cated, no person shall take, kill, or fish for any fish therein, under a penalty of not less than ten, nor more than one hundred dollars, and a further penalty of one dollar for each fish so taken or killed. SECT. 22. Any person legally engaged in the artificial culture and mainten- ance of fishes, may take them in his own enclosed waters wherein the same are so cultivated and maintained, as and when-he pleases, and may at all times sell them for the purpose of cultivation and propagation, but shall not sell them for food at seasons when the taking of such fish is prohibited by law, under a pen- alty of not less than ten nor more than one hundred dollars, and a futher pen. ally of not less than one dollar for each fish so sold. SECT. 23. Any person engnged in the artificial propagation of fish known as trout, fresh and salt water salmon, on any water in this State, when the parent fish are taken from public waters in this State, shall retain not less than twenty- five per cent, of all eggs taken from said parent fish and cause the same to be properly cared for and hatched, and when hatched and in proper condition, to be returned to a suitable place for such young fish in the original waters from which the parent fish were taken, and to cause said parent fish to be returned to safe locations in the waters from which they were taken, under a penalty of not less than fifty nor more than five hundred dollars for each offence. But the provisions of this section shall not apply to cases in which the parent fish are taken in the manner and at the time and place permitted by law for the capture of such fish for food ; nor shall it apply to any operations in fish-culture con- ducted for public purposes by permission of the commissioners of fisheries of this State, who may affix such conditions to their permits as they may see fit, but requiring in no case less than twenty-five per cent, of the young fish to be returned, as provided in this section. SECT. 24. No person shall fish in that portion of a pond or other water in which fish are artificially cultivated or maintained, by the written permission of the fish commissioners, without the permission of the proprietor, under a penalty of not less than ten nor more than one hundred dollars, and an addi- tional penalty of two dollars for each fish so taken or killed. SECT. 25. It shall be the duty of all sheriffs, deputy-sheriffs, constables, and police-officers, as well as fish- wardens and their deputies, to cause any person or persons violating any of the provisions of this chapter to be promptly prose- cuted for said offence, cither by making complaint before some trial justice, municipal or police judge, or by giving information to the county attorney of the county in which the offence is committed. Said sheriffs, deputy-sheriffs, constables, fish-wardens, deputy fish-wardens, and police-officers, shall bo al- 292 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. lowed for said services the some fees as are now prescribed by law for sheriff* and their deputies. SECT. 28. All fines and penalties provided for in this act, unless otherwise provided, may be recovered before any competent tribunal by complaint, in- dictment, or action of debt; and in all actions of debt commenced in the su- preme judicial court, or in tho superior court for the county of Cumberland, the plaintiff recovering shall recover full cost, without regard to amount recov- ered. Judges of municipal and police courts, and trial justices, shall have con- current jurisdiction of all offences described in this act, when the penalty for tho offence complained of does not exceed thirty dollars. In cases where the offence described in this act is alleged to have been committed in any river, stream, pond, or lake forming a boundary between two counties, or where the fish are caught in one county and carried to another county, the action, com- plaint, or indictment may be commenced and prosecuted in cither county. One-half of all fines and penalties recovered or imposed, when not otherwise provided, shall be for the benefit of the party prosecuting or making complaint, and the other half to the county in which the proceedings are commenced and prosecuted. SECT. 27. The provisions of this act shall not apply to the taking of blue- back trout. SECT. 28. All acts and parts of acts inconsistent with this act are hereby re- pealed ; provided, however, that nothing in this section shall repeal the laws relating to the St. Croix, Denny, Pcmmaquam, Cobscook, East Machias, and Narraguagus rivers. And this act shall not apply to fish taken in the weirs on St. Croix river. SECT. 29. This act shall take effect when approved. [Approved Feb. 21, 1879.] AN ACT TO PREVENT THE TAKING. OF TROUT FROM THE RANGELEY BTREAM, IN THE TOWN OF RANGELEY. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives in Legislature assembled, as follows : SECTION 1. No person shall take, kill, or destroy any trout in tho Rangeley stream, in the town of Rangeley, between the mouth of the Kennebago stream and the dam at or near the outlet of said Rangeley lake, from the first day of July till the first day of March, for five years. SECT. 2. Any person who shall violate the provisions of this act shall forfeit and pay the sum of five dollars for the attempt, and one dollar for each and every trout taken, to bo recovered by complaint before any trial justice, one half to the complainant, and the other half to the town of Rangeley. SECT. 3. This act shall take effect when approved. [Approved Feb. 8, 1876.] Mrs. WASHINGTON AND MADISON, FROM LEAD MINE BRIDGE, SHELBURNE, N. 11. 294 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Additional Game and Game-Fish Laws passed during the winter of 1880. CHAPTER ISO. AN ACT to protect Quails. Be it enacted, cfcc., a follows : No quail shall be killed, nor had in possession except alive, at any time pre- vious to September first, eighteen hundred and eighty-three, under penalty of twenty-five dollars for every offence, and one dollar additional for each quail killed or had In possession except alive. [Approved February 28, 1880.] CHAPTER 180. AN ACT for the protection of Blue-Back Trout. Be it enacted, <&c., as follows : SECTION 1. No person shall fish for, catch, take, kill or destroy any blue- back trout In any of the waters of this state, with any net, seine, weir or trap. SECT. 2. Any person who shall violate the provisions of this act shall for- feit and pay the sum of five dollars for the attempt, and one dollar for each and every blue-back trout so taken, caught, killed or destroyed, to be recov- ered by complaint before any trial justice, one-half to the complainant and the other half to the town where the complaint is made. SECT. 3. This act shall take effect when approved. [Approved February 23, 1880.] CHAPTER 187. AN ACT to amend section ten, chapter seventy-five of the laws of eighteen hundred and seventy-eight, relating to fisheries. Be it enacted, &c., as follows : SECT. 10. There shall be a close-time for salmon from the fifteenth day of July of each year to the first day of April following, during which no salmon shall be taken or killed in any manner, under a penalty of not more than fifty nor less than ten dollars, a:id a further penalty of ten dollars for each salmon so taken or killed. Provided, however, that from the said fifteenth day of July until the fifteenth day of September following, it shall bo lawful to fish for and take salmon by the ordinary mode, with rod and single line, but not other- wise. [Approved February 28, 1880.] CHAPTER 208. AN ACT to enlarge the powers and duties of the Commission- ers of Fisheries and Wardens. Be it enacted, &c. t as follows : SECTION 1. The powers and duties of the commissioners of fisheries, and wardens, shall extend to all matters pertaining to game, and they shall have the same powers to enforce all laws pertaining to game as they now have In enforcing the laws relating to the fisheries. SECT. 2. The governor is hereby authorized, with the advice and consent of the council; to nppoint wardens, whose duty it shall bo. to enforce the pro- visions of all laws relating to game and the fisheries, arrest any person vio- lating such lavrs, and prosecute for all offences against the same that may come to their knowledge; and eb;ill have the same power as sheriffs and deputy sheriffs, to serve all criminal processes for violations of the provisions of any law pertaining to game a:ul the fisheries, and shall be allowed for said services the same fees as are prescribed by law for sheriffs and their deputies for like services ; and in the execution of their duties they shall have the same right to require aid that sheriffs and their deputies have in executing the duties of their ollice; and any person refusing or neglecting to render such aid when required, shall forfeit ten dollars, to be recovered upon complaint before any trial justice or municipal court. SECT. 3. This act shall take effect when approved. [Approved March 9, I860.] THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 295 NEW LAWS OF 1882-83. AN ACT for the protection of moose, caribou, and deer. Be it enacted, etc., as follows : SECTION 1. No person shall kill, destroy, or have in possession from the first day of October to the first day of January in each year, more than one moose, two caribou, or three deer, under a penalty of one hundred dollars for every moose and forty dollars for every caribou or deer killed, destroyed, or in possession in excess of the said number, and in case of conviction all such moose, caribou, or deer, or the carcasses or parts thereof, shall be decreed by the court forfeited to the use of the party prosecuting. Any person having in possession more than the aforesaid number of moose, caribou, or deer, or the carcasses or parts thereof, shall be deemed to have killed or destroyed them in violation of this act. SECT. 2. Any person owning or having in possession dogs for the purpose of hunting moose, caribou, or deer, or that are used for such hunting, shall be liable to .1 penalty of not less than twenty nor more than one hundred dollars. SECT. 3. The penalties prescribed in this act may be recovered in the manner Erovided by section twenty-five of chapter forty of the public laws of eighteen undred and seventy-eight. AN ACT making Sunday a close time for game and birds of all kinds. Be it enacted, etc., as follows : SECTION 1. Sunday is hereby made a close time, on which day it shall not be lawful for any person to hunt, kill, or destroy game or birds of any kind, under the penalties imposed for the hunting, killing, or destroying the same, during any close time now established by law. SECT. 2. This act shall not be construed to repeal or diminish the penalties already imposed for any violation of the Sunday laws. AN ACT to repeal chapter one hundred and ninety -two of the laws of eighteen hundred and seventy-four and section seventeen of chapter fifty of the laws of eighteen hundred and seventy-eight, relating to taxidermists and all acts au- thorizing their appointment. Be it enacted, etc., as follows : SECTION 1. Chapter one hundred and ninety-two of the laws of eighteen hundred and seventy-four and section seventeen of chapter fifty of the laws of eighteen hundred and seventy-eight are hereby repealed. SECT. 2. All acts and parts of acts authorizing the appointment of taxider- mists are hereby repealed. AN ACT relating to seizure of fish and game under the fish and game laws. Be it enacted, etc., as foil 'JBS. Any person whose fish or game has been seized foi violation of any fish or game law, shall have such fish or game, so seized, returned to him on giving to the officer a bond with suflicient sureties, residents of this state, in double the amount of the fine for such violation; conditioned, that if the final judgment for such alleged violation shall be guilty, he will within thirty days thereafter pay such fine and costs. If such person neglects or refuses to give such bond and take the fish or game, so seized, he shall have no action against the officer for such seizure or loss thereof. AN ACT to amend section fourteen of chapter fifty of the public laws of eighteen hundred and seventy-eight, relating to insectivorous birds. 296 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Be it enacted, etc., as follows : Section fourteen of chapter fifty of the public laws of eighteen hundred and seventy -eight is hereby amended by adding thereto the following words, viz. : " Under a penalty of not less than one dollar nor more than five dollars for each of said birds killed, or in possession except alive," so that as amended said section will read as follows, viz. : SECT. 14. No person shall kill or have in his possession, except alive, any of the birds commonly known as larks, robins, swallows, sparrows, or orioles, or other insectivorous birds, crows and hawks excepted, under a penalty of not less than one dollar nor more than five dollars for each of said birds killed, and the possession by any person of such dead bird shall be prima facie evidence that such person killed such bird. AM ACT for the protection of game-fish. Be it enacted, etc., as follows : SECTION 1. No person shall fish for, take, catch, kill, or destroy any fish in any waters, except tide waters, with any net, seine, weir, or trap, under a pen- alty of fifty dollars for the offence and ten dollars for each salmon or landlocked salmon, so taken, caught, killed or destroyed. SECT. 2. No person shall kill or destroy any landlocked salmon less than nine incncs in length, or any trout less than five inches in length, under a pen- alty of five dollars for the offence and fifty cents for each and every landlocked salmon or trout so killed or destroyed. Any person having in possession any landlocked salmon or trout of less than the above dimensions shall be deemed to have killed or destroyed them in violation of the provisions of this section. SECT. 3. No person shall take, catch, kill, or have in possession at any ono time for the purpose of transportation more than fitly pounds in weigh of land- locked salmon or trout, or of both together, nor shall any such be transported except in the possession of the owner thereof, under a penalty of fifty dollars for the offence, and five dollars for each and every pound of landlocked salmon or trout, or both together, so taken, caught, killed, in possession or being transported in excess of fifty pounds in weight; and all such fish transported in violation of the provisions of this section shall be liable to seizure, on complaint, and shall be decreed by the court forfeited to the use of the party prosecuting. Any person having in possession more than fifty pounds in weight of the fish aforesaid, shall be deemed to have taken them in violation of this section. SECT. 4. All penalties imposed by any of the sections of this act may be recovered in the manner provided by section twenty -six, chapter seventy-five of the public laws of 1878. AN ACT relating to the disposition of fines and penalties recovered for the violation of the fish laws. Be it enacted, etc., as follows : SECTION 1. All fines and penalties hereafter recovered for the violation of chapters fifty and seventy-five of the public laws of eighteen hundred and seventy-eight and all acts amendatory thereof and of all laws now in force in this state for the protection of fish and game, shall be paid one-half to the com- plainant and one-half to any game and fish protective society or other sports- men's association which shall have been organized under the laws of Maine, and which may be located in the county where the said fines and penalties are recovered; provided, the said society or association shall expend the same in the propagation and cultivation of trout and salmon for the fresh-water lakes and ponds of Maine, to be done under the direction and supervision of the fish commissioners. In case there may be more than one such society or association located in the county where said fines and penalties arc recovered, the fish com- missioners shall designate which society the money shall be paid to, or thoy may cause the same to be divided between them. If there is no such society or association in the county where ouch fines and penalties are recovered, then THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 297 such fines and penalties shall be paid to the state fish commissioners, who shall appropriate the same as they may deem proper. DECT. 2. All acts or 'parts of acts inconsistent with this act are hereby repealed. SECT. 3. This act shall take effect when approved. AN ACT to amend sections three and four of chapter fifty of the laws of 1878. Be it enacted, etc., as follows : SECTION 1. Section three of chapter fifty of the public laws of eighteen hundred and seventy-eight is hereby amended by inserting the word " hunted" before word " killed," so that as amended said section shall read as follows : SECT. 3. No person shall hunt, kill, or destroy with dogs any moose within this state, under a penalty of one hundred dollars for every moose BO hunted, killed, or destroyed ; and no person shall between the first day of January and the first day of October in each year, in any manner hunt, kill, or destroy any moose under the same penalty. SECT. 2. Section four of said chapter fifty is hereby amended by inserting the word " hunted " before the word " killed," so that as amended said section shall read as follows : SECT. 4. No person shall hunt, kill, or destroy with dogs any deer or caribou wtihin this state, under a penalty of forty dollars for every such deer or caribou so hunted, killed, or destroyed ; and no person shall between the first day of January and the first day of October in any manner hunt, kill, or destroy any deer or caribou, under the same penalty as above provided. Any person ruay lawfully kill any dog found hunting moose, deer, or caribou. Sheriffs, deputy sheriffs, police officers, and constables are hereby vested with all the powers conferred by law upon game wardens and their deputies, and shall be allowed for their service! the same fees as are now proscribed for sheriffs and their deputies. CHAPTER XXVIII. ILtst of Hotels, ^ccommooattons, anto Eates. ALPINE HOUSE, GORHAM, N.H., G. D. Stratton, Proprietor. Terms, $2.50 to $3.50 per day. Accommodates 150 guests. ANDOVER HOUSE, ANDOVER, MAINE, Albert W. Thomas, Proprietor. Terms, 2.00 per day, $7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accommodates 50 guests. BARDEN HOUSE, PHILLIPS, MAINE, Samuel W. Farmer, Pro- prietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, $7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accommodates 50 guests. BERLIN MILLS HOUSE, MAGALLOWAY RIVER, N.H., Berlin Mills Co., Proprietors. Terms, $2.00 per day, $7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accommodates 40 guests. BETHEL HOUSE, BETHEL, MAINE, Wm. F. Lovejoy & Sons, Proprietors. Terms, 2.00 to $2.50 per day, $7.00 to $14.00 per week. Accommodates 100 guests. CAMP BEMIS, BEMIS STREAM, MAINE, Capt. Fred C. Barker, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day. Accommodates 30 guests. CAMP CARIBOU, TREAT'S ISLAND, PARMACHENEE LAKE, MAINE, John S. Danforth, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day. Accommodates 30 guests. CAMP KENNEBAGO, INDIAN ROCK, MAINE, I. N. Packard, Superintendent. Terms, $2.00 per day. Accommodates 50 guests. CASCADE HOUSE, BERLIN FALLS, N.H., H. F. Marston, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, reduction by the week. Accommodates 50 guests. DIX HOUSE, DIXVILLE ^OTCH, N.H., George Parsons, Pro- prietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, $7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accommodates 50 guests. ERROL HOUSE, ERROL, N.H., J. T. Chapman, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, $7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accom- modates 30 guests. (298) THE ANDEOSCOGGIN LAKES. 299 ELMWOOD HOUSE, PHILLIPS, MAINE, Theodore Page, Pro- prietor. Terms, $3.00 per day, $10.00 to $14.00 per week. Accommodates 50 guests. FLINT'S CAMP, near MAGALLOWAY FORKS, MAINE, T. S. Flint, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day. Accommodates 30 guests. FLINT'S CAMP, head of AZISCOHOS FALLS, MAINE, Fred Flint, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day. Reduction by the week. Accommodates 20 guests. HOTEL MARBLE, FARMINGTON, MAINE, J. B. Marble, Pro- prietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, $7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accommodates 50 guests. FRENCH'S HOTEL, ANDOVER, MAINE, John A. French, Pro- prietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, $7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accommodates 75 guests. GLEN MOUNTAIN HOUSE, BRYANT'S POND, MAINE, John Bicknell, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, $7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accommodates 50 guests. GREENVALE HOUSE, GREENVALE, MAINE, George Esty, Pro- prietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, $7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accommodates 40 guests. LAKESIDE HOTEL, .LAKESIDE, CAMBRIDGE, N.H., Richard- son-Rangeley Lakes Transportation Company, Proprietors. Terms, $2.00 per day. Accommodates 50 guests. LAKE VIEW COTTAGE, SOUTH ARM, LAKE WELOKENNEBA- COOK, MAINE, Richardson-Rangeley Lakes Transportation Company, Proprietors. Terms, $2.00 per day. Accommo- dates 12 guests. MIDDLE DAM CAMP, LAKE WELOKENNEBACOOK, MAINE. Richardson-Rangeley Lakes Transportation Company, Pro- prietors. Terms, $2.00 per day. Accommodates 40 guests. MOUNTAIN VIEW HOUSE, OQDOSSOC OUTLET, MAINE, Henry T. Kimball, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, $10.00 per week. Accommodates 50 guests. PARSONS HOUSE, COLEBROOK, N.H., E. F. Bailey, Proprie- tor. Terms, $2.00 per day, transient, $7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accommodates 75 guests. 300 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. OQUOSSOC HOUSE, RANGELEY, MAINE, Edward Grant, Pro- prietor. Terms, $2.00 per day ; reduction by the week. Accommodates 25 guests. PERCY HOUSE, NORTH STRATFORD, N.H., J. W. Tibbetts, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day; 7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accommodates 30 guests. POPLAR HOTEL, NORTH NEWRY, MAINE, Charles R. Bartlett, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, with reduction by the week or month. Accommodates 30 guests. RANGELEY LAKE HOUSE, RA.NGELEY, MAINE, John A. Burke, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, 7.00 to 10.00 per week. Accommodates 60 guests. RICHARDSON'S CAMP, HAINES LANDING, LAKE MOOSELUC- MAGUNTIC, MAINE, Ellis & Adams, Proprietors. Terms, $2.00 per day, transient ; $10.00 per week, during July and August. Accommodates GO guests. STODDARD HOUSE, FARSIINGTON, MAINE, J. W. Withee, Proprietor. Transient board, $2.00 per day. Reduction by the week or month. Accommodates 50 guests. THE ELMS, BETHEL, MAINE, C. W. Wormell, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, transient ; reduction by the week. Ac- commodates 50 guests. UPPER DAM CAMP, UPPER RICHARDSON LAKE, MAINE, John Chadwick, Superintendent. Terms, $2.00 per day. Accom- modates 75 guests. WILLARD HOUSE, NORTH STRATFORD, N. II., G. Hilliard, Proprietor. Terms, $2.00 per day, $7.00 to $10.00 per week. Accommodates 50 guests. CHAPTER XXIX. of at* and Philadelphia to New York, rail ..... $2 50 " Boston (steamer), state-room and meals included ......... 8 00 New York to Boston, all rail ...... 5 00 " " boat and cars . . . . 4 00 " to Portland, steamer, includes state-room, meals extra ........ 4 00 Boston to Portland, boat ...... . I 00 " " cars, $3.00; limited ticket . . 2 50 " Bryant's Pond ....... 4 80 " Bethel ........ 5 15 " Gorham ........ 6 80 " Groreton ........ 6 80 " North Stratford ...... 7 50 " Farmington ....... 5 25 " Phillips ........ 6 00 " Greenvale ....... 8 75 " Rangeley Outlet ...... 9 75 " Andover ........ 6 30 " Middle Dam, via Andover . . . . 9 00 " Upper Dam, via Andover . . . .1000 " Indian Rock, via Andover . . . 11 00 " Dixville Notch, via Bethel and Cambridge . 1000 North Stratford to Colebrook ...... 1 00 Colebrook to Dixville Notch ...... 1 50 " Errol Dam ....... 2 50 Dixville Notch to Errol Dam ...... 1 50 Bethel to Lakeside, Cambridge, N.H., stage . . . 3 00 Lakeside, Cambridge, N.H., to Sunday Cove, Middle Dam Carry, steamer ...... 1 00 Lakeside, Cambridge, N. II., to Errol Dam . . . 150 _ (301) _ 302 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Lakeside, Cambridge, N.H., to Magalloway River, Steam- boat Landing $2 00 Errol Dam to Sunday Cove, Middle Dam Carry, steamer, 1 00 " Magalloway River, Steamboat Landing . 1 00 Steamboat Landing, Magalloway River to Sunday Cove, Middle Dam Carry 1 00 Crossing Middle Dam Carry on buckboard . . . 1 00 Bryant's Pond to Andover, stage 1 60 Andover to South Arm 2 00 South Arm to Middle Dam, steamer .... 50 " Upper Dam, steamer . . . . 1 00 11 Mill Brook, steamer 1 60 Middle Dam to Upper Dam, steamer .... 75 " Mill Brook, steamer . . . . 100 Farmington to Phillips, cars 1 00 Phillips to Greenvale, stage 1 50 Greenvale to Oquossoc Outlet, steamer . . . . 1 00 Indian Rock to Upper Dam, steamer . . . . 1 00 Glen House (White Mountains) to Andover. Stage to Gorham, rail to Bryant's Pond, stage to Andover . 3 50 Glen House (White Mountains) to Cambridge, Lake Um- bagog. Stage to Gorham, rail to Bethel, stage to Cambridge 4 75 Glen House (White Mountains) to Dixville Notch. Stage to Gorham, rail to Bethel, stage to Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, steamer to Errol Dam, Concord wagon to Notch . . . . . . G 75 List of Round Trip Excursion Tickets issued by the different Railroad Companies, between Boston and the Androscoggin Lakes, Andover, Cambridge, N.H., Lake Umbagog, Dixville Notch, Parmachenee Lake, and other prominent points. The Richardson (Rangeley) Lakes Transportation Company have made arrangements with the different railroad companies for the issue of the following excursion tickets for the season of 1884, at reduced rates of fare. These tickets are good from the THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 303 time of their purchase to October 1st, and persons buying them can stop over at any point mentioned on the ticket without extra expense. The return tickets will also be taken on the steamers up to the time they stop running, which is usually about November 1st. But during the month of October they run irregularly, and travelers will have to find out the days the boats run, which they can easily do, and govern themselves accordingly. The stages will also take the^ickets until November 1st, on their regular days of running. The time given as necessary to make one of the following excursions is the quickest time it can be done in, traveling by regular conveyances, and in the easiest manner. If one chooses to turn a pleasant ex- cursion into hard work, and travel at unreasonable hours, and by irregular conveyances, most of the trips ean be made quicker. On the other hand, if persons stop over at different points on the routes, as the tickets allow them to do, the time will be lengthened. The author has been over every route mentioned in this chapter, and there is not one but offers inducements to persons to " stop over " at different places, if they have the time at their disposal. Wo. 1. Boston to Andover, Me., and return. * Distance, 382 miles; time, 2 days; cost $10.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Return same way. Wo. 2. Boston to Lakeview Cottage, South Arm, Me., via Bryant's Pond and Andover, and return. Distance, 406 miles; time, 3 days; cost, $12.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond'to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins" stage. Andover to Lakeview Cottage, South Arm, stage. Return same way. Wo. 3. Boston to Middle Dam, Lake Welokennebacook, Me., via Bryant's Pond and Andover, and return. Distance, 414 miles ; time, 4 days ; cost, $12.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Middle Dam, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Return same way. Wo. 4. Boston to Middle Dam, Me., via Bethel and Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, and return. 304 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Distance, 450 miles ; time, 3 days ; cost, $13.50. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bethel, Grand Trunk Railway. Bethel to Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, Lane's stage. Lakeside, Cambridge, to Sunday Cove, II. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Sunday Cove, to Middle Dam, stage. Return same way. No. R. Boston to Middle Dam, Me., via Bethel and Cambridge, Lake Umbagog. Return via Andover and Bryant's Pond. t Distance, 436 miles ; time, 3 days ; cost, $13.26. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bethel, Grand Truak Railway. Bethel to Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, Lane's stage. Lakeside, Cambridge, to Sunday Cove, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Sunday Cove to Middle Dam, stage, Middle Dam to South Arm, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. South Arm to Andover, stage. Andover to Bryant's Pond, Tuttle & Perkins* stage. Bryant's Pond to Portland, Grand Trunk Railway. Portland to Boston, rail. No. 6. Reverse of No. 5; cost, $13.25. Wo. 7. Boston to Upper Dam, Lake Molechunkamunk, Me., via Bryant's Pond and Andover, and return. Distance, 430 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $13.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'a steamers. Return same way. No. 8. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., via Bethel and Cambridge, and return. Distance, 464 miles ; time, 4 days ; cost, $15.50. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bethel, Grand Trunk Railway. Bethel to Lakeside, Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, Lane's stage. Lakeside, Cambridge to Sunday Cove, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Sunday Cove to Middle Dam, stage. Middle Dam to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Go's, steamer*. Return same way. No. 9. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., via Andover. Return via Cambridge and Bethel. Distance, 453 miles; time, 4 days: cost, $14.50. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Upper Dam Landing to Middle Dam, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers . Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, stage Sunday Cove to Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Lakeside, Cambridge to Bethel, Lane's stage. Bethel to Portland, Grand Trunk Railway. Portland to Boston, rail. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 305 IVo. 1O. Reverse of No. 9. $14.50. IVo. 11. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., via Andover. Return via Dixville Notch, N. n. Distance, 513 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $16.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttlc & Perkins' stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Upper Dam Landing, H. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Upper Dam Landing to Middle Dam, K. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, Lake Umbagog, stage. Sunday Cove to Errol Dam, K. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Errol Dam to Colebrook (through Dixville Notch), stage. Colebrook to North Stratford, stage. North Stratford to Portland, Grand Trunk Railway. Portland to Boston, rail. IVo. 12. Reverse of No. 11. IVo. 13. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., via Andover. Return via Dixville Notch and Concord, N.H. Distance, 506 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $19.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttlc & Perkins" stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Upper Dam Landing to Middle Dam, R. >. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, Umbagog Lake, stage. Sunday Cove to Errol Dam, 11. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Errol Dam (through Dixville Notch) to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook to North Stratford, stage. North Stratford to Groveton Junction, Grand Trunk Railway. Concord to Boston, Boston, Lowell & Concord Railroad. IVo. 14. Reverse of No. 13, $19.00. IVo. 1!5. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., via Andover. Return via Dixville Notch and Concord, N.H. Distance, 404 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $19.00. Boston to Portland, Boston & Maine Railroad. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins" stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Upper Dam Landing, Lake Welokennebacook, stage. Upper Dam Lauding to Middle Dam, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, Lake Umbagog, stage. Sunday Cove to Errol Dam, 11. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Errol Dam (through Dixville Notch) to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook to North Stratford, stage. North Stratford to Groveton Junction, Grand Trunk Railway. Groveton Junction to Concord, N.H., Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Concord to Lawrence, Concord Railroad. Lawrence to Boston, Boston & Maine Railroad. No. IB. Reverse of No. 15, $19.00. IVo. 17. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., via White Mountains and Dixville Notch. Return via Andover and Bryant's Pond. Distance, 547 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $20.10. 306 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Boston to Portland, Boston & Maine Railroad. Portland to Fabyan's, Portland & Ogdensburg Railroad. Fabyan's to Groveton Junction, Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Groveton Junction to North Stratford, Grand Trunk Railway. North Stratford to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook to Errol Dam (through Dixville Notch), stage. Errol Dam to Sunday Cove, Lake Umbagog, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Sunday Cove to Middle Dam, stage. Middle Dam to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Upper Dam Landing to South Arm, 'Lake Welokennebacook, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. South Arm to Andover, stage. Andover to Bryant's Pond, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Bryant's Pond to Portland, Grand Trunk Railway. Portland to Boston, Boston & Maine Railroad. Wo. 18. Reverse of No. 17; cost, $20.10. Wo. 19. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., and Dixville Notch, via Andover, and return. Distance, 496 miles ; time, 5 days ; cost, $19.50. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Upper Dam Landing to Middle Dam, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, Lake Urabagog, stage. Sunday Cove to Errol Dam, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Krrol Dam to Dixville Notch, stage. Return same way. No. 2O. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes. Mo., via Andover. Return via Dixville Notch and the White Mountains. Diftance, 476 miles ; time, 4 days ; cost, $20.10. Boston to Portland, Eastern Railroad. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Upper Dam Landing to Middle Dam, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, Lake Umbagog, stage. Sunday Cove to Errol Dam, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. EiTol Dam to Colebrook (through Dixville Notch), stage. Colebrook to North Stratford, stage. North Stratford to Groveton Junction, Grand Trunk Railway. Groveton Junction to Fabyan's, Boston, Concord, & Montreal Railroad. Fabyan's to North Conway, Portland & Ogdensburg Railroad. North Conway to Boston, Eastern Railroad. Wo. 21. Reverse of No. 20, $20.10. Wo. 22. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., via Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad, and Dixville Notch. Return via Lake Umbagog, Cambridge, and Bethel. Distance, 524 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $21.00. Boston to Concord, Boston, Lowell & Concord Railroad. Concord to Groveton Junction, Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Groveton Junction to North Stratford, Grand Trunk Railway. North Stratford to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook (through Dixvillc Notch) to Errol Dam, stage. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 307 Errol Dam to Sunday Cove, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Sunday Cove to Middle Dam, stage. Middle Dam to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Upper Dam Landing to Middle Dam, li. R. L. T. Co. 'a steamers. Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, stage. Sunday Cove to Lakeside, Cambridge, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, to Bethel, Lane's stage. Bethel to Portland, Grand Trunk Railway. Portland to Boston, rail. No. 23. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., via Coletietk and DixvilJe Notch, N.H., and return. Distance, 596 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $19.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to North Stratford, Grand Trunk Railway. North Stratford to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook (through Dixville Notch) to Errol Dam, stage. Errol Dam to Sunday Cove, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Sunday Cove, Lake Umbagog, to Middle Dam, stage. Middle Dam to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Return same way. 3Vo. 24. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., via Bethel and Cambridge, Lake Umbagog. Return via Dixville Notch and the White Moun- tains. Distance, 561 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $21.60. Boston to Portland, Boston & Maine Railroad. Portland to Bethel, Grand Trunk Railway. Bethel to Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, Lane's stage. Lakeside, Cambridge, to Sunday Cove, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Sunday Cove to Middle Dam, stage. Middle Dam to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Upper Dam Landing to Middle Dam, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, Lake Umbagog, stage. Sunday Cove to Errol Dam, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Errol bum to Colebrook (through Dixville Notch), stage. Colebrook to North Stratford, stage. North Stratford to Grovcton Junction, Grand Trunk Railway. Groveton Junction to Fabyan's, Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Fabyan's to Portland, Portland & Ogdcnsburg Railroad. Portland to Boston, Boston & Maine Railroad. ]Vo. 25. Reverse of No. 24; cost, $21.60. Wo. 2O. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., via Grand Trunk Railway and Dixville Notch. Return via Dixville Notch, and Bonton, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Distance, 586 miles ; time, 4 days ; cost, $22.00 Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to North Stratford, Grand Trunk Railway. North Stratford to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook (through Dixville Notch) to Errol Dam, stage. Errol Dam to Sunday Cove, Lake Umbagog R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Sunday Cove to Middle Dam, stage. Middle Dam to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L.T. Go's steamers. Upper Dam Landing to Middle Dam, R. R. L. T. Go's steamers. Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, Lake Umbagog, stage. Sunday Cove to Errol Dam, R. R. L. T. Go's steamers. Errol Dam (through Dixville Notch) to Colebrook, stage. 308 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Colebrook to North Stratford, stage. North Stratford to Grovcton Junction, Grand Trunk Railway. Groveton Junction to Concord, Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Concord to Boston, Boston, Lowell, & Concord Railroad. Wo. ST. Reverse of No. 26; $22.00. IVe. 28. Boston to Upper Dam, Androscoggin Lakes, Me., via Concord and Dixville Notch, N.H., and return. Distance, 574 miles ; time, 4 days ; cost, $23.50. Boston to Concord, Boston, Lowell and Concord Railroad. Concord to Groveton Junction, Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Groveton Junction to North Stratford, Grand Trunk Railway. North Stratford to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook (through Dixville Notch) toErrol Dana, stage. Errol Dam to Sunday Cove, LakeUmbagog, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Sunday Cove to Middle Dam, stage. Middle Dam to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Return same way. Wo. 8O. Boston to Indian Rock, Me., via Bryant's Pond and Andovcr, and return. Distance, 450 miles ; time, 4 days ; cost, $14.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Byrant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokennebacook, stngc. South Arm to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. One-eighth mile walk between steamers. Extra expense for transporting Upper Dam to Indian Rock, steamer. Return same way. Wo. 3O. Boston to Indian Rock, Me., via Andover. Return via Phillips. Distance, 472 miles ; time, 4 days ; cost, $15.23. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Upper Dam Landing, R. It. L. T. Co.'s steamers. One-eighth mile walk between steamers. Extra expense for transporting baggage. Upper Dam to Indian Rock, steamer. Walk across carry two miles to Oquossoc Lake. Oquossoc Outlet to Rangelcy or Greenvale, steamer. Rangeley or Greenvale to Phillips, stage. Phillips to Farmington, Sandy River Uailroad. Farmington to Portland, Maine Central Railroad. Portland to Boston, rail. Wo. 31. Reverse of No. 30; cost, $15.25. Wo. 32. Boston to Indian Rock, Me., via Bethel and Cambridge, Lake Umbagog. Distance, 480 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $17.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bethel, Grand Trunk Railway. Bethel to Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, line's stage. Lakeside, Cambridge to Sunday Cove, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Sunday Cove to Middle Dam, stage. THE ANDKOSCOGGIN LAKES. 309 Middle Dam to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. One-eighth mile walk between steamers. Extra expense for transporting baggage. Upper Dam Landing to Indian Rock, steamer. Return same way. No. 33. Boston to Indian Rock, Me., via Bethel and Cambridge, Lako Umbagog. Return via Andover and Bryant's Pond. Distance, 472 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $16.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bethel, Grand Trunk Railway. Bethel to Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, Lane's stage. Lakeside, Cambridge to Sunday Cove, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Sunday Cove to Middle Dam, stage. Middle Dam to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. One-eighth mile walk between steamers. Extra expense for transporting baggage. Upper Dam Landing to Indian Rock, steamer. Indian Rock to Upper Dam Landing, steamer. One-eighth-mile walk between steamers. Extra expense for transporting baggage. Upper Dam Landing to South Arm, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. South Arm to Andover, stage. Andover to Bryant's Pond, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Bryant's Pond to Portland, Grand Trunk Railway. Portland to Boston, rail. No. 34. Reverse of No. 33; cost, $16.00. No. 35. Boston to Bemis Stream, Me., via Bryant's Pond, Andover, and Upper Dam, and return. Distance, 444 miles ; time, 4 days ; cost, $14.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. One-eighth-mile walk between steamers. Extra expense for transporting baggage. Upper Dam Landing to Bcmis Stream, steamer. Return same way. No. 36. Boston to Bemis Stream, Me., via Bethel, Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, Middle Dam, Upper Dam, and return. Distance, 472 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $17.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bethel, Grand Trunk Railway. Bethel to Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, Lane's stage. Lakeside, Cambridge to Sunday Cove, R. R. L. T. CO.'B steamers. Sunday Cove to Middle Dam, stage. Middle Dam to Upper Dam Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. One-eighth-mile walk between steamers. Extra expense for transporting baggage. Upper Dam Landing to Bemis Stream, steamer. Return same way. No. 37. Boston to Bemis Stream, Me., via Bryant's Pond, Andover, and Upper Dam. Return via Upper Dam, Middle Dam, Lake Umbagog, Cam- bridge, and Bethel. 310 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Distance, 467 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $16.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Andover to South Arm, Lake Welokcnnebacook, stage. South Arm to Upper Dam Landing, K. K. L. T. Co.'s steamers. One-eighth mile walk between steamers. Extra expense for transporting baggage. Upper Dam Landing to Bemis Stream, steamer. Bemis Stream to Upper Dam Landing, steamer. One-eighth mile walk between steamers. Extra expense for transporting baggage. Upper Dam Landing to Middle Dnm, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, Lake Umbagog, stage. Sunday Cove to Lakeside, Cambridge, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Cambridge, Lake Umbagog to Bethel, Lane's stage. Bethel to Portland, Grand Trunk Railway. Portland to Boston, rail. No. 38. Reverse of No. 37; cost, $16.00. Ho. 39. Boston to Lakeside, Cambridge Luke, Umbagog, and return. Distance, 416 miles ; time, 2 days ; cost, $12.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bethel, Grand Trunk Railway. Bethel to Lakeside, Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, Lane's stage. Return same way. No. 4O. Boston to Errol Dam, Lake Umbagog, and return. Distance, 532 miles; time, :; days; cost, $19.00. Boston to Concord, Boston, Lowell & Concord Railroad. Concord to Grovetou Junction, Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Qroveton Junction to North Stratford, Grank Trunk Rail vay . North Stratford to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook to Errol Dam, stage. Return same way. No. 41. Boston to Magalloway (Berlin Mills House) and return, via Bethel and Cambridge, Lake Umbagog. Distance, 466 miles; time, 3 days; cost, $14.50. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bethel, Grand Trunk Railway. Bethel to Lakeside, Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, Lane's stage. Lakeside, Cambridge to Magalloway (Berlin Mills House), R. R. L. T. Co.'* steamers. Return same way. No. 42. Boston to Magalloway (Berlin Mills House) and return, via Bry- ant's Pond and Andover. Distance, 458 miles ; time, 4 days ; cost, $16.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins' stage. Andover to South Arm Lake Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Middle Dam, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, stage. Sunday Cove to Magalloway (Berlin Mills House), R. R. L.T. Co.'g teamer. Return same way. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 311 IVo. 43. Boston to Mag;illoway (Berlin Mills House), via Bryant's I'oud and Andover. Return via Lakeside, Cambridge, and Bethel. Distance, 488 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $17.00. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bryant's Pond, Grand Trunk Railway. Bryant's Pond to Andover, Tuttle & Perkins" stage. Audover to South Arm Lako Welokennebacook, stage. South Arm to Middle Dam, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Middle Dam to Sunday Cove, stage. Sunday Cove to Magalloway, 11. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Magalloway to Lakeside, Cambridge, II. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Lakeside, Cambridge, N.H., to Bethel, Lane's stage. Bethel to Portland, Grand Trunk Railway. Portland to Boston, rail. IVo. 44. Boston to Magalloway (Berlin Mills House) via North Stratford and Colebrook, and return. Distance, 586 miles ; time, 3 days ; cost, $16.50. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to North Stratford, Grand Trunk Railway. North Stratford to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook (through Dixville Notch) to Errol Dam, stage. Errol Dam to Magalloway (River Landing) R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Return same way. IVo. 455. Boston to Magalloway (Berlin Mills House), via Boston, Con- cord & Montreal Railroad, and Dixville Notch. Return via Lake Umbagog, Cambridge, Bethel, and Grand Trunk Railway. Distance, 518 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $19.00. Boston to Concord, Boston, Lowell & Concord Railroad. Concord to Groveton Junction, Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Groveton Junction to North Stratford, Grand Trunk Railway. North Stratford to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook (through Dixville Notch) to Errol Dam, stage. Errol Dam to Magalloway River Landing, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Magalloway River Landing to Lakeside, Cambridge, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, to Bethel, Lane's stage. Bethel to Portland, Grand Trunk Railway. Portland to Boston, rail. IVo. 46. Boston to Colebrook, N.H., and return. Distance, 510 miles; time, 2 days; cost, $13.00. Boston to Portland, by rail. Portland to North Stratford, Grand Trunk Railway. North Stratford to Colebrook, stage. Return same way. IVo. 47. Boston to Colebrook, N.H., and return. Distance, 488 miles; time, 2 days; cost, $13.00. Boston to Concord, Boston, Lowell & Concord Railroad. Concord to Groveton Junction, Boston, Concord, & Montreal Railroad. Groveton Junction to North Stratford, Grand Trunk Railway. North Stratford to Colebrook, stage. Return same way. No. 48. Boston to Colebrook, N.H., via Bethel, Cambridge, Lake Umba- goj, Dixville Notch, and return. 312 FARRAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO Distance, 496 miles ; time, 4 days ; cost, $17.50. * Boston to Portland, rail. 1'ortland to Bethel, Grand Trunk Railway. Bethel to Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, Lane's stage. Lakeside, Cambridge, to Errol Dam, H. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Errol Dam to Colebrook (through Dixville Notch), stage. Return same way. No. 49. Boston to Dixville Notch, N.H., via. Bethel and Cambridge, Lake Umbagog. Return via Colebrook. Distance, 501 miles ; time, 4 days ; cost, $14.00. Boston to Portland, rail. ' Portland to Bethel, Grand Trunk Railway. Bethel to Cambridge, Lake Urabagog, Lane's stage. Lakeside, Cambridge to Errol Dam, li. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Errol Dam (through Dixville Notch) to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook to North Stratford, stage. North Stratford to Portland, Grand Trunk Railway. Portland to Boston, rail. No. 5O. Reverse of No. 46. $14.00. No. 51. Boston to Dixville Notch, N.H., and return, via Bethel and Cambridge, Lake Umbagog. Distance, 470 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $14.50. Boston to Portland, rail. Portland to Bethel, Grand Trunk Railway. Bethel to Lakeside, Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, Lane's stage. Cambridge, Lake Umbagog to Errol Dam, R. It. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Errol Dam to Dixville Notch, stage. Return same way. IVo. 5*. Boston to Dixville Notch, N.H., via Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Return via Lake Umbagog, Cambridge, and Bethel. Distance, 494 miles; time, 4 days; cost, $17.50. Boston to Concord, Boston, Lowell & Concord Railroad. Concord to Groveton Junction, Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Groveton Junction to North Stratford, Grand Trunk Railway. North Stratford to Colebrook, stage. Colebrook to Dixville Notch, stage. Dixville Notch to Errol Dam, stage. Errol Dam to Lakeside, Cambridge, R. R. L. T. Co.'s steamers. Cambridge, Lake Umbagog to Bethel, Lane's stage. Bethel to Portland, Grand Trunk Railway. Portland to Boston, rail. * Tickets for Excursions Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 23, 29, . 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51 and 52 are issued by the GRAND TRUNK RAILWAY, and may be obtained in Boston at the New England Office, 280 Washington street. Persons purchasing tickets of the Grand Trunk issue have the privilege of traveling over either of the following routes between BOSTON AND PORTLAND; Eastern Railroad, Boston & Maine Railroad, or Portland steamers. When persons travel by steamer each way between Boston and Portland, the tickets cost $1.00 less than printed rate. The same tickets arc also issued from Portland ; rates $3.00 less than from Boston. Ticket offices in Portland, on Exchange street, and at depot, foot of India street. From Lewiston $4.00 less than from Boston. Ticket office in Lewiston at Grand Trunk Railway Depot. THE ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES. 313 Excursion tickets NOB. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 23, 24, 25, '26, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, and 61 arc issued by the BOSTON & MAINE RAILBOAD, and may be obtained at the depot, Ilayniarket square, head of Washington street, and at the up-town office, 280 Washington street; also at the depots of the company in Lowell, Lawrence, Haverhill, Newmarket Junction, Exeter, and Dover. Excursion tickets Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21, 23, 26, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, and 51 arc issued by the EASTERN RAILROAD, and may be obtained at the com- pany's up-town office, 306 Washington street, and at the depot, Causeway street, opposite Friend ; also at the depots of the company in Lynn, Balcm, New- buryport, and Portsmouth. Excursion tickets Nos. 13, 14, 22, 26, 27, 28, 40, 45, 47, and 52 are issued by the BOSTON, CONCORD & MONTREAL RAILROAD, and may be obtained in Boston at the company's office, No. 5 State street, 240 Washington street, and at the Boston & Lowell Railroad depot, Causeway street; also at the depots of the company at Concord, Plymouth, Fabyan's, Profile House, and Lancaster. Excursion tickets Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 23, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 48, 49, 60, 51, and 52 are issued by the WORCESTER & NASHUA RAILROAD COMPANY, and are for sale at Union depot, Worcester, and at depots in Nashua and Rochester. Rates from Worcester $1.50 more than from Boston. Excursion Tickets Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 23, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 33, 37, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, and 52 are issued by the PROVIDENCE & WORCESTER RAILROAD COMPANY, from Providence* and are for sale at the depots and offices of the company in Providence. Rates from Providence $1.50 more than from Boston. Excursion tickets Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 23, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 61, and 52 are issued by the PORTLAND STEAM-PACKET COMPANY, and are for sale in Boston at Grand Trunk Railway Office, 280 Washington street, and on board the company's steamers at India Wharf. Excursion tickets Nos. SO and 31 are issued by the MAINE CENTRAL RAIL- ROAD from Portland, Lewiston, Brunswick, Bath, Augunta, Waterville, and Bangor, and are for sale at the company's offices in those places. 314 FAIIKAR'S ILLUSTRATED GUIDE. TUB NORWICH AND NEW YORK TRANSPORTATION COMPANY also sell Excursion Tickets to the Rangclcy Lakes region from New York City, over the " Norwich Line," and the NKW YORK & NEW ENGLAND RAILROAD, who have tickets on Bale at Waterbury, Hartford, Norwich, Putnam, Webster, Willimantic, Bristol, New Britain, Uockville, Danbury, and Southbridge. Round-trip tickets are also sold over the NEW YORK & NEW ENGLAND ALL RAIL ROUTE, from Washington, Baltimore, Philadelphia, and New York. THE PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD COMPANY issue nearly all the Excursion Ticket Forms given in this chapter to Andover, Bethel, Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, the Magalloway, Dixville Notch, and the Audroscoggiu L:ik' all the principal cilies touched by their road, as well as the Philadelphia, Wil- mington & Baltimore, and Baltimore & Potomac llailroads. Persons pur- chasing these tickets have a choice of routes between New York and the Lake Region. See list of tickets in the Pennsylvania Railroad Excursion Book for the current season. THE PHILADELPHIA & READING RAILROAD COMPANY issue Round-Trip Excursion Tickets from Philadelphia ;ind other cities touched by their road, to the Lakes, and they may be obtained at any ticket-office of the company. THE PROVIDENCE, STONINGTON, and FALL RIVER SOUND LINES all ell Excursion Tickets from New York to the Lake Region, and most of the Forms mentioned in this chapter can be obtained at any of their ticket-offices. MESSRS. THOMAS COOK & SON, 261 Broadway, New York City, have for sale- all the Excursion Tickets mentioned in this chapter at regular rates. INDEX. Accidents, 24, 32, 89, 40. Andover, Me., 43, 44, 67, 75, 203, 217, 237-241, 243-246, 253. Androscoggin river, 47, 48, 55, 71,197, 204, 208, 210, 217-221, 239, 263-266. Angler's Retreat, 63. Andover House, 73, 239, 240, 243-246. Aziscohos Mountain, 111, 131, 218, 223-229. Allerton Lodge, 131. A Ipiue House, 173, 208. Alpine Cascade, 211. Aziscohos Falls, 223, 228, 229. Black Flies, 19, 21, 31. Baggage, 23, 44, 100, 104, 155. Bryant's Pond, Me., 41, 43, 45, 67, 202, 203, 217, 237, 239. Bethel, Me., 41, 43-45, 47, 204, 217. Boston & Maine Railroad, 43, 177. Bethel House, 45, 204. Rear River, 48, 49, 51, 52. " " White Cap, 49. Boarding Houses, 73, 240. Buckboards, 73, 240. Black Brook, 75, 77, 79, 80, 244. ' " Notch, 79, 80, 243, 244. Blue Mountain, 79, 244. Bailey's Point, 87. Black Point, 95. Boston Club, 99. Beaver Brook, 104, 229. Birch Lodge, 108, 110. Beaver Pond, 113. Bemis' Stream, 129, 130. Bald Mountain, 130, 131, 133, 137, 147. Bugle Cove, 131, 133. Boundy Point, 131, 136. Buckfleld Camp, 134. Birch Island, 137. Black Cat Brook, 140. Harden House, 168. Beech Hill, 171. Berlin Falls, 173, 174, 208-211, 217,221. Boston, Concord, & Montreal Railroad, ' 175-184, 213. Boston & Lowell Railroad, 177. Bethlehem & Franconia Notch Hull- : road, 181. Brunswick Springs, 184, 185. Beaver Falls, 186, 188. Berlin Mills House, 190, 218, 223, 224, 264. Bragg's Hotel, 191. Big Meadow, 221. Bear Brook, 223. Battle Brook, 223. Brown Farm, 224, 225. Beaver Hill, 229. Bag Brook, 230. Bose-Buck Cove, 232. " " Mountain, 232. Big Eddy, 235. Bald Pate Mountain, 250, 251, 253-257. Cupsuptic Lake, 15, 136, 137. Camping out, 18, 19, 22-40. Clothing, 21-23, 264. Camping outfit, 22-25, 30. Camp building, 25-28. Camp furniture, 28, 29. Camp cookery, 29, 30. Cambridge, N.H., 43, 44, 47, 52, 55, 57, 190, 204, 217, 218, 263-266. Cambridge River, 52. Cold Spring, 63, 80. Cedar Hill, 79, 80. Camp Whitney, 95, 97-99. Camp Aziscohos, 99. Camp Bellevue, 99. Camp Prospect, 108. Cranberry Bog, 113. Camp Bema, 129, 130. Cleft Rock, 130. Camp Haverhill, 133. Camp Houghton, 133. Cupsuptic Narrows, 136. " Falls, 137, 138. " River, 138, 140. Camp Caribou, 140, 190, 234, 235. Camp Kennebago, 141-144. Clear Water Pond, 163. Cascade House, 173, 211. Concord, N.H., 177, 178. Colebrook, N.H., 186-188, 190, 191, 193, 199,213,214,217,221. Connecticut Lake, 186, 188, 189. Clear Stream, 191. Columnar Heights, 191, 265. C Pond, 246. 316 INDEX. C Pond Bluff, 246. Cataract Brook, 249-251, 257. Dressing Fish, 30. Dining Rooms, 45, 70. Devil's Horseshoe, 49. Duck Shooting, 55, 59, 219. Dixville Notch, N.H., 65, 186, 187, 190, 191, 194-197, 199, 214, 215, 217, 221, 264-268. Devil's Den, 77, 247. " Oven, 81. Diamond Pond, 186-188, 191, 224. Dix House, 191, 194, 214, 265, 266. De Witt House, 200. Devil's Slide, 211. " Pulpit, 222, 223. Diamond Peaks, 224, 225. " River, 224, 225. Duck Pond, 234. Dunn's Notch, 259, 260. East Kennebago Mountain, 16. Excursions, 24, 44, 55, 110, 243-246, 247-251, 253, 259-261, 263-268. Eastern Railroad, 41, 43. Errol Dam, 54, 173, 174, 190-193, 197, 199, 214, 215, 217-221, 224, 263-266. Ellis River, 71, 75, 237, 239, 243, 246, 247, 266. East Richardson Ponds, 113. Elephant's Hump, 131. Eagle Point, 137, 218. Elmwood House, 167. Errol Mountain, 218. " House, 221. Emery's Misery, 229. Fire Arms, 29. Fires, 29, 31. Fares, 47, 59, 61, 74, 171, 173, 174, 191, 193, 198, 301. Fishing, 54, 61-63, 74, 81, 84, 86, 104, 110-115, 123, 134, 137, 143, 150, 154, 155,186-189,191, 221, 224, 225, 229- 231, 234-235, 243-246, 269-275. Forest Lodge, 61, 63. French's Hotel, 73, 239, 240, 243-246. Farmer's Hill, 73, 244, 246. Frye's Camp, 136. Forest Retreat House, 154. Forest House, 160. Farmington, Me., 160, 164. Fall River Line, 176. Franconia Mountains, 180, 181. Flume, Dixville Notch, 191, 265. Fabyan's, N.H., 194. Flint's Camp, 223, 229, 231. " Landing, 230,231. Frye's Brook, 249-251. First B Hill, 260, 261. Guides, 19, 25, 74, 236. Grand Trunk Railway, 41, 43, 45, 67, 173, 182, 184, 199-213, 217. Gorham, N.H., 41, 45, 173, 174, 193, 208, 217, 221. Grafton Notch, 47, 51, 52, 204, 217. Goose-Eye Mountain, 49, 203. Glen Mountain House, 67. Greenvale, Me., 147-150, 171. Greenvale House, 148, 150. Groveton Junction, N.H., 177, 182, 184, 213. Glen House, 193. Granny Btarbird's Ledge, 207. Hygienic Notes, 31-39. Horse Shoe Falls, 49. Hop Yard, 63. Hermit Falls, 77, 79, 247. Hardscrabble, 89. Half Moon Island, 95. Raines' Landing, 134. Hampshire Hills, 218. Half Moon Mountain, 228. Hunter's Camp, 230. Indian Rock, Me., 134, 136, 140, 141- 146. Indian Cove, 234. Indian Field Point, 234. Ice Cave, 265. Jacob* Ladder, 191, 265. Jasper C*vc, 211. Kennebago River, 16, 17. Falls, 16, 17. " Lake, 16, 137, 154, 165. " Outlet, 137. List of Illustrations, 13, 14. Lake Umbagog, 15, 41, 43-46, 47, 48, 52, 55, 59, 64, 190, 199, 204, 217, 218, 263-266. Little Kennebago, 16, 155. Lakeside Hotel, 52, 54, 55, 57, 190, 204, 217, 218, 224, 263-266. Loons, 63, 64, 66. Lead Mountain, 71. Lakeview Cottage, 74, 83, 84, 86. Lake Point Cottage, 146. Little Blue School, 164. Long Pond, 171, 235. Lancaster, N.H., 182. Little Magalloway, 189, 190, 229, 230, 235. Leonard Pond, 219. Lower Metallic Pond, 230. Lincoln Pond, 231. Loon Point, 232. Little Boy's Falls, 234, 235. Lower Fail, 249. INDEX. 317 Holcchunkamunk Lake, 15, 64, 66, 91, 93, 94-100. Mooselucmaguntic Lake, 15, 131, 133- 137. Magalloway River, 17, 54, 58, 140, 189, 190, 204, 217-234, 263, 264. Midges, 19, 21, 31. Mosquitoes, 19, 21, 31. Mount Saddleback, 49, 52, 218. Moose Cave, 62. Middle Dam, 54, 62, 63, 66, 87, 89, 199, 214, 217. Moll's Rock, 58. Moll's Carry, 58, 219. Middle Dam Camp, 59, 61-63, 89, 197. Mount Zircon, 73, 268. Moody Ledge, 81, 82. Mount Dustau, 89, 218, 223-225. Metallic Point, 91, 93, 95. " Pond, 95. " Brook, 95. Mosquito Brook, 95-97. Mount Observatory, 111. Mountain View House, 146, 147. Maine Central Railroad, 159, 160, 200. Mammoth Rock, 168. Mount Blue, 170. Madrid, Me., 171. Milan Corner, N.H., 173, 174. Montpelier and Wells River Rail- road, 181. Mount Monadnock, 186-188, 213. " Christopher, 203. " Forest, 211. Moose Brook, 232, 235. Mount Zircon Mineral Spring, 268. Newry, Me., 47, 48. Norwich Line, 176. North Stratford, 184, 185, 193, 194, 199, 213, 217. Nathan's Pond, 191. Oquossoc Lake, 15, 147-151. Oxford Club Camp, 61. Oquossoc Angling Association, 129, 141-144. Oquossoc Outlet, 146, 147. 41 House, 148. Otter Creek, 235. " Pond, 235. Old Maid Brook, 249. Parmachenee Lake, 17, 140, 188-190, 204, 217, 218, 230-236. Provisions for Camping, 23, 24, 30, 31. Pullman Car Fares, 41, 45. Portland Sleam Packet Co., 43-45. Portland, Me., 43-45, 199, 217. Poplar Hotel, 48, 49. Puzzle Mountain, 49. Pond in the River, 63. Pin Hook, 69, 70. Poke Logan, 87. Pine Point, 134. Pine Island, 137, 138. Parmachenee Carry, 138, 140. Phillips, Me., 167-171. Providence Line, 175. Plymouth, N. H., 177, 178, 180, 181. Pemigewasset House, 180. Pemigewasset Valley Railroad, 180. Passumpsic Valley Railroad, 131. Portland & Ogdensburg Railroad, 181, 182. Parsons House, 186-188, 213. Profile, Dixville Notch, 191, 197, 215, 265. Pulpit Rock, 191, 215. Parker Hill, 228. " Pond Eddy, 230. Quick Water Point, 219, 221. Round Trip Tickets, 23, 301. Rapid River, 58, 63. Richardson Carry, 58, 218, 219. R. R. L. T. Co., 59, 83, 84, 217, 218. Rumford, Me., 70, 71. Rope Ferry, 71. Richardson Pond, 99, 110. " Brook, 104, 110. Richardson's Camp, 133, 134. Ram Island, 147. Rangeley Lake House, 148. Rangeley, Me., 148, 151, 152. Rainbow Cascade, 163, 164. Rump Pond, 234, 235. Roxbury Pond, 243. Notch, 266. Rumford Falls, 266. Spotted Mountain, 16. Snow Mountain, 16. Snowman's Point, 16, 155. Seven Ponds, 16, 155. Stage Lines, 47, 64, 67, 148, 170, 173, 174, 185, 188, 190, 191, 193, 203, 204. Sunday River, 48. " " White Cap, 48. Screw Auger Falls, 49, 51. Speckled Mountain, 49, 51, 52, 218. Sunday Cove, 59, 190, 197, 217, 218, 224, 263, 264, 266. South Arm, 62, 74, 75, 83, 84, 87. Smooth Ledge, 63. Silver Ripple Cascade, 77, 79, 247. Sawyer Mountain, 79, 244. Sluice Dam, 80. Spirit Island, 87. Saint's Rest, 87. Ship Island, 95. Scow Landing, 129. Student Island, 130, 131. Sandy Cove, 136. South Bog Island, 147. 318 INDEX. Stoddard House, 160. Sandy River Itailroad, 160, 164-167. Strong, Me., 16o. Sandy River Falls, 170. " " Ponds, 171. Stonlngton Line, 175. Shore Line, 176. St. Johnsbury & Lake Champlain Railroad, 182. Silver Cascade, 191. Snow Cave, 191. Second Connecticut Lake, 189, 234. Stratford Peaks, 211. Sturtevant Pond, 224, 225. Sunday Pond, 231. Sawyer Notch, 246. " Brook, 246. Sylvan Cascades, 250. The AndroBCoggin I,akog, 15, 55, 74, 203, 204. The Elms, 45, 204. The Jail, 51. Twin Rocks, 52. Telegraph Lines, 84, 239. The Narrows, '.10, 91, 229, 230. Trout Con.-, 10 1, 129, 136. Toothaker's Island, 129, 130. Toothnkrr'f Cove, 137. Third Connecticut Lake, 189. Trout Pond, 224. The Meadows, 230. Table Hock, 191, 196,265. The Flume, 250, 251. Upper Dam, 62, 74, 87, 100-107, 113, 129. Up|)er Dam Camp, 101, 103, 104, 106. Upper Metallic Pond, 230. Upper Fall, 249, 250. View of White Mountain*, 47, 59, 90, 204,208,210,218,226,201. \Vclokenncbacook Lake, 15, 63, 87-91, 214. Wild Cat Hill, 16. West Kennebago Mountain, 16, 137. Wcntworth'* location, X.H., 54, 223. Whale's Back, 70. White Cap, 71, 203, 204. West Arm, 104, 113. White-field & Jefferson Railroad, 182. Willard House, J84, 213. Wild River, 206. SPECIAL NOTICES. 319 RICHARDSON (RANGELEY) LAKES TRANSPORTATION COMPANY. Summer Season, 1884, steamboat service on Lakes Welokenne- bacook and Molechunkamonk. One of the new and favorite steamers, WELOKENNEBACOOK or MOLECHUXKAMUNK, will begin their regular trips on the Andros- coggin Lakes as soon as the ice goes out, connecting at South Arm with the teams from and to Andover ; at Middle Dam with team from and to steamers DIAMOND or PARMACIIENEE, running to all points on Umbagog Lake, and the Androscoggin and Magalloway Rivers ; at Upper Dam with steamer OQUOSSOC from and to Bemis Stream, Richardson's Camp, Haines' Landing, Indian Rock, and all points on Oquossoc Lake. TIME TABLE. Leave South Arm at 7.00 A.M. and 1.00 P.M., for Middle Dam, Metalic Point, Mosquito Brook, and Upper Dam. Returning leave Upper Dam at 10.00 A.M. and 3.00 P.M., for Mosquito Brook, Metalic Point, Middle Dam, and South Arm. RATES OF FAKE. South Arm to Middle Dam $0 50 " " " Metalic Point 75 " " " Mosquito Brook . . . . . 1 00 " " " Upper D/irn Lauding . . . . 1 00 " " " Head of Lake Molechunkamunk . 1 50 Middle Dam to Foot of Narrows .... 25 " " "Metalic Point .50 " " " Mosquito Brook .... 75 " " " Upper Dam Landing . ... 75 " " " Head of Lake Molechunkamunk . 1 00 &g|P* Steamers run on Sunday only during the months of June :nd September, and after Oct. 1st make only one trip a day till close of navigation. JAS. A. L. WHITTIER, President, R. R. L. T. Co. CHAS. A. J. FARKAR, General Manager. SPECIAL NOTICES. 321 THOS. COOK & SON, Tourist and Excursion Agents, 261 Broadway, New York, and Ludgate Circus, England. New England office, 197 Washington st., Boston. Tourist and Excursion Tickets to all places of Pleasure resort in the United States and Canada, by all the Chief Railway and Steamboat Lines. Special facilities for Tours to all parts of New England, including The White Mountains, Mt. Desert, Moosehead Lake, The Rangeley Lakes, and to the Maritime Provinces. Programmes free on application. Address, THOS. COOK & SON, 261 Broadway, New York. BRANCHES. Boston, 197 Washington st. Philadelphia, 337 Walnut st. St. Louis, cor. of Sixth and Pine st. Cleveland, 212 Bank street. 322 SPECIAL NOTICES. THE OLD PINE-TEEE STATE. with "Dirigo" for its motto, still "leads" all others as a place for summer resort. Its long stretch of sea-coast, its mountains, its unbroken forests, its innumerable lakes and rivers, offer attractions un- surpassed. THE MAINE CENTRAL RAILEOAD, operating a system of over 500 miles, extends from Portland to and beyond Bangor to the boundary line between the State of Maine and the Province of New Brunswick, and unites the rail- roads of the United States and Maritime Provinces. It has just completed a branch from Bangor to Bar Harbor, so that it forms, with its own lines, branches and connections, the only rail route to and from Mt. Desert, and all parts of Maine east of Portland, and the provinces of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia, Cape Breton, and Prince Edward Island, and is also the best route to Moosehead and the Rangeley Lakes and all of the noted hunting and fishing resorts of northern Maine and New Brunswick. It is the only route whereby Moosehead Lake can be surely reached the day following departure from Boston, and for the Rangeley Lakes is the only route connecting with the celebrated two-foot gauge Sandy River Railroad, running from Fartnington to Phillips, only 18 miles from the lakes, and by which 15 miles of staging and 12 of steamer are saved to passengers for Indian Rock and Mooselucmaguntic House and Lake, over any other route. Excursion tickets are on sale to Eustis (Smith's Farm), where a comparatively unexplored country for hunting and fishing is to be found. Besides being the best route to the resorts mentioned, this line runs through or near numbers of picturesque cities and towns along the sea-coast and in the interior, which, with their attrac- tive scenery and invigorating atmosphere, are rapidly and widely becoming known and appreciated, and drawing increased num- bers of visitors each year. Fares for round trip from Boston: Bar Harbor, $14.00; Bar Harbor, continuous passage in both directions, $11.50; Rangeley Lakes, $12.50; Indian Rock, $13.75; Eustis, 813.50; Forks of Kennebec, $13.00; Moosehead Lake, 15.00; Aroostook, $18.00. From Portland, $3.00 less. Send for Time-Tables and Rates of Fare covering all Excur- sion points. PAYSON TUCKER, General Manager. F. E. BOOTHBY, General Pass, and Ticket Agent, Portland, Me. SPECIAL NOTICES. 323 STEAMER "OQUOSSOC," and the new STEAMER " ME- TALLUC," will ply the present season on the MOOSELUC- MAGUNTIC and CUPSUPTIC LAKES, running between BEMIS CAMPS, UPPER DAM, HAINES' LANDING, IN- DIAN ROCK, and CUPSUPTIC FALLS, connecting every morning and afternoon with Steamers on the RANGELEY and RICHARSON LAKES. The BEMIS CAMPS can be reached the second day from Boston, by either the Andover or Phillips routes. Since last season a new cottage containing six rooms has been added ; also, a fine new camp, and good boats, at the FOUR PONDS (a three-mile walk from Bemis Camp). This enables the guests from Bemis to spend the night at the Ponds, and secure the evening and early morning fishing. CAPT. F. C. BARKER, PROPRIETOR OF CAMPS AND STEAMEB&. CAMP CARIBOU, TREAT'S ISLAND, PAHMACHENEE LAKE, MAINE. JOHN S. DANFORTH, Proprietor. Terms: $2.00 per day. Good accommodations for Tourists and Sportsmen. * Camp-kits, Boats, Provisions, Tents, and Guides furnished to parties wishing to camp out, at reason- able prices. Good Fishing and Hunting within a short distance of the house. SPECIAL NOTICES. When you visit the Rangeley Lakes be sure and purchase tickets via Bryant's Pond and Andover, the great Air-Line Route, thereby ensuring speed, comfort, and safety. This is the shortest, quickest, cheapest, and most pleasant way of reaching the South Arm, Middle Dam, Upper Dam, Indian Rock, Bema Stream, Soule's Camp, Kennebago, Parmachenee, and all points near or distant in the Rangeley Lakes Region. Four different routes between Boston and Portland. Grand Trunk Railway, between Portland and Bryant's Pond. Turtle & Perkins' daily stages between Bryant's Pond and the Lakes, and steamers to all points beyond. Tuttle & Perkins give their especial care to all express matter going over this route. Ask for tickets via Bryant's Pond and Andover, and take no others. French's Hotel, ANDOVER, MAINE. JOHN A, FRENCH, PROPRIETOR, ^, $2.00 pef dky, Special Hates by th.e "Week or Month. This fine hotel was erected during the summer of if;S, and is the largest hotel in Andover, having good accommodation for icr guests. The interior finish is superior to that of any hotel in the county, and the furniture is all new. The sleeping rooms are large and airy, and contain excellent beds. Special attention is given to the table ; the dining room is pleasantly located in the front of the house, and is large enough for dancing and other amuse- ments. The parlor is a handsome apartment, and contains a fine piano for the use of guests. This house stands on the main street, in the centre of the village, near stores, churches, post and telegraph offices. It commands beautiful views of mountain and vale, and from the cupola one can overlook the entire Ellis River Valley. Among the places of interest within easy walking or riding distance of the hotel are the " Cataracts," " Dunn's Notch," " Bald Pate," " Devil's Den," "Hermit Falls," " Roxbury Pond," "Rumford Falls," "Zircon Springs," etc., etc. The numerous trout streams in the vicinity offer splendid opportunities for brook trout fishing, and those who wish to visit the Rangeley Lakes, only 12 miles from Andover, for the larger brook trou., can go at any time, as a daily team runs from the hotel to the south arm of Richardson Lake, connecting with Steamer Welokennebacook for the Middle and Upper Dams, Bemis Stream, Indian Rock, and other points on the Lakes. For beautiful drives and fine scenery, Andover is unexcelled by any village in New England. There are several large pine groves in the village, and these, combined with the mountain air, make the place unusually healthy. Persons troubled with hay fever, catarrh, or consumption in its earlier stages, find immediate and permanent relief, from a visit to this place. For any additional particulars in regard to prices, rooms, &c., address the proprietor as above. SPECIAL NOTICES. RICHARDSON (RANGELEY) LAKES TRANSPORTATION COMPANY. Summer season, 1884, steamboat service on Lake Umbagog and the Androscoggin and Magalloway Rivers. The new and fast steamer PARMACHENEE will commence running regular trips on Lake Umbagog, and the Andros- coggin and Magalloway rivers, as soon as the lake opens, connecting with stages at Lakeside, Cambridge, to and from Bethel ; with team at Sunday Cove, to and from Middle Dam, connecting there with steamers WELOKENNEBACOOK or MOLECHCNKAMUNK, for South Arm, and points above; with stages at Magalloway River Landing, to and from Aziscohos Falls ; and with stages at Errol Dam to and from Milan, Ber- lin Falls, Gorham, Dixville Notch, and Colebrook. TIME TABLE. Daily, excepting Sunday, leave Lakeside, Cambridge, foot of Lake Umbagog, at 7.30 A.M. ; Sunday Cove, at 9.00 A.M., arriving at Errol Dam at 10.30 A.M. Leave Errol Dam at 11.00 A.M., arriving at Berlin Mills House, Magalloway, at 1.00 P.M. Leave Berlin Mills House at 1.30 P.M., arriving at Errol Dam at 3.00 P.M. Leave Errol Dam at 3.00 P.M., Sunday Cove, 4.30 P.M., arriving at Lakeside, Cambridge, foot of Umbagog Lake, at 6.00 P.M. RATES OF FARE. Lakeside, Cambridge, to Sunday Cove . . . $1 00 Lakeside, Cambridge, to Errol Dam . . . . 1 50 Lakeside, Cambridge, to Magalloway River Landing . 2 00 Sunday Cove to Errol Dam 1 00 Sunday Cove to Magalloway River Landing . . . 1 50 Errol Dam to Magalloway River Landing . . . 1 00 JAS. A. L. WHITTIER, President, R. R. L. T. Co. CHAS. A. J. FARRAR, General Manager. SPECIAL NOTICES. 327 PERCY HOUSE, No. STRATFORD, N.H. T. W. TIBBETTS, Proprietor. Terms: $2.00 per day, transient; $7.00 to $10.00 per week. This hotel is pleasantly located a few steps from the Railroad depot, and has good accommodations for forty guests. The rooms are all nicely furnished, and several improvements have been lately made in the house, adding to its comfort and attractions. The table is well supplied with the best the market af- fords. No pains will be spared in making visitors feel at home. There are a large number of attractive resorts and many pleasant drives in the vicinity. A first-class livery stable is connected with the house, and guests may obtain any kind of a team at reasonable prices. Parties arriving by the morning train from Mon- treal, or the noon and evening trains from Boston and the West, will be met at the depot, and taken by private conveyance to any of the surrounding towns at regular stage-fare. Post and telegraph offices near the hotel. For further particulars address the proprietor, as above. SPECIAL NOTICES. THE GRAND TRUNK RAILWAY offers the following special inducements to sportsmen and tourists who contemplate a visit to the Androscoggin Lakes region the present season. Boston to Andover, Me., and return .... $1000 " " Lakeside, Cambridge, N.H., and return . 1200 " " South Arm, Androscoggin Lakes, and return, 1200 " " Middle Dam and return, via Bryant's Pond and Andover ...... 12 00 " " Middle Dam and return, via Bethel and Cambridge, Lake Umbagog . . . 14 50 " " Upper Dam and return, via Bryant's Pond and Andover 13 00 " " Upper Dam and return, via Bethel and Cambridge, Lake Umbagog . . . 15 00 " " Upper Dam, via Bethel and Cambridge, Lake Umbagog. Return via Andover and Bryant's Pond " " Indian Rock and return, via Andover . " " Bemis Stream and return, via, Andover " " Indian Rock, via Andover. Return via Phillips and Farmington . . . 15 25 " " Dixville Notch and return, via Bethel and Cambridge, Lake Umbagog . . . 14 50 " " Colebrook and return, via Bethel and Cam- bridge, Lake Umbagog . . . . 17 50 K2^ Parties purchasing tickets via Grand Trunk Railway have choice of Boston & Maine or Eastern Railroads, or Portland steamers between Boston and Portland. The Grand Trunk issue of tickets is the only one offering travelers this advantage. The above tickets are sold $1 less where parties travel on the boat each way between Boston and Portland. The above tickets are good until Oct. 1st, or as long as steamers run, and allow persons to stop over at any point on the journey. W. C. TALLMAN, New England Agt. Grand Trunk Railway. JAS. STEPHENSON, Qen. Passenger Agt. Grand, Trunk Railway. SPECIAL NOTICES. THROUGH BY DAYLIGHT! The nearest, cheapest, and most direct route to Richardson (Rangeley) Lakes, Middle Dam, Upper Dam, and Indian Rock, is via Andover, Maine. Miles of travel and several dollars saved by purchasing tickets at Grand Trunk Railway Office, 280 Washington Street, Boston. TABLE OF DISTANCES. ANDOVER ROUTE. Portland to Bryant's Pond 62 miles. Bryant's Pond to Andover . . . . . . 21 " Andover to Lakes 12 " South Arm to Upper Dam . . . . . . 11 " Upper Dam to Indian Rock . . . . . . 10 " Total 117 miles. FARMINGTON ROUTE. Portland to Farmington .90 miles. Farmington to head of Rangeley Lake . . . 36 " Head of Lake to Outlet 10 " Carry to Indian Rock . . . . . . 2 " Total 138 miles. By reading the above table, it will be seen that the Farmington route to Indian Rock is twenty miles more than the Andover route, and to the Upper Dam, thirty-one miles more than the Andover route. Passengers who go to Indian Rock via Farmington, Phillips, and Rangeley, are landed in the woods, two miles from the hotel, at Indian Rock, and have to walk that distance, and have their baggage hauled across the Carry. Those who visit Indian Rock via Bryant's Pond, Andover, and the Richardson Lakes, are landed within a few yards of the hotel, directly in front of it, and their baggage is carried to the hotel free cf expense. Always purchase tickets for all points in the Richardson (Rangeley) Lakes Region by way of Grand Trunk Railway. SPECIAL NOTICES. FOREST AND STREAM. A weekly journal of twenty-four pnges, devoted to field sports, practical natural history, fish culture, pro- tection of game, preservation of forests, yachting and boating, rifle practice, and all out-door recreation and study. It is the only journal in this country that fully supplies the wants and meets the necessities of the gentleman sportsman. Terms, $4.00 a year. I3P Send for a specimen copy. FOREST AND STREAM PUBLISHING Co., 39 & 40 Park Row, New York. The Surveyor-General of Washington Territory, who sends a club of five subscribers, writes, saying: " I con- sider that your journal has done more to properly educate the sportsmen of this country than all the other publica- tions put together. I shall induce every true sportsman to become a subscriber that I can." Mr. Thomas A. Logan ( " Gloan") says: " You arc doing good work with the paper, and you have more and probably greater than you dream of the wishes and God-speed of the gentlemen of the gun." Hundreds of similar indorsements from prominent gentlemen sportsmen might be added, showing the esti- mation in which "Forest and Stream" is held by its readers. SPECIAL NOTICES. ANGLER'S RETREAT. Middle Darn, Lower Richardson Lake. No better trout-fishing will be found in the entire Rangeley Lakes Region than at the Middle Dam. All the best places for fishing are near the hotel. Boats to let at fifty cents per day. The new hotel is pleasantly situated, overlooking the lake. All the sleeping-rooms are nicely fin- ished, lathed and plastered. RICHARDSON, RANGELEY LAKES TRANSPORTA- TION Co., Proprietors. Excursion tickets from Boston to Middle Dam and return, via Andover, rail and stage, only $12.00. 332 SPECIAL NOTICES. THE TRAVELERS' OFFICIAL RAILWAY GUIDE RAILWAY AND STEAM NAVIGATION LINES OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE DOMINION OF CANADA. The mot complete Railway Guide in the world. The time-tables are carefully corrected for each issue from information furnished by the officials of each road. The afternoon trains are distinguished from morning trains by being printed in dark type. All telegraph and coupon stations shown. Full lists of railway officials in all principal departments. Notices of changes and appointments published monthly. Also a large Sectional Railroad Map of the United States, with map of New England and the Middle States upon an enlarged scale and cut into pages for facility of reference. Also a list of names by which various roads were formerly known, with their present titles. Explanations of the manner of using the Guide printed in the French, Spanish, and German languages. Published under the auspices of the General Ticket and Passenger Agents' Associations. Price, $4.00 per annum, 50 cents per copy. Also, THE KNICKERBOCKER READY REFERENCE GUIDE To ONK THOUSAND Points around New York City, arranged alphabetically, showing Railroads, Time of Trains, Fares, Steamboats, Population, Post Offices, Times of closing of Mails, Stages, Express and Telegraph Companies, etc., etc. With large map of vicinity of New York for fifty miles in all direc- tions, and latest Official Time-Tables of all Railroads within that territory. New York and Brooklyn Hotels, Theatres, and Street-car Lines. Price, $2.50 per annum ; 25 cents per copy. National Railway Publication Company, 46 Bond Street, New York ; 229 and 231 S. Fifth Street, Philadelphia, Penn. ; 148 Monroe Street, Chicago, 111. SPECIAL NOTICES. THE RAND-McNALLY GUIDE AND TRAVEL- ER'S HANDBOOK. A Pocket Railway Guide (size, 5x7 inches) . States population of the several cities and towns, shows distances, ticket fares, etc. Illustrated with numerous sectional maps, and contains a fine General Railway Map, handsomely colored. A description of the prominent features of scenery, etc., on the principal routes, especially compiled for this work, has recently been added to its pages, and will be found both valuable and interesting to travelers and tourists. The Handbook describes the principal business inter- ests of the larger towns and cities, the location of the railroad depots, and the names of the principal hotels and public halls. Issued monthly. Price, 40 cents per copy. NATIONAL RAILWAY PUBLICATION COMPANY, 148 Monroe Street, Chicago, 111. ; 46 Bond Street, New York ; 229 & 231 S. Fifth Street, Philadelphia, Penn. 334 SPECIAL NOTICES. SPECIAL NOTICE TO FISHING PARTIES AND EXCURSIONISTS VISITING ANDOVER AND THE LAKES. The undersigned is prepared to furnish fishing parties with camp-supplies at the shortest po B sible notice. My stock of groceries and provisions is the larg- est in town, and I can offer extra inducements to camping-parties . Please give me a call. JOHN H. WARD WELL, ANDOVER, MAINE. jj^f Post-office and Telegraph-office located in our building. BOSTOIsT TO USTIEW AT 6.30 P. M:. BOSTON TO NEW YORK, Trains leave Boston at 1O a. m., l.OO fc 1O.3O p. m. Sundays at 1O.3O p. m. Cars from the new and magnificent PROVIDENCE RAILROAD STATION, Columbus Avenue, foot of Boston Common. A. A. FCXLSOM, Supt. SPECIAL NOTICES. Round-trip tickets from Portland and Lewiston to the Richardson (Rangeley) Lakes, via Bryant's Pond and Andover, are sold by the GRAND TRUNK RAILWAY COMPANY at the following prices from Portland : To Andover and return . . . . $8.00 To Middle Dam and return . . . 9.00 To Upper Dam and return . . . 10.00 To Indian Rock and return . . . 11.00 To Indian Rock via Andover, return via Farmington ..... 12.25 To Berlin Mills House, Magalloway River, and return ..... 13.00 To Upper Dam and Dixville Notch, and return ...... 16.50 To Upper Dam via Andover, return via Bethel 11.50 To Upper Dam via Andover, return via Dixville Notch 13.00 Ticket-offices in Portland on Exchange Street, and at depot, foot of India Street. From Lewiston the above tickets are sold at one dollar less than from Portland. Ticket-office in Lewiston at Grand Trunk Rail- way depot. SPECIAL NOTICES. 337 LAKEVIEW COTTAGE, at the South Arm of Lake Welokennebacook, is a new hotel, erected by the Richardson-Rangeley Lakes Transportation Company, for the accommodation of its stockholders and the public. The house is pleasantly located on the side of a hill, overlooking the lake for a long distance. It is near good brook and lake fishing, boating, and bathing. It receives a daily mail, and is connected with the rest of the world by telegraph, the office being in the hotel. The house is nicely furnished, a good table is set, and pains are taken to make the stay of guests pleasant and agreeable. Steamers make two trips daily between the hotel and the Middle and Upper Dam, and row boats are kept to let by the manager of the house. The house has broad piazzas entirely surrounding it, making a delightful place to sit or promenade. Terms . . . $2.00 per day. Address, R. R. L. T. Co., AjSJKn EK, ME. OXFORD Co., "SOUTH ARM." 338 SPECIAL NOTICES. THE LAKESIDE, LAKESIDE, CAMBBIDGE, N.H., FOOT OF UMBAGOG LAKE. This new and pleasant hotel is charmingly located on a high plateau, overlooking a large part of Umbagog Lake, on the main road between Bethel and Dixville Notch and Colebrook. But a few rods from a beautiful point extending into Lake Umbagog, it offers unsurpassed facilities for boating and bathing. The house is nicely furnished, and has a cosey home look about it unknown to most hotels. All the rooms are pleasant, and command fine view of either lake or mountain. It has unusually broad piazzas, furnishing a delightful lounging-place. Croquet and lawn tennis sets are kept at the house for the use of its guests. A large open fireplace and first-class piano are two very dif- ferent, but pleasant, features of the ladies' parlor. Especial attention is paid to the table, which is supplied with the best the local market affords. Hay-fever and all catarrhal complaints yield readily to the purity of the air in this locality, and persons wishing a pleasant, quiet, healthy retreat in which to spend the summer months will find LAKESIDE " all their fancy painted." There is good fishing and shooting in the immediate vicinity, and all kinds of berries are plenty. Steamers leave LAKESIDE, daily, each morning, excepting Sun- day, for Magalloway, returning in the afternoon, giving guests a chance to take the most beautiful steamboat ride in New England, some 72 miles, any fair day. Eowboats are also kept to let by the manager of the house. This hotel has been built and furnished by the Richardson- Ilangeley Lakes Transportation Company, who have done all in their power to make it a pleasant resort for the traveling public. It will be kept open throughout the year. Terms, $2.00 per day. Address, R. R. L. T. Co., LAKESIDE P.O., LAKESIDE, CAHBBIDGE, N.H. SPECIAL NOTICES. ANDOVER AND THE RICHARDSON LAKES. Messrs. A. W. & F. P. THOMAS are the Proprie- tors of the only daily stage line between Andover and the Richardson Lakes. Comfortable covered teams leave the Andover House each morning at 8.30 A.M., for the South Arm of Richardson Lake, connecting with one of the Richardson (Rangeley) Lakes Transportation Company's steamers, for all Points in the Lake Region. Returning, leave the South Arm at 1.00 P.M. for Andover. During June and September the teams run Sunday. SPECIAL NOTICES. NEW MIDDLE DAM CAMP. RICHARDSON-RANGELEY LAKES TRANSPORTATION Co., Proprietors. TERMS : $2.00 per day. The New Middle Dam Camp occupies a lovely site, a short distance north of the old camp. The hotel faces the lake, and commands an unrivalled view of lake, forest, and mountain scenery. It is but a few rods from the lake shore, and near the steamboat-landing. The house contains twenty sleeping-rooms, ladies' sitting-room, dining-room, office, kitchen, etc., etc. The steamer Welokennebacook touches here every trip, and makes two trips daily to Upper Dam and the Arm of the Lake. The carry road between the Middle Dam and Lake Umbagog has been considerably improved the past winter, and a team is now run- ning over it, conveying passengers each way. Fare between Lake Umbagog and Middle Dam, $1.00. Parties who think of visiting the Lake Region this summer, and wish for pleasant rooms and comfortable quarters, will do well to give the New Middle Dam Camp a trial. This is one of the most healthy places in the world, being located 1,500 feet above the sea, surrounded by pure mountain air, and in the midst of fir and pine forests, whose balsamic odors carry life and health to all around them. Some of the most renowned fishing-places in the entire lake country are within half a mile of this house. There are also many charming walks, and. fine facilities for boating and bathing in the immediate vicinity of the hotel. The Middle Dam Camp is only sixteen miles from Andover, and is in daily connec- tion with the village. Guides, boats, and camping outfits may be engaged from the hotel. For further information in regard to board or rooms, address either of the hotel proprietors, at the Middle Dam, via Andover, Oxford Co., Maine. Come and see us. SPECIAL NOTICES. Second Edition. CAMP LIFE IX THE WILDERNESS. A story of sporting and adventures at the Rangeley Lakes, by Charles A. J. Farrar. 224 pages, paper cover, 12 illustrations. Price, 30 cents. This is a delightful story of life in the woods, and has all the breezy freshness of an out-door narrative. The author is per- fectly familiar with all the places and incidents mentioned in the book, and a twelve years' experience in the Lake Country gives an additional interest to Mr. Farrar's writings. A few notices of the Press arc appended below : " Mr. Farrar has been a frequent contributor to the Forest and Stream, and our readers are already familiar with his pleas- ant style of narrating woodland adventures. The pages will recall to those visiting the Rangeley Lakes many pleasant days spent there, and those who contemplate visiting the wilds will find in Mr. Farrar's book much practical and useful informa- tion." Forest and Stream, Feb. 13, 1879. " ' Camp Life in the Wilderness ' gives a lively and entertain- ing description of a visit of eight gentlemen, of whom the author was one, to the region of the lakes, and it preaches just the kind of sermon which ever} 7 ' tired, overworked man should read as the summer months advance." Attleboro' (Mass.) Advocate, May 3, 1879. " This is a very pleasing recital of the experiences and adven- tures of a trip from Boston to the Richardson Lakes. It will please every one familiar with the localities described to find them so faithfully reproduced, while all those who contemplate a visit to that beautiful resort should by all means before starting out gain possession of the hints on camp life and kindred topics which the book contains." Portland Eastern Argus, May 5, 1879. " The book takes the form of a narrative, describing the actual experiences of a party of pleasure-seekers, with numerous illus- trations sure to whet the appetite for the text. The Richard- son Lakes region is fast becoming popular as a wilderness resort and has all the advantages of the Adirondacks, with the added one of being much more accessible." Springfield Daily Union, May 7, 1879. " ' Camp Life in the Wilderness ' relates the experiences of a party of Boston gentlemen during a summer vacation in the Range- ley Lake Region. The author tells these pleasantly in what he terms a ' story.' The book will interest more those familiar with its scenes, of which it gives a good description." Boston Sat- urday Evening Gazette, May 3, 1879. Can be obtained at any bookstore, or will be sent by mail, post- paid, on receipt of price, by Charles A. J. Farrar, Jamaica Plain, Mass. SPECIAL NOTICES. 343 NEW JUVENILE 8ERIE8. THE "LAKE AND FOREST SERIES," By Capt. CHARLES A. J. FARRAR, author of " Carnp Life in the Wilderness," " Moosehead Lake and the North Maine Wildnerness, Illustrated," "The Andro- scoggin Lakes, Illustrated," etc., etc. The first volume of this fascinating series of Forest and Lake Adventures, entitled "EASTWARD HO! or, ADVENTURES AT RANGELEY LAKES," is now ready. Published by Lee & Shepard, Boston ; Chas. T. Dillingham, New York, and can be procured from any bookseller in the United States or Canada, or will be sent by mail post paid, by addressing the author at Jamaica Plain, Mass. Price, $1.50. The second volume, entitled " WILD WOODS LIFE ; or, A TRIP TO PARMACHENEE," uniform in size and style with "Eastward Ho!" is now ready. This series of books is designed especially for boys and young men, and is written in a wide-awake, racy style, that will be sure to captivate all readers. SPECIAL NOTICES. For Collations, Excursionists, Sportsmen, Yachting, etc., etc., HUGKINS' SOUPS TOMATO, MOCK TURTLE, Ox TAIL, JULIENNE, PEA, BEEF, CHICKEN, MACARONI. VERMICELLI, CONSOMM^ OKRA OR GUMBO, SOUP AND BOUILLI. GREEN TURTLE, TERRAPIN, MULLAGATAWNEY. Rich and Perfectly Seasoned. Require only to be heated, and are then ready to serve. Put up in quart cans, which are soldered entirely on the outside. HUGKINS SANDWICH MEATS SANDWICH HAM, SANDWICH CHICKEN, SANDWICH TONGUE, SANDWICH TURKEY, AND LUNCH HAM, LUNCH TONGUE, SLICED OX TONGUE, Prepared -with Great Care, From only the best material, and the cans are soldered entirely on the outside. J. H. W. HUCKINS & CO., BOSTON, MASS., U.S.A. SPECIAL NOTICES. 345 THE GRAND TRUNK RAILWAY. In connection with the Richelieu & Ontario Navigation Co., is the great pleasure route ; and they now offer a choice selection of popular excursion routes, via Niagara Falls, Toronto, River St. Lawrence (with its Thousand Islands and rapids), Montreal, Quebec, River Saguenay, Lakes Champlain and George, Sara- toga, etc. The Richelieu and Ontario Navigation Company's steamers, and the "New American line" of steamers, forming two first-class lines, which, for speed, safety, and comfort, cannot be surpassed. They are the only lines now offering tourists an opportunity to view the magnificent scenery of the Thousand Islands and Rapids of the St. Lawrence, also the far-famed River Saguenay. This route possesses peculiar advantages over any other, as by it parties have their choice of either side of Lake Ontario and River St. Lawrence between Niagara Falls and Quebec, and the tickets are also valid by rail or steamer between Niagara Falls and Quebec. The- Grand Trunk Railway (via Gorharn and the Glen House) is the only route l)y which parties can ascend the far-famed Mt. Washington by carriage road. Tickets and information may be obtained at the principal ticket offices. Boston office, No. 280 Washington street. W. C. TALLMAN, N.E. Agent. .T. STEPHENSON, General Pass. Agent, G. T. Railway, Montreal. ALEX. MILLOY, Traffic Manager, Richelieu Ontario, Nav. Co., 228 St. Paul st., Montreal. N. ,T. GRACE, Travelling Agent. 346 SPECIAL NOTICES. THE MAGALLOWAY RIVER AND PARMA- CHENEE LAKE. The old and Popular Route to Paitnachenee is via Portland, Bethel, Cambridge, Lake Umbagog, and the Magalloway River. This favorite Route introduces parties to the finest scenery, and the best hunting and fishing in New England. Daily Line of Stages between Bethel and Lakeside, Cambridge, and Daily Line of Steamers between Cam- bridge, Lake Umbagog, and Berlin Mills House, Magal- loway River, connecting with teams for the Head of Aziscohos Falls. Tourists and Sportsmen will find this the easiest and most direct Route to Parmachenee Lake. Less walking by this Route than by any other. ROUND-TRIP TICKETS. From Boston to Magalloway and return, via Bethel, Cambridge, and Lake Umbagog . $14 50 From Boston to Magalloway and return, via Byrant's Pond and Andover . . . 16 50 For sale at all General Ticket Offices in New England Cities, and in New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, and Washington. SPECIAL NOTICES. 347 THE SANDY-RIVER RAILROAD, in connection with THE MAINE CENTRAL RAILROAD AND ROGERS' STAGE LINE, Is THE SHORTEST, QUICKEST, EASIEST, AND MOST DIRECT ROUTE to the Rangeley and Kennebago Lakes. To ac- commodate the increasing travel of Summer Tour- ists over this novel Baby Railroad, two splendid Passenger Coaches and a new Engine have been added to the Rolling Stock. By this route you are only thirteen hours from Boston, only seventeen miles staging, good telegraphic communication, and as good hotel accommodations as the State affords. J. E. THOMPSON, G. T. A. N. B. BEAL, Supt. SPECIAL NOTICES. TELEGRAPH LINE FROM BRYANT'S POND TO RICHARDSON LAKES. Bryants Pond, Rumford, ^USTZDOATIEIR,, RICHARDSON & ][|ANGELEY A Daily Line of First-Class Stages Makes daily connections with trains on Grand Trunk Railroad, between Bryant's Pond and Andover. This is an old established line, and has been in charge of the present proprietors, Messrs. Tuttle and Perkins, for many years. Fine coaches, good horses, and experienced drivers, are to be found on this line, which is one of the most pleasant stage-routes in this country. The stage leaves the Grand Trank Railroad Depot daily, on the arrival of train from Boston, which is due at 3.30 p. M., for Andover. At Rumford three-quarters of an hour is given for supper. The time between Bryant's Pond and Andover is three hours. Fare from Bryant's Pond to Rumford, 75 cents. From Bryant's Pond to Andover, $1.50. Returning, the stage leaves the ANDOVER HOUSE each morn- ing, arriving at Bryant's Pond in time to connect with through trains for Boston. Bryant's Pond, Rumford Centre, E, Rumford, Mexico, and Dixfield, Stage leaves Railroad Depot at Bryant's Pond, every MONDAY, WEDNESDAY, and FRIDAY, on arrival of train from Boston, for the above places, returning every TUESDAY, THURSDAY, and SATURDAY, reaching Bryant's Pond in time to connect with through train for Boston. Stage connects at Mexico with stages for ROXBURY and BYRON. Fare from Bryant's Pond to Rumford Centre $ 75 " " East Rumford 100 " " Mexico 1 25 " Dixfield 1 50 A. S. TUTTLE, Proprietor. SPECIAL NOTICES. 349 ALPINE HOUSE, GORHAM, N.H. STKATTON & EDWARDS, PROPRIETORS. TERMS, $2.00 TO $3.50 PER DAY, ACCORDING TO ROOJUS. This is one of the best-appointed houses in the mountain region, located in close proximity to the Grand Trunk Railway. The mountain views from the house are very fine, and the drives in the neighborhood are unsurpassed. A first-class livery is con- nected with the hotel, and teams of every description may be obtained at reasonable prices ; also careful drivers, if desired. The proprietors of the ALPINE HOUSE run a first-class stage line between GORHAM, THE GLEN HOUSE, AND THE SUMMIT OF MOUNT WASHINGTON, during the summer season, connecting with every train upon the Grand Trunk Railway, and parties bound for the mountains should make a note of this. Parties from MOUNT WASHINGTON, the GLEN HOUSE, or GORHAM, who would like to visit the ANDROSCOGGIN LAKES, the celebrated fishing and hunting resort of New England, before returning home, can procure a private conveyance from the ALPINE HOUSE TO ERROL DAM, where connection is made with steamer to all parts of the Lake Region. The entire ride of thirty miles is over good, level roads, and is comfortably made in five hours, introducing one to an unrivalled panorama of MOUNTAIN, FOREST, and RIVER SCENERY, and has been pronounced by old travellers to be one of the most charming rides in the country. Fare for one person from Alpine House to Errol Dam, $4.00 " " two persons " " " " " " 7.00 " " three " " " " " " " 9.00 " " four " " " " " " " 10.00 And all parties containing over four people $2.50 for each person. For further particulars, address STRATTON & EDWARDS, ALPINE HOUSE, GORHAM, N.H. 350 SPECIAL NOTICES. GREENWOOD GARDEN, PEAKS' ISLAND .... PORTLAND HARBOR, MAINE. This beautiful SUMMER GARDEN, within two minutes' walk of Jones' Landing, Peaks' Island, is^situated close by the seashore, where a fine beach gives excel- lent opportunities for bathing. The beautiful Grove in which it is situated has many delightful retreats. The collection of wild animals, birds, etc., in their separate enclosures and cages, will furnish much instruction and amusement, while the fine SKATING-RINK, DANCE-HALL, PONCH AND JUDY SHOWS, Music, FIBE- WORKS, AND ENTERTAINMENTS OF VARIOUS KINDS, during the season, will form a few of the many attractions. From the top of the new Observatory splendid views may be obtained In every direction. A FIRST-CLASS RESTAURANT IS CONNECTED WITH THE GARDEN." SS~ No effort will be spared In making this pleasure resort an attractive place for all. ADMISSION, 10 cents; children, 5 cents. C. H. KNOWLTON, Manager. The Steamer "Ertiita" makes about a dozen trips daily between Franklin Wharf, Portland, and Greenwood Garden. Tickets from Portland to the Island, including admittance to the Garden, are only 25 cents each. ERROL HOUSE, ERROL, N.H. JOSEPH T. CHAPMAN, Proprietor. Terms, $1.50 per day. Reduction by the week. This hotel is pleasantly located on the main road from Cam- bridge to Colebrook, near the Androscoggin River, and is only ten miles from the CELEBRATED DIXVILLE NOTCH, and one mile from ERROL DAM, where connection is made with steamers for Magalloway River, Umbagog Lake, Cambridge, Middle Dam, and other points in the Androscoggin Lakes Region. A good livery-stable connected with the house, and a team runs between the hotel and steamboat landing and Dixville Notch daily. Sportsmen and tourists will find this a pleasant place to spend their summer vacation. The house is well furnished, and the table well supplied. OR, THE ADVENTURES OF BILLY SHAKESPOKE, BEFORE AND BEHIND THE CURTAIN. BY ONE WHO IIA.S BEEN THERE. Illustrated Paper Covers. Price, 35 Cents. 224 PAGES, 6 FULL-PAGE [ILLUSTRATIONS, Designed and Drawn by Reed, and Engraved by Johnson. UNIFORM IN SIZE WITH CAMP LIFE IN THE WILDERNESS, This is a humorous sketch of life on the stage, and will make yon laugh heartily. Every person who has ever had any connection with the stage, either as an amateur or professional, should read this book. It interests every one, young or old. Sent by mail, post-paid, to any address, on receipt of THIRTI FIVE CENTS. Jamaica Publishing Company, JAMAICA PLAIN, MASS. PARRAR'S POCKET MAP OF Moosehead Lake AND THE North Maine Wilderness, Printed on tough linen paper, and handsomely bound in cloth covers. Large size, 20 x 24 inches. Every Tourist, Sportsman, Hunter, and Lumberman should have one of these maps. It includes the headwaters of the KENNEBEC, PENOBSCOT 4 ST. JOHN [JIVEIJS, And their principal Branches. PRICE, FIFTY CENTS. Sent by mail, post-paid to any address, on receipt of price, by CHARLES A. J. FARRAR, JAMAICA PLAIN, - MASS. FARRAR'S POCKET MAP OF THE RANGELEY i RICHARDSON LAKE REGION, Connecticut, Parmachenee, & Kennebago Lakes, AND THE HEADWATERS OF THE CONNECTICUT, ANDROSCOGGIN, SANDY, AND MAGALLOWAY RIVERS, DIXVILLE NOTCH, ANDOVER, AND VICINITY. Neatly folded, and bound in handsome cloth covers. Indispensable to the Sportsman and Tourist visiting the Lakes. Pronounced by competent judges to be the best and most cor- rect map of this country ever made. PRICE, 50 CENTS. May be obtained at any Bookstore, or will be sent by mail, postage paid, on receipt of price, by CHARLES A. J. FARRAR, JAMAICA PLAIN, MASS. 354 SPECIAL NOTICES. Paper, BO cents. Cloth, Sl.OO. FARRAR'S Illustrated Guide RANGELEY AND RICHARDSON LAKES, CONNECTICUT, PARMACHENEE AND KENNEBAGO LAKES, AND THX HKADWATXRS OF THE Connecticut, Maplloway & Androscogp Rivers, DIXVILLE NOTCH, AND ANDOVER, MAINE, AND VICINITY. With OO full-page Illustrations, and the best map of the Lake Region ever made. Handsomely bound in illuminated paper covers. May be obtained at any Bookstore, or will be sent by mail, postage paid on receipt of price, by CHARLES A. J. FARRAR, JAMAICA PLAIN, MASS. SPECIAL NOTICES. 355 Paper Edition, !>O Cents. Cloth Edition, Sl.OO. FARRAR'S TO MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND THE North Maine Wilderness, ALSO, THE KATAHDIN IRON-WORKS AND THE GULF, THE MONSON PONDS, LAKE ONAWAY, SEBEC LAKE, &o. A thorough and exhaustive guide to the sporting resorts of Northern Maine. The country around Greenville, and Moose- head, and Sebec Lakes, Katahdin Iron- Works, the tours of the KENNEBEC, PENOBSCOT, and ST. JOHN RIVERS, Ascent of Katahdin, etc., are plainly treated. Contains the latest revised Game and Fish Laws of Maine, besides a large amount of other valuable information, and a large and correct map of the northern half of Maine, comprising about all of the wild lands. 256 pages. 36 illustrations. May be obtained at any bookstore, or will be sent by mail, postage paid, on receipt of price, by CHARLES A. J. FARRAR, Jamaica Plain, Mass. :5o6 SPECIAL NOTICES. STONINGTON LINE. THE INSIDE ROUTE. Between BOSTON & NEW YORK. AVOIDING POINT JUDITH. Steamboat Train leaves Boston & Providence Railroad Station daily (except Sundays), at 6.3O P.M., connecting at Stonington with steamers "Stonington" and "Narra- gansett," arriving in New York following morning at 6.OO A.M. ahead of all others. TICKETS and STATEROOMS secured at 214 Wash- ington Street, Boston, and at Boston & Providence R.R. Station. J. W. RICHARDSON, Agent, Boston. A. A. FOLSOM, Supt. B. <6 P. R.R. F. W. POPPLE, Gen'l Pasxenger A TRIP From BOSTON to COLEBROOK and RANGELEY LAKES and Return, are for sale at the COMPANY'S OFFICE, No. 5 STATE STREET, BOSTON. &, . STORER, Pass. Agent. W, A. STOWELL, Snpt. W. R. BRACKETT, G.T.A., Plymouth, N. H. 20071 University of California SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 Return this material to" the library from which JLwas borrowed. 'JAN 1 6 2001 SRLF QUARTER LOAN